%t^ w^^iy 


COL.  GEORGE  WASHINGTON  FLOWERS 
MEMORIAL  COLLECTION 


DUKE  UNIVERSITY  LIBRARY 
DURHAM,  N.  C. 


PRESENTED  BY 

W.  W.  FLOWERS 


Q:^it^^y/^nJUt-&^ 


Plclk   I 

1      Camp  of  a 

*• 

• 

Ke'^inient  of  liifaufrj^ 

r 

1 

\  \ 

1 

lr~J 

\ 

ill 

a/or/ine 

J>t.fcs.           <)")Wy'  fi/  .^^'«J' 

1 
-4      -' 

a     a  a 
D      aa 
j3     aa 

p        m 

1             nr 

aa     aa 
a  □      aa 
au      aa 
a  a      da 

Q          a 

■F 

-  -  1.  TJ- -           -                     ^ 

aa     a  a     aa      aa      ua     d  d 
aa     aa     oa      aa      aa     aa 
aa     aa     OD      aa      aa     aa 
□  d     OP     aa      aa      u»a     □  a 
A  ifcAe/u 
a               01        in         a        a 

IhliCC  Qtx<trv[       Sit^(r^            n  c  J' 

X  xaa               q              □ 

c  1 

D    aa'aa    licj    u  a     q  a    u 

-  1  •*  ! 
d  [I^Cj 

i?  V 

¥■       ¥ 

3^  a  n     .a      n       i^      i^ 

I       -1 

1 

5=3 

'       1 

;  ^ ! 

1     i 

j^ccpojccs 

Plajf2. 

tYpcLtts        ir 

Iff: par  r.^                         .               JC  C    3C     ff    .30     C                 tCO 

X     -           -         -                                                                   *      •■*    •*          *-<■••»?•<      ..--.. 

-> 

^ 

bo3  ^a  Oa   oaOD^a      c:r     ci       '  .             ^ 

■^1 

n-    -     -   -            -      13  --n  -  -tr-- r 

1 

ana. 0  a  ■'□^'cioooa     □       a    ;s»a 

.> 

0--                 -           rr-"tr""  IT a---  -■--!- 

1 

>5 

i   ■  ■  ■  1 

. 

sC 

]i     I  ^ 

noa-^a-cj^aTnoasta       □    ^a     '■'•■■ 

^ 

"— ' 

a  •                         a-u  ---n a- — "  • 

»^. 

o 

U 

V5 

X 

1                 — '      J 

nc>a'^a''aopopc3p     □       aXj'-J             h 

5     ^5 

rj          -               -    -    TI--tl----Tl--        D- 1 

-3 

TO  J 

n^a^a^'ooaonoaga      oX^a 

—     o 

a                                      tj-TT      rr        u 

!         a" 

VI 

>  8 

a  ?o'^aoa  oaoaoa     na^    a    5'C3            ^ 

15  i: 

o a    nr-    -n ti.- ' 

1  i 

i^  ;^ 

DoaoaoooaonoD^a      cJ.  tga 

o 

n      -          -a-'-u-'-a-Wr-  ^' 

r^-' 

tf 

i 

r^ 

a<'aoo«C30aoaoa     a      a>a 
CT o---n a-  -    -a-; 

i  =^., 

o^'ta^a  Oca  od^n  on     ca'*' '  □ 

1       '"^ 

D                 -a- -U' -  "0 

r 

i 

" 

^        's              4 

IJ 

1       ? 

1 

1      ■ — 

1  II  'fill  1 

_ 

m^M 

m^ 

1 

TT- 

^ 

i 

REGULATIONS 


FOR  THE 


ARMY  OF  THE  CONFEDERATE  STATES, 


AS  ADOPTED  BY 


ACT  OF  CONGRESS,  APPROVED  March  6,  1861. 


Sec.  29.  The  Rules  and  Articles  of  War  established  by  the  laws  of  the  United  Stales 
for  the  government  of  the  Army  are  hereby  declared  to  be  of  force,  except  that  whereyer 
the  words  "  United  States"  occur,  the  words  "  Confedei-ate  States"  shall  be  substituted 
therefor. — Act  [No  52]  /or  the  organization  of  the  Army  of  the  Confederate  States  o/Arwrim 


ALSO   CONTAINING 

THE    ARTICLES    OF    WAR, 


« 


ACTS  OF  CONGRESS  FOR  THE  ORGANIZATION  OF  THE 
ARMY  OF  THE  CONFEDERATE  STATES. 


NEW -ORLEANS: 

HENRY    P.    LATHROP,    74   MAGAZINE    STREET. 

JACKSON,  Miss. 

POWER    &    CADWALLADER 

isei- 


^  •  ^   TS 


^'   •,\',vi->^^  .": 


■  J 


U' 


TAGE. 

Appolutmeuts 6 

Artilery  Practice 12 

Absence,  leave  of 32 

Arrests  and  Confinements 39 

Army  Transporf  ation 168 

Articles  of  War .221 

Acts  of  Congress  (extracts) 2:^9 

Act  Organizing  Army 239 

"  for  Public  Defense.... 2-12 

"  to  raise  Additional  Force 243 

•'  to  make  Further  Provision,  &c 244 

Bivouacs 92 

Battles 114 

Baggage  Trains 123 

Barracks  and  Quarters 156 

Companies 18 

(/ompany  Books 23 

Clothing,  allowance  of .164 

Council  of  Administration 35 

Companv  Fund 37 

Chaplains 38 

Contributions.'. 85 

(^amps 86 

Camps  of  Infantry 89 

Cavalry 90 

Artillery 92 

Convoys  and  Escorts 119 

Courts'-Martial 138 

Certificate  of  Disability. 107 

Certificate  of  Discharge 198 

Deceased  Officers 27 

"  Soldiers 28 

Deserters 29 

Discharges 30 

Discussions  and  Publications .S9 

Depots 86 

Detachments 106 

Kxchange  or  Transfer  of  Officers 7 

Employment  of  soldiers 22 

Escorts 46 

Expenses  of  Courts-Martial 162 

Extra-Duty  Men 162 

Equipage,  allowance  of 163 

Engineers,  Corps  of 202 

Fortifications,  care  of 8 

armament  of U 

Furloughs 1^4. 

Funeral  Honors 46 

Fortified  Places,  Defense  of 13.5 

Forage 160 

FORMS— See    Quartermasters    Depart- 
ment, &o. 

Guard  Mounting 6(5 

'■'uards 71 


22 


r.iaE. 

Grand  Guard 98 

Honors  to  be  paid  by  the  Troops 42 

Horses  for  Mounted  Officers 163 

Inspection  of  Troops 60 

Intrenched  Posts 105 

Laundresses 25 

Military  Discipline 4 

Marks  on  Arms 20 

Aiesses,  soldiers 21 

Mustei-s 65 

Marches 100 

Medical  Department 192 

Ordnance  Sergeants 23 

Orders  and  Correspondence 75 

Orderlies 85 

Ordnance  Department 203 

Promotion g 

Post-Books 17 

Post  Fund 36 

Parades 56 

Police  Guard 93 

Pick.t 96 

Partisans  and  Flankers 109 

Prisoners  of  War 118 

Public  Property,  Money,  <fec 143 

Police,  general 125 

Postage 163 

Pay  Deparimcnt ,..201 

Rank  and  Command 4 

Resignations  of  Officers 7 

Regiments 15 

Roll  Calls,  hours  of 40 

Review 60 

Returns  and  Reports 79 

Recconnaisances 106 

Returns  in  Quartermaster's  department.  .166 
Rations,  issues  of    "  "        ..185 

Recruiiing  Service 207 

Succession  in  Command 5 

Staflf  Appointments 7 

Sutlers 38 

Signals 41 

Salutes 45 

Safeguards 127  - 

Sieges 128 

Straw ^160 

Stationery,  allowance  of ^^.161 

Subsistence  Department .,184 

Transfer  of  Soldiers 27 

Travelling  on  duty ^1 31 

Troops  in  Campaign .Jfi; 83 

Troops  on  board  Transports A 138 

Uniform  of  Confederate  Army.. M. 244 

Working  Parties t 142 

.5      g 


ik 


EEGULATIONS  FOR  THE  ARMY. 


ARTICLE    I MILITARY    DISCIPLINE. 

All  inferiors  are  required  to  obey  strictly,  and  to  execute 
with  alacrity  and  good  faith,  the  lawful  orders  of  the  su- 
periors appointed  over  them. 

Military  authority  is  to  be  exercised  with  firmness,  but 
with  kindness  and  justice  to  inferiors.  Punishments  shall 
be  strictly  conformable  to  military  law. 

Superiors  of  every  grade  are  forbid  to  injure  those 
under  them  by  tyrannical  or  capricious  conduct,  or  by 
abusive  language. 

ARTICLE  IT — RAXK  and  commaxd. 

1.  Lieutcnant-General.  10.  Cadet. 

2.  Major-General.  11.  Sergeant-Major. 

o.  Brigadier-General.  12.  Quartermaster  Sergeant   of  a 

4.  Colonel.  Regiment. 

5.  Lieutenant-Colonel.  13.  Ordnance  Sergeant  and  Ho8- 
G.  Major.  pital  Steward. 

7.  Captain.  14.  First  Sergeant. 

8.  First  Lieutenant.  lo.  Sergeant. 

9.  Second  Lieutenant.  16.  Corporal. 

And  in  each  grade  by  date  of  commission  or  appointment. 

When  commissions  are  of  the  same  date,  the  rank  is  to 
be  decided,  between  officers  of  the  same  regimen  r  or  corps 
by  the  order  of  appointment  ;  between  officers  of  diflferent 
regiments  or  corps  ;  1st.  by  rank  in  actual  service,  when 
appointed  ;  2d.  by  former  rank  and  service  in  the  army 
or  marine  corps  •  3d.   bv  lottej'v  among  such  as  have 


£ 


4  Rank.  .Command. 

been  in  the  militaiy  service  of  the  United  States.  In  case 
of  equality  of  rank  by  virtue  of  a  brevet  commission,  ref- 
erence is  had  to  commissions  not  brevet. 

Officers  having  brevets,  or  commissions  of  a  prior  date  to 
those  of  the  regiment  in  which  they  serve,  may  tal<e  place 
in  courts-martial  and  on  detachments,  when  composed  of - 
different  corps,  according  to  the  ranks  given  them  in  their 
brevets  or  dates  of  their  former  commissions  ;  but  in  the 
regiment,  troop,  or  compau}^  to  which  such  officers  belong, 
they  shall  do  dut}^  and  take  rank  both  in  courts-martial 
and  on  detachments  which  shall  be  composed  only  of  their 
own  corps,  according  to  the  commissions  by  which  they 
are  mustered  in  the  said  corps. — {Q)lst  Art.  of  War.) 

If,  upon  marches,  guards,  or  in  quarters,  different  corps 
of  the  arm}^  shall  happen  to  join,  or  do  duty  together,  the 
officer  highest  in  rank  of  the  line  of  the  army,  marine  corps 
or  militia,  by  commission,  there  on  duty  or  in  quarters, 
.shall  command  the  whole,  and  give  orders  for  what  is 
needful  to  the  service,  unless  otherwise  specially  directed 
by  the  President,  according  to  the  nature  of  the  case. 

(62cZ  Art.  of  War.) 

An  officer  not  having  orders  from  competent  authority 
can  not  put  himself  o?i  dutij  by  virtue  of  his  commission 
alone . 

Officers  serving  hy  commission  from  any  State  of  the 
Union  take  rank  next  after  officers  of  the  like  grade  bij 
commission  from  the  United  States. 

Brevet  rank  takes  effect  only  in  the  following  cases  : 
1st,  by  special  assignment  of  the  President  in  commands 
composed  of  different  corps  ;  2d,  on  courts-martial  or  de- 
tachments composed  of  different  corps.  Troops  are  on 
detachment  only  when  sent  out  temporarily  to  perform  a 
special  service. 
v^.    In  regularly  constituted  commands,  as  garrisons,  posts, 


Succession  in  Command' or  Duty.  5 

departments  ;  companies,  battalions,  regiments  ;  corps, 
brigades,  divisions,  army  corps,  or  the  army  itself,  brevet 
rank  cannot  be  exercised  except  by  special  assignment. 

The  officers  of  Engineers  are  not  to  assume  nor  to  bo 
ordered  on  any  duty  beyond  the  line  of  their  immediate 
profession,  except  by  the  special  order  of  the  President. 

An  officer  of  the  Pay  or  Medical  Department  cannot  ex- 
ercise command  except  in  his  own  department. 

Officers  of  the  corps  of  Engineers  or  Ordnance,  or  of  the 
Adjutant-General's,  Inspector-General's,  Qaartcrmastcr- 
General's,  or  Subsistence  Department,  though  eligible  to 
command  according  to  the  rank  they  hold  in  the  army  of 
tlie  United  States,  and  not  subject  to  the  orders  of  a 
junior  officer,  shall  not  assume  the  command  of  troops  un- 
less put  on  duty  by  authority  of  the  President. 

ARTICLE  III — srccEssiox  in  cojdiaxd  or  dutv. 

The  functions  assigned  to  any  officer  in  these  regulations 
Ijv  title  of  office  devolve  on  the  officer  acting  in  his  place, 
except  as  specially  excepted. 

During  the  absence  of  the  Quartermaster-General,  or  the 
chief  of  any  military  bureau  of  the  War  Department,  his 
duties  in  the  bureau,  prescribed  by  law  or  regulations, 
devolve  on  the  officer  of  his  department  empowered  by 
the  President  to  perform  them  in  his  absence.  (Act  Julv 
4,  183G.) 

An  officer  who  succeeds  to  any  command  or  duty  stands 
in  regard  to  his  duties  in  the  same  situation  as  his  prede- 
cessor. The  officer  relieved  shall  turn  over  to  his  ^succes- 
sor all  orders  in  force  at  the  time,  and  the  public  i^roperty 
and  funds  pertaining  to  his  command  or  duty,  rjid  shall 
receive  therefor  duplicate  receipts,  showing  the  condition 
of  each  article. 


G  Appointment  and  Fromotion  of  Officers. 

An  ofBcer  in  a  temporary  command  shall  not,  except  in 
urgent  cases,  alter  or  annul  the  standing  orders  of  the 
regular  or  permanent  commander  without  authority  from 
the  next  higher  commander. 

ARTICLE   IV. 

AITOIXTMENT    AND    PROMOTION    OF    COMMISSIONED    OFFICERS. 

All  vacancies  in  established  regiments  and  corps,  to  the 
rank  of  Colonel,  .shall  be  filled  by  promotion  according  to 
seniority,  except  in  case  of  disability  or  other  incompe- 
1  < -ncy. 

Promotions  to  the  rank  of  Captain  shall  be  made  regi- 
mentally;  to  Major  and  Lieutenant-Colonel  and  Colonel, 
according  to  the  arm,  as  Infantry,  artillery,  &c.,  and  in 
the  Staif  Departments  and  in  the  Engineers,  Topographical 
Engineers,  and  Ordnance,  according  to  corps. 

Appointments  to  the  rank  of  Brigadier-General  and  Ma- 
jor-General  will  be  made  by  selection  from  the  army. 

The  .Lii'aduates  of  the  Military  Academy  are  appointed 
to  vacajn'ies  of  the  lowest  grade,  or  attached  by  brevet  to 
regiments  or  corps,  not  to  exceed  one  brevet  to  each  com- 
pany; and  meritorious  non-commissioned  officers,  examined 
by  an  Army  Board,  and  found  qualilied  for  the  duties  of 
•(•mmissioned  officers,  will,  in  like  manner,  be  attached  to 
regiments  as  Brevet  Second  Lieutenants. 

Whenever  the  public  service  may  require  the  appoiut- 
])ieiit  <  ■  ;iiiy  citizen  to  the  army,  a  Board  of  Officers  will 
».<■  insti  'Ued,  before  which  the  applicant  will  appear  for 
'  !  'iiation  into  his  physical  ability,  moral  character, 
ii.iiiiiii.iits,  and  general  fitness  for  the  service.  If  the 
S>oard  re]iort  in  favor  of  the  applicant,  he  will  be  deemed 
•  •li'j-ible  for  n  commission  in  the  army. 


Reaignaiion . .  Exchanges.  7 

ARTICLE    V RESIGNATIONS  OF    OFFICERS. 

No  officer  will  be  considered  out  of  service  on  the  tender 
of  his  resignation,  until  it  shall  have  been  duly  accepted  by 
the  proper  authority. 

Resignations  will  be  forwarded  by  the  commanding  offi- 
cer to  the  Adjutant-General  of  the  army  for  decision  at  the 
War  Department. 

Resignations  tendered  under  charges,  when  forwarded 
by  any  commander,  will  always  be  accompanied  by  a  copy 
of  the  charges:  or,  in  the  absence  of  written  charges,  by 
a  report  of  the  case,  for  the  information  of  the  Secretary  of 
War. 

Before  presenting  the  resignation  of  any  officer,  the  Ad- 
jutant-General Avill  ascertain  and  report  to  the  war  Depart- 
ment the  state  of  such  officer's  accounts  of  money,  as  well 
as  of  public  property,  for  which  he  may  have  been  respon- 
sible. 

In  time  of  war,  or  with  an  army  in  the  field,  resignations 
.«^hall  take  effect  within  thirty  days  from  the  date  of  the 
order  of  acceptance. 

Leaves  of  absence  will  not  be  granted  by  commanding 
officers  to  officers  on  tendering  their  resignation,  unless  the 
resignation  be  unconditional  and  immediate. 

ARTICLE    VI EXCHANGE    OR   TRANSFER    OF    OFFICEKS. 

The  transfer  of  officers  from  one  regiment  or  corps  to 
another  will  be  made  only  by  the  War  Department,  on  the 
mutual  application  of  the  parties  desiring  the  exchange. 

An  officer  shall  not  be  transfered  from  one  regimeiit  or 

corps  to  another  with  prejudice  to  the  rank  of  any   officer 

of  the  regiment  or  corps  to  which  he  is  transferre(  ^ 

ARTICLE  VII — APPOINTMENTS  ON  THE  staff! 

As  far  as  practicable,  all  appointments  and  det£(j}S  on 
ihe  staff  will  be  equalized  on  the  several  regim( 


8  Distribution  of  Troops . .  Care  of  Fortifications. 

General  Officers  appoint  tlieir  own  Aides-de-camp. 

An  officer  shall  not  fill  an}"  staff  appointment,  or  other 
situation,  the  duties  of  which  will  detach  him  from  his 
compan}^,  regiment,  or  corps,  until  he  has  served  at  least 
three  years  with  his  regiment  or  corps;  nor  shall  any  offi- 
cer (aides-de-camp  excepted)  so  remain  detached  longer 
til  an  four  years. 

x\n  officer  of  a  mounted  corps  shall  not  be  separated 
from  his  regiment,  except  for  duty  connected  with  his  par- 
ticular arm. 

The  Senior  Lieutenant  present,  holding  tlie  ai)point- 
ment  of  Assistant  Commissary  of  Subsistance,  is  entitled 
to  perform  the  duties.. 

ARTICLE    VIII — DISTRIBUTION    OF    THE    TROr^I'S. 

,  The  military  geographical  departments  will  be  establish- 
ed by  the  War  Department.  In  time  of  peace,  brigades 
or  divisions  will  not  bo  formed,  nor  the  stations  of  the 
troops  I'lianged,  without  authority  from  the  War  Depart- 
ment. 

ARTICLE  IX— CARE  OF   fortificatioxs. 

No  person  shall  be  permitted  to  walk  upon  any  of  the 
slopes  of  a  fortification,  excepting  the  ramps  and  glacis. 
If,  in  any  case,  it  be  necessary  to  provide  for  crossing  them 
it  should  be  done  by  placing  wooden  steps  or  stairs  against 
the  slopes.  The  occasional  walking  of  persons  on  a  para- 
pet vrill  do  no  harm,  provided  it  be  not  allowed  to  cut  the 
surface  into  paths. 

No  Ci'.Ule,  horses,  sheep,  goat,  or  other  amimal,  shall 
ever  be  ]><'rmitted  to  go  upon  the  slopes,  the  ramparts,  or 
tlie  para])cts,  nor  upon  the  glacis,  except  within  fenced 
limits,  wliich  should  not  approach  the  crest  nearer  than 
CO  fl'ct. 


Care  of  Forlificalions .  9 

All  grassed  surfaces,  excepting  the  glacis,  will  be  care- 
fully and  frequently  mo^Yed  (except  in  dry  weather,)  and 
the  oftener  the  better,  while  growing  rapidly — the  grass 
never  being  allowed  to  be  more  than  a  few  inches  liigh. 
In  order  to  cut  the  grass  even  and  close,  upon  small  slopes 
a  light  one-handed  scythe  should  be  used;  and  in  mowing 
the  steep  slopes,  the  mower  should  stand  on  a  light  ladder 
resting  against  the  slope,  and  not  upon  the  grass.  Crops 
of  hay  may  be  cut  on  the  glacis;  or,  if  fenced,  it  may  be 
used  as  pasture;  otherwise  it  sliould  })e  treated  as  other 
slopes  of  the  fortification.  On  all  the  slopes,  spots  of  dead 
grass  will  be  cut  out  and  replaced  by  fresh  sods.  All 
weeds  will  be  eradicated.  A  very  little  labor,  applied 
steadily  and  judiciously,  will  maintain  the  grassed  surfaces^ 
even  of  the  largest  of  our  forts,  in  good  condition. 

The  burning  of  grass  upon  ftuy  portion  of  a  fortificatioQ 
is  strictly  forbidden. 

Particular  attention  is  required  to  prevent  the  formation 
of  gullies  in  the  parade,  terreplein,  and  ramps,  and  especi- 
ally in  slopes  where  grass  is  not  well  established.  If  neg- 
■lected,  they  soon  involve  heavy  expense. 

Earth,  sand,  or  ashes  must  not  be  placed  against  wood- 
work; a  free  ventilation  must  be  preserved  around  il;  and 
all  wooden  floors,  platforms,  bridges,  &c.,  will  be  kept 
clean  swept. 

The  machinery  of  draw-bridges,  gates,  and  posterns 
must  be  kept  in  good  working  order  by  proper  cleaning 
and  oiling  of  the  parts;  the  bridges  will  be  raised,  and  the 
gates  and  posterns  opened  as  often  as  once  a  week. 

The  terrepleins  of  forts,  the  floors  of  casemates,  capon- 
niers,  store-rooms,  barracks,  galleries,  posterns,  maga- 
zines, &c.,  and  the  sidewalks  in  front  of  quarters  and  bar- 
racks, as  well  as  other  walks,  are  sometimes  paved  with 
])ricks  or  stones,  or  formed   of  concrete.     Thcr  o   surfaces 


10  Care  of  Fortifications. 

must  be  preserved  from  injury  with  great  care.  In  trans- 
})orting  guns  and  carriages,  and  in  mounting  tliem,  strong 
way-planks  will  be  used,  and  neither  the  wheels  nor  any 
other  part  of  the  carriages,  nor  machinery,  such  as  shears, 
gins,  &e.,nor  any  handspike  or  other  implements,  will  be 
allowed  to  touch  those  surfaces.  Unless  protected  in  a  simi- 
lar manner,  no  wheel-barrow  or  other  vehicle,  no  barrels, 
hogheads,  &c.,  will  be  rolled  upon  these  surfaces.  No  vio- 
lent work  will  be  suffered  to  be  done  upon  them,  such  as 
cutting  wood,  breaking  coal,  &c.,  and.  no  heavy  weight  be 
thrown  pr  permitted  to  fall  thereon.  In  using  machines, 
as  gins,  &c.,  in  casemates,  care  must  be  taken  not  to  injure 
the  arch  or  ceiling,  as  well  as  the  floor.  Neglect  of  these 
precautions  may  cause  injuries  slight  in  appearance,  but 
serious  in  effect,  from  the  leaking  of  water  into  masonry 
and  casemates,  and  expensive  to  repair. 

The  doors  and  windows  of  all  store-rooms  and  unoccu- 
pied casemates,  quarters,  barracks,  &c.,  will  be  opened 
several  times  a  week  for  thorough  ventilation. 

The  masonry  shot  furnaces  will  be  heated  only  on  the 
approach  of  an  enemy.  For  ordinary  practice  with  hot 
shot,  h'on  furnaces  are  provided. 

The  foregoing  matters  involve  but  little  expense  ;  tlie 
labor  is  within  the  means  of  every  garrison,  and  no  tech- 
nical knowledge  is  called  for  beyond  what  will  be  found 
among  soldiers.  Other  repairs  requiring  small  disburse- 
ments, such  as  repainting  exposed  wood  or  iron  work,  can 
be  also  executed  by  the  garrison;  but  reports,  estimates, 
and  ri(|uisitions  may  be  necessary  to  obtain  the  materials. 

No  alleration  will  be  made  in  any  fortification,  or  in  its 
casemates,  quarters,  barracks,  magazines,  store-houses,  or 
any  other  building  belonging  to  it;  nor  will  any  building 
of  any  kind,  or  work  of  earth,  masonry,  or  timber,  be 
erected  within  the  fortification,  or  on   its  exterior  within 


Care  of  Armaments  and  Ammunition.  11 

halfamile,except  under  the  superintendence  of  the  Engineer 
Department,  and  by  the  authority  of  the  Secretary  of 
AVar. 

ARTICLE  X — CARE  OF  armament  of  fortifications. 

At  eacli  permanent  post  with  a  fixed  batteiy,  and  gar- 
risoned by  not  more  than  one  company,  there  will  be  kept 
mounted,  for  purposes  of  instruction  and  target  practice, 
three  heavy  guns,  and  at  posts  garrisoned  by  more  than 
one  company,  at  tiie  rate  of  two  for  each  of  tlie  companies 
composing  its  garrison.  The  other  guns  dismounted  will 
be  properly  placed  within  their  own  traverse  circles,  aud 
the  carriages  preserved  from  the  weather. 

All  guns  should  be  sponged  clean  and  their  vents  exam-  jff^^ 
ined  to  see  that  they  are  clear.  The  chassis  should  b^ 
traversed  and  left  in  a  different  position,  the  top  carriage 
moved  backward  and  forward  and  left  alternately  over  the 
front  and  rear  transoms  of  the  chassis;  the  elevating  screws 
or  machines  wiped  clean,  worked  and  oiled  if  required, 
and  the  nuts  of  all  bolts  screwed  up  tight.  This  should 
all  be  done  regularly  once  in  every  week. 

When  tarpaulins,  or  pent  houses,  are  placed  over  the 
guns,  they  should  be  removed  once  a  week  when  the 
weather  is  fair,  the  carriages  and  guns  brushed  off,  and, 
if  damp,  allowed  to  dry. 

All  old  sponge  staff  and  head  should  be  used  for  drill. 
The  new^  sponges  should  never  be  used  unless  the  gun  is 
fired.  The  implements  should  be  kept  in  store,  under 
cover,  and  be  examined,  wiped  clean  or  brushed  at 
once  a  month. 

The  magazine  should  be  frequently  examined  to  see 
that  the  powder  is  well  preserved.  It  should  be  opened 
every  other  day  when  the  air  is  dry  and  clear.  Barrels 
of  powder  should  be  turned  and  rolled  occasionaj|^.     Un- 


3casiona]|^. 

if 


I(>h. 


12  Ar tiller y  Practice. 

dor  ordinary  circumstance?,  only  a  few  cartridges  sliould 
be  kept  filled.  If  the  paper  body  of  the  cartridge  be- 
comes soft  or  loses  its  sizing,  it  is  certain  that  the  maga- 
zine is  very  damp,  and  some  means  should  be  found  to 
improve  the  ventilation.  Cartridge  bags  may  be  kept  in 
the  magazine  ready  for  filling;  also  port-fires,  fuzes,  tubes, 
and  primers.  Stands  of  grape,  canisters,  andwads  for 
barbette  guns,  should  be  kept  in  store  with  the  imple*ments. 
For  casemate  guns,  wads  may  Ije^liung  in  bundles,  and 
grape  and  canisters  placed  near  the  guns.  Shot,  well  lac- 
quered and  clean,  may  be  placed  in  piles  near  the  guns. 

ARTICLE  XL— Artillery  Practice. 

At  all  posts  with  fixed  batteries,  tlie  position  of  every 
gun,  mounted  or  to  be  mounted,  will  have  its  number,  and 
this  number  be  placed  on  the  gun  when  in  position. 

For  every  such  work  a  posl-book  of  record  will  be  kept, 
under  the  direction  of  the  commander  of  the  post,  in 
which  will  be  duly  entered — the  number  of  each  mounted 
gun,  its  calibre,  weight,  names  of  founder  and  its  inspec- 
tor, and  other  n:arks;  the  description  of  its  carriage,  and 
date  of  reception  at  the  post;  where  from;  and  the  great- 
est field  of  fire  of  the  gun  in  its  position. 

Every  commander  of  a  fort  or  other  fixed  battery  will, 
before  entering  on  artillery  practice,  carefully  reconnoitre 
and  cause  to  be  sketched  for  his  record-book,  the  water- 
channels  with  their  soundings,  and  other  approaches  to 
the  work.  Bnoys^or  marks  will  be  placed  at  the  extreme 
and  intermediatc'ranges  of  the  gnns,  and  these  marks  be 
nunikically  noted  on  the  sketch.  A  buoy  at  every  five 
h.un^fcd  yards  ma-y-^uffice. 

aWIic  time  of  practice,  a  distinct  and  careful  iiote  will 
be  la^de  for  the  record-book  of  every  shot  or  shell  that 
I'lnv  l>e'^Uii'own,   designating  the  guns  fired  by  their  num- 


Artillery  FracUce.  13 

b.ers,  the  charge  of^  powder  used,  the  times  of  flight  of 
shots  and  shells,  the  ranges  and  ricochets,  and  the  posi- 
tions of  guns  in  respect  to  the  horizontal  and  vertical 
lines. 

The  time  of  flight  of  a  shell  may  be  noted  with 
sufficient  accuracy  by  a  stop-watch,  or  by  counting  the 
beats  (  previously  ascertaining  their  value  )  of  other 
matches,  and  the  range  may  sometimes  be  computed  by 
the  time  of  flight.  Other  modes  of  ascertaining  the  range 
will  readily  occur  to  officers  of  science. 

When  charged  shells  with  fuzes  are  thrown;  the  time 
of  bursting  will  be  noted.  If  they  are  intended  to  fall  on 
land,  onl}^  a  blowing  charge  vrill  be  given  to  the  shells,  so 
that  they  may  be  picked  up  for  further  use.  jJL 

On   filling  from  the  barrel,  the  proof  range  of  powder-i'^*^ 
vuU  be  marked  on  the  cartridges. 

The  general  objects  of  this  practice  arc — to  give  the 
officers  and  men  the  read}'  and  effective  use  of  batteries; 
to  preserve  on  record  the  more  important  results  for  the 
benefit  of  the  same,  or  future  commanders,  and  to  ascertain 
the  efficiency  of  guns  and  carriages. 

Commanders  of  field  artillery  will  also  keep  registers  of 
their  practice,  so  that  not  a  shot  or  shell  shall  be  thrown 
in  the  Army,  for  intruction,  without  distinct  objects,  such 
as  range,  accuracy  of  aim,  number  of  ricochets,  time  of 
bursting,  in  the  case  of  shells,  etc. 

Every  company  with  a  field  battery  will  be  allowed  for 
annual  practice  500  blank  cartridges  and  a  third  of  that 
number  of  shot  or  shell.  Companies  vv^th  fixed  batterj 
will  be  allowed  100  cartridges  each,  with  seventy-five 
or  shells.  This  ammunition  will  be  expended  in  equal 
parts  in  the  three  months  designated  below,  and  if  the 
com^pany  be  mounted,  eight  blank  cartridges  will-be 
allowed  for  each  of  the  other  months  in  the  yeajg  Tlii^ 


qfual  ^1 


14  Regiments. 

allowance  is  intended  only  for  companies  2-)ermanentli/ 
serving  with  batteries.  The  firing  with  field-guns  by  other 
Artillery  companies  must  be  confined  to  blank  cartridges. 

For  artillery  there  will  be  annually  three  periods  of 
practice  in  firing — Aptil,  June,  and  October  for  the  latitude 
of  Washington  and  south;  and  May,  July  and  September 
north  of  that  latitude. 

At  the  termination  of  each  period  of  practice,  the  com- 
manding officers  of  posts  will  transmit  to  the  Adjutant- 
General  full  reports  of  the  results,  in  order  that  proper 
tabular  statements  may  be  prepared  for  the  War  Depart- 
ment. 

To  determine  accuracy  of  aim  in  firing  shot  and  shell, 
^ butts  or  targets  will  be  used.  Where  no  natural  butt 
presents  itself,  targets  will  be  erected.  A  form  for  float- 
ing targets  will  be  sent  to  the  commanders  of  the  several 
forts. 

As  practice  in  gunnery  is  a  heavy  expense  to  govern- 
ment, commanders  of  companies  and  their  immediate 
superiors  are  charged  with  the  strict  execution  of  the  fore- 
going details;  and  all  officers  authorised  to  make  tours  of 
inspection  will  report,  through  the  prescribed  channels, 
on  such  execution. 

ARTICLE   XTI— Regiments. 

On  the  organization  of  a  regiment,  the  companies  re- 
ceive a  permanent  designation  by  letters  beginning  with 
A,  and  the  officers  are  assigned  to  companies;  afterw^ard, 
company  officers  succeed  to  companies,  as  promoted  to 
fill  vacancies.  Companies  take  place  in  the  battalion  ac- 
cording to  the  rank  of  their  captains. 

Captains  must  serve  with  their  companies  Though 
subject  to  the  temporary  details  of  service,  as  for  courts- 


Regiments.  15 

martial,  military  boards,  etc.,  they  shall  not  bo  detailed  for 
any  duty  which  may  separate  them  for  any  considerable 
time  from  their  companies. 

The  commander  of  a  regiment  will  appoint  the  adjutant 
from  the  subalterns  of  the  regiment.  He  will  nominate 
the  regimental  quarter-master  to  the  Secretary  of  War  for 
appointment  if  approved.  He  will  appoint  the  non-com- 
missioned staff  of  the  regiment;  and,  upon  the  recom- 
mendation of  the  company  commanders,  the  sergeants 
and  corporals  of  companies. 

In  cases  of  vacancy,  and  till  a  decision  can  be  had  from 
regimental  head-quarters,  the  company  commanders  may 
make  temporary  appointments  of  non-commissioned  of- 
ficers. 

Commanders  of  regiments  are  enjoined  to  avail  them 
selves  of  every  opportunity  of  instructing  both  officers 
and  men  in  the  exercise  and  management  of  field  artillery; 
and  all  commanders  ought  to  encourage  useful  occupa- 
tions, and  manly  exercises,  and  diversions  among  their 
men,  and  to  repress  dissipation  and  immorality. 

It  is  enjoined  upon  all  officers  to  be  cautious  in  reprov- 
ing noncommissioned  officers  in  the  presence  or  hearing 
of  privates,  lest  their  authority  be  weakened;  and  non- 
commissioned officers  are  not  to  be  sent  to  the  guard-room 
and  mixed  with  privates  during  confinement,  but  be  consi- 
dered as  placed  in  arrest,  except  in  aggravated  cases,  where 
escape  may  be  apprehended. 

Non-commissioned  officers  may  be  reduced  to  the  ranks 
by  the  sentence  of  a  court-martial,  or  by  order  of  the 
commander  of  the  regiment  on  the  application  of  the 
company  commander.  If  reduced  to  the  ranks  1)y  gar- 
rison courts,  at  posts  not  the  head-quarters  of  the  regi- 
ment, the  compan}^  commander  will  immediately  forward 
a  transcript  of  the  order  to  the  regimental  commander. 


16  Jleglmenis. 

Every  non-commissioned  officer  shall  be  furni.slied  witli 
a  certificate  or  warrant  of  his  rank,  signed  by  the  colonel 
and  counter-signed  by  the  adjutant.  Blank  warrants  on 
parchment,  are  furnished  from  the  Adjutant-General's 
office.  The  first,  or  orderly  sergeant,  will  be  selected  by 
the  captain  from  the  sergeants. 

When  it  is  desired  to  have  bands  of  music  for  regi- 
ments, there  will  be  allowed  for  each,  sixteen  privates  to 
act  as  musicians,  in  addition  to  the  chief  musicians  an 
thorized  by  law,  provided  the  total  number  of  privates  in 
the  regiment,  including  the  band,  does  not  exceed  tlie 
legal  standard. 

The  musicians  of  the  band  will,  for  the  time  being,  be 
dropped  from  company  muster-rolls,  but  they  will  be  in- 
structed as  soldiers  and  hable  to  serve  in  the  ranks  on  any 
occasion.  They  will  be  mustered  in  a  separate  squad  un- 
der tlic  chief  musician,  with  the  non-commissioned  staff, 
and  be  included  in  the  aggregate  in  all  regimental  returns. 

When  a  regiment  occupies  several  stations,  the  band 
will  be  kept  at  the  head-quarters,  promded  troops  (one  or 
more  companies)  be  serving  there.  The  field  music 
belonging  to  companies  not  stationed  at  regimental  head- 
quarters will  not  be  separated  from  their  respective  com- 
panies. 

No  man,  .unless  he  be  a  carpenter,  joiner,  carriage- 
maker,  blacksmith,  saddler,  or  harness-maker,  will  be 
mustered  as  an  "artificer." 

Every  article,  excepting  arms  and  accoutrements,  be- 
l^gjng  to  the  regiment,  is  to  be  marked  Vvith  the  number 
'a^SSkiiue  of  the  regiment. 

Such  articles  as  belong  to  companies  are  to  be  marked 
with  tiie  letter  of  the  company,  and  number  and  name  of 
the  regiment;  and  such  as  belong  to  men,  with  their  in- 
dividual numbers,  and  the  letter  ol  the  company. 


Fost  Books.  n 

The  books  for  each  regiment  shall  be  as  follows: 

1.  General  Order  Booh,  of  three  quires  of  paper,  16  inches  by  lO.V 
inches,  to  contain  all  orders  and  circulars  from  general,  depart" 
ment,  division,  or  brigade  head-quarters,  with  an  index. 

2.  Begimental  Order  Book,  of  three  quires  of  paper,  16  inches  by 
lOJ  inches,  to  contain  regimental  orders,  with  an  index. 

3.  Letter  Book,  of  three  quires  of  paper,  16  inches  by  10^-  inches, 
to  contain  the  correspondence  of  the  commanding  officer  on 
regimental  subjects,  with  an  index. 

4.  An  index  of  letters  required  to  be  kept  on  file,  in  the  following 
form: 


No. 

1     Name  of  loriter. 

Date. 

Suljject. 

1 
2 
3 
4 

Captain  A.  B 

Adjt.Gen.  R.J.. 
Captain  F.  G  . . . 
Lieutenant  C.  D. 

July  15, 1846 
Sept.    4,1846 
Oct.    11,1846 
Nov.    2.1846 

Appoin't  of  non.  com.  officers. 
Recruting  service. 
Error  in  company  return. 
Application  for  leave. 

The  date  of  receipt  should  be  indorsed  on  all  letters. 
They  should  be  numbered  to  correspond  with  the  index, 
and  filed  in  regular  order,  for  easy  reference. 

5.  Descriptive  Book,  of  five  quires  of  paper,  16  inches  by  10^  incites, 
to  contain  a  list  of  the  officers  of  the  regiment,  with  their  jain:k, 
and  dates  of  appointment,  and  promotions;  transfers,  leareaof 
absence,  and  places  an(J  dates  of  birth.  To  contain,  alsO',  the 
names  of  all  enlisted  soldiers,  entered  according  to  priority  of 
enlistments,  giving  their  desa-iption,  the  dates  and  periods  of 
their  enlistment;  and,  under  the  head  of  remarks,  the  cause  of 
discharge,  character,  death,  desertion,  transfer;  in  short,  every 
thing  relating  to  their  military  history.  This  book  to  be  in- 
dexed. 

One  copy  of  the  monthly  returns  will  be  filed. 

POST    BOOKS. 

The  following  books  will  be  kept  at  each  post :   a  Mor- 
ning Eeport  Book,  a  Guard  Report  Book,  an  Order  Book, 
a  Letter  Book,  each  two  quires  foolscap;  also  copico  of  the 
monthly  post  returns. 
2 


1 8  Companies. 

ARTICLE  XIII— Companies. 

The  captain  will  cause  the  men  of  the  company  to  be 
numbered,  in  a  regular  series,  including  the  non-commis- 
sioned officers,  and  divided  into  four  squads,  each  to  be  put 
under  the  charge  of  a  non-commissioned  officer. 

Each  subaltern  officer  will  be  charged  with  a  squad  for 
the  supervision  of  its  order  and  cleanliness;  and  captains 
will  require  their  lieutenants  to  assist  them  in  the  perfor- 
mance of  all  company  duties. 

As  far  as  practicable,  the  men  of  each  squad  will  be 
quartered  together. 

The  utmost  attention  will  be  paid  by  commanders  of 
companies  to  the  cleanliness  of  their  men,  as  to  their 
person,  clothing,  arms  accoutrements,  and  equipments, 
and  also  as  to  their  quarters  or  tents. 

The  name  of  each  soldier  will  be  labeled  on  his  bunk, 
and  his  company  number  will  be  placed  against  his  arms 
and  accoutrements. 

The  arms  will  be  placed  in  the  arm-racks,  the  stoppers 
in  the  muzzles,  the  cocks  let  down,  and  the  bayonets  in 
their  scabbards;  the  accoutrements  suspended  over  the 
arms,  and  the  swords  hung  up  by  the  belts  on  pegs. 

The  knapsack  of  each  man  will  be  placed  on  the  lower 
shelf  of  his  bunk,  at  its  foot,  packed  with  his  effects,  and 
ready  to  be  slung;  the  great-coat  on  the  same  shelf,  rolled 
and  "strapped;  the  coat,  folded  inside  out,  and  placed 
under  the  knapsack;  the  cap  on  the  second  or  upper  shelf; 
and  the  boots  well  cleaned. 

Dirty  clothes  will  be  kept  in  an  appropriate  part  of  the 
iMt||tsack;  no  article  of  any  kind  to  he  put  under  the  bed- 

Cooking  utensils  and  table  equipage  will  be  cleaned  and 
arranged  in  closets  or  recesses;  blacking  and  brushes  out 
>of  view;  the  fuel  in  boxes. 


Companies.  19 

Ordinarily  the  cleuning  will  be  on  Saturdays.  The 
chiefs  of  squads  will  cause  bunks  and  bedding  to  be  over- 
hauled; floors  dry  rubbed;  tables  and  benches  scoured; 
arms  cleaned;  accoutrements  whitened  and  polished,  and 
every  thing  put  in  order. 

Where  conveniences  for  bathing  arc  to  be  had,  the  men 
should  bathe  once  a  week.  The  feet  to  be  washed  at  least 
twice  a  week.  The  hair  kept  short,  and  beard  neatly 
trimmed. 

Non-commissionend  officers,  in  command  of  squads,  will 
be  held  more  immcdiatcl}^  responsible  that  their  men  ob- 
serve what  is  prescribed  above;  that  they  wash  their 
hands  and  faces  daily;  that  they  brush  or  comb  their 
heads;  that  those  who  are  to  go  on  duty  put  their  arms, 
accoutrements,  dress,  etc.,  in  the  best  order,  and  that  such 
as  have  permission  to  pass  the  chain  of  sentinels  are  in 
the  dress  that  may  be  ordered. 

Commanders  of  companies  and  squads  will  see  that  the 
arms  and  accoutrements  in  possession  of  the  men  are 
always  kept  in  good  order,  and  that  proper  care  be  taken 
in  cleaning  them. 

When  belts  are  given  to  a  soldier,  the  captain  will  see  tliat 
they  are  properly  fitted  to  the  body;  and  it  is  forbidden  to 
cut  any  belt  without  his  sanction. 

Cartridge-boxes  and  bayonet-scabbards  will  be  polished 
with  blacking;  varnish  is  injurious  to  the  leather,  and  will 
not  be  used. 

All  arms  in  the  hands  of  the  troops,  whether  browned 
or  bright,  will  be  kept  in  the  same  state  in  which  they  are 
issued  by  the  Ordnance  Department.     Arms  will  not 
taken   to   pieces  without   permission   of  a  commissio 
officer.     Bright  barrels  will  be  kept  clean  and  free  fr 
rust  without  polishing  them;  care  should  be  taken  in  rub 
bing  not  to  bruise  or  bend  the  barrel.     After  firino^  wash 


111  111^  ™ 


20  Companies . .  Marks  on  Aarms,  Sjc. 

out  the  bore;  wipe  it  diy,  and  tlien  pass  a  bit  of  cloth, 
slTghtly  greased,  to  the  bottom.  In  these  operations,  a 
rod  of  wood  with  a  loop  in  one  end  is  to  be  used  instead 
of  the  rammer.  The  barrel,  when  not  in  use,  will  be 
closed  with  a  stopper.  For  exercise,  each  soldier  should 
keep  himself  provided  with  a  piece  of  sole  leather  to  fit 
the  cup  or  countersink  of  the  hammer. 

(For  care  of  arms  in  service,  see  Ordnance  Manual, 
page  185,  etc.) 

Arms  shall  not  be  left  loaded  in  quarters  or  tents,  or 
when  the  men  are  oif  duty,  except  by  special  orders. 

■Ammunition  issued  will  be  inspected  frequently.  Each 
man  will  be  made  to  pay  for  the  rounds  expended  without 
orders,  or  not  in  the  way  of  duty,  or  which  may  be 
damaged  or  lost  by  his  neglect. 

Ammunition  will  be  frequently  exposed  to  the  dry  air, 
or  sunned. 

Special  care  shall  be  taken  to  ascertain  that  no  ball-car- 
tridges are  mixed  with  the  blank  cartridges  issued  to  the 
men. 

All  knapsacks  are  to' be  painted  black.  Those  for  the 
artillery  will  be  marked  in  the  centre  of  the  cover  with 
the  number  of  the  regiment  only,  in  figures  of  one  inch 
and  a  half  in  length,  of  the  character  called  full  face,  witli 
yellow  paint.  Those  for  the  infantry  will  be  marked  in 
the  same  way,  in  white  paint.  Those  for  the  ordnance  will 
be  marked  with  two  cannon,  crossing;  the  cannon  to  be 
seven  and  a  half  inches  in  length,  in  yellow  paint  to 
resemble  those  on  the  cap.  The  knapsack  straps  will  be 
:black. 

The  knapsacks  will  also  be  marked  upon  the  inner  side 
with  the  letter  of  the  company  and  the  number  of  the 
soldior,  on  such  part  as  may  be  readily  observed  at  in- 
spections. 


Soldiers^  Mess.  21 

Haversacks  will  be  marked  upon  the  flap  with  the 
number  and  name  of  the  regiment,  the  letter  of  the  corn- 
pan}^,  and  number  of  the  soldier,  in  black  letters  and 
fig'ures.  And  each  soldier  must,  at  all  times,  be  provided 
with  a  haversack  and  canteen,  and  will  exhibit  them  at  all 
inspections.  It  will  be  worn  on  the  left  side  on  marches, 
guard,  and  when  paraded  for  detached  service — the  can- 
teen outside  the  liaversack. 

The  front  of  the  drums  will  be  painted  with  the  arms  of 
the  United  States,  on  a  blue  field  for  the  infantr}^,  and  on 
a  red  field  for  the  artillery.  The  letter  of  the  company 
and  number  of  the  regiment,  under  the  arms,  in  a  scroll. 

Officers  at  their  stations,  in  camp  or  in  garrison,  will  al- 
ways wear  their  proper  uniform. 

Soldiers  will  wear  the  prescribed  uniform  in  camp  or 
garrison,  and  will  not  be  permitted  to  keep  in  their  pos- 
session any  other  clothing.  When  on  fatigue  parties,  they 
will  wear  the  proper  fatigue  dress. 

In  camp  or  barracks,  the  company  oflicers  must  visit 
the  kitchen  daily  and  inspect  the  kettles,  and  at  all  times 
carefully  attend  to  the  messing  and  economy  of  their  res- 
pective companies.  The  commanding  officer  of  the  post 
or  regiment  will  make  frequent  inspections  of  the  kitchens 
and  messes. 

The  bread  must  be  thoroughly  baked,  and  not  eaten 
until  it  is  cold.  The  soup  must  be  boiled  at  least  fiv« 
hours,  and  the  vegetables  always  cooked  sufficiently  to  be 
perfectly  soft  and  digestible. 

Messes  will  be  prepared  by  privates  of  squads,  including 
private  musicians,  each  taking  his  tour.  The  greatest 
care  will  be  observed  in  washing  and  scouring  the  co("" 
ing  utensils;  those  made  of  brass  and  copper  shouldj 
lined  with  tin. 

The  messes  of  prisoners  will  be  sent  to  them 
cooks. 


22  Special  Employment  of  Soldiet's. 

No  persons  will  be  allowed  to  visit  or  remain  in  tlie 
kitchens,  except  such  as  may  come  on  duty,  or  be  oc- 
cupied as  cooks. 

Those  detailed  for  duty  in  the  kitchens  will  also  be  re- 
quired to  keep  the  furniture  of  the  mess-room  in  order. 

On  marches  and  in  the  field,  the  onlj^  mess  furniture  of 
the  soldier  will  be  one  tin  plate,  one  tin  cup,  one  knife, 
fork,  and  spoon,  to  each  man,  to  be  carried  by  himself  on 
the  march. 

If  a  soldier  be  required  to  assist  his  first  sergeant  in  the 
writing  of  the  company,  to  excuse  him  from  a  tour  of 
miUtary  duty,  the  captain  will  previously  obtain  the  sanc- 
tion of  his  own  commander,  if  he  have  one  present;  and 
whether  there  be  a  superior  present  or  not,  the  captain 
will  be  responsible  that  the  man  so  employed  does  not 
miss  two  successive  tours  of  guard-duty  by  reason  of  such 
employment. 

Tradesmen  may  be  relieved  from  ordinary  military  duty 
to  make,  to  alter,  or  to  mend  soldiers'  clothing,  etc.  Com- 
pany commanders  will  fix  the  rates  at  which  work  shall 
be  done,  and  cause  the  men,  for  whose  benefit  it  is  done, 
to  pay  for  it  at  the  next  pay  day. 

Each  company  officer,  serving  with  his  company,  may 
take  from  it  one  soldier  as  waiter,  with  his  consent  and  the 
consent  of  his  captain.  No  other  officer  shall  take  a  soldier 
as  a  waiter.  Every  soldier  so  employed  shall  be  so  reported 
and  mustered. 

Soldiers  taken  as  officers'  waiters  shall  be  acquainted 
with  their  military  duty,  and  at  all  times  be  completely 
armed  and  clothed,  and  in  ever}^  respect  equipped  accor- 
ing  to  the  rules  of  the  service,  and  have  all  their  neces- 
Spies  complete  and  in  good  order.  They  are  to  fall  in 
with  tlicir  respective  companies  at  all  reviews  and  inspec- 
tions, and  are  liable  to  such  drills  as  the  commanding  of- 


Ordnance  Sergeants.  23 

ficer   shall  judge   necessary  to  fit  them  for  service  in  tlie 
ranks. 

Non-commissioned  officers  will,  in  no  case,  be  permitted 
to  act  as  waiters;  nor  are  they,  or  private  soldiers,  not 
waiters  to  be  emplo3^ed  in  any  menial  office,  or  made  to 
perform  any  service  not  military,  for  the  private  benefit  of 
any  officer  or  mess  of  officers. 

COMPANY    BOOKS. 

The  following  books  are  allowed  to  each  company  :  ope 
descriptive  book,  one  clothing  book,  one  order  book,  one 
morning  report  book,  each  one  quire,  sixteen  inches  by 
ten.  One  page  of  the  descriptive  book  will  be  appropria- 
ted to  the  list  of  officers;  two  to  the  non-comniissioned  of- 
ficers; two  to  the  register  of  men  transfered;  four  to  re- 
gister of  men  discharged;  two  to  register  of  deaths;  four 
to  register  of  deserters — the  rest  to  the  company  descrip- 
tion list. 

LAUNDRESS. 

Four  W04nen  will  be  allowed  to  each  company  a?  wash- 
erwomen, and  will  receive  one  ration  per  day  each. 

The  price  of  washing  soldier's  clothing,  by  the  month, 
or  by  the  piece,  will  be  determined  by  the  Council  of  Ad- 
ministration. 

Debts  due  the  laundress  by  soldiers,  for  washing,  will 
be  paid,  or  collected  at  the  pay-table,  under  the  direction 
of  the  captain. 

ARTICLE  XIV.— Ordnance  Sergeants. 

The  Secretary  of  War  selects  from  the  sergeants  of  the 
line  of  the   army,  as  many    Ordnance    Sergeants  as  the 
service  may  require,  not  exceeding  one  to  each   militai 
post. 

Captains  will  report  to  tlieir  colonels  such  sergeants 
by  their  conduct  and  service,  merit  such  appointment, 
ting  forth  the  description,  lenght    of  service  of.  the 


the  ^ 

ii 


24  Ordnance  Sergeants. 

gcant,  the  portion  of  liis  service  he  was  a  non-commission- 
ed officer,  his  general  cliaracter  as  to  fideUty  and  sobriety, 
hi.«  qualification  as  a  clerk,  and  his  fitness  for  the  duties 
to  be  performed  by  an  ordnance  sergeant.  These  reports 
will  be  forwarded  to  the  Adjutant-General,  to  l)e  laid  be- 
fore the  Secretary  of  War. 

When  a  company  is  detached  from  the  head-quarters  of 
the  regiment,  the  reports  of  the  comnlending  officer  in 
this  matter  will  pass  to  the  regimental  head-quarters 
through  the  commanding  officer  of  the  post  or  detach- 
ment, and  be  accompanied  by  his  opinion  as  to  the  fitness 
of  the  candidate. 
Ordnance  Sergeants  will  be  assigned  to  posts  when  ap- 
., pointed,  and  are  not  to  be  transferred  to  other  stations 
except  by  orders  from  the  Adjutant-General's  office. 

At  the  expiration  of  their  term  of  serv^ice,  Ordnance  Ser- 
geants may  be  re-enlisted,  provided  they  shall  have  con- 
ducted themselves  in  a  becoming  manner,  and  performed 
their  duties  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  commanding  officer. 
If  the  commanding  officer,  however,  shall  not  think  proper 
to  re-enlist  tiie  Ordnance  Sergeant  of  his  post,  he  will  not 
discharge  him  at  the  expiration  of  his  service,  unless  it 
shall  be  the  wish  of  the  sergeant,  but  will  communicate 
to  the  Adjutant-General  his  reasons  for  declining  to  re- 
enhVt  him,  to  be  submitted  to  the  War  Department. 

The  officers  interested  must  be  aware,  from  the  nature 

of  the   duties  assigned  to    Ordnance   Sergeants,  that  the 

judicious   selection  of  them  is  of  no  small   importance  to 

the  interests  of  the  service;  and  that  while  the  law  con- 

^aemplates,  in  the  appointment  of  these  non-commissioned 

H^cers,  the  better  preservation  of  the  ordnance  and  ord- 

*^fcce  stores  in   deposit  in  the  several  forts,  there  is  the 

further  motive  of  offering  a  reward  to  those  faithful  and 

well-tried  sergeants  who  have  long  served  their  country, 


Ordnance  Sergeants,  25 

and  of  thus  giving  encouragement  to  the  soldier  in  the 
ranks  to  emulate  them  in  conduct,  and  thereby  secure 
substantial  promotion.  Colonels  and  Captains  can  not, 
therefore,  be  too  particular  in  investigating  the  characters 
of  the  candidates,  and  in  giving  their  testimonv  as  to  their 
merits . 

Th\3  appointment  and  removal  of  Ordnance  Sergeants, 
stationed  at  military  posts,  in  pursuance  of  the  above  pro- 
visions of  law,  shall  be  reported  by  the  Adjutant-General 
to  the  chief  of  the  Ordnance  Department. 

When  a  non-commissioned  ofiicer  receives  the  appoint- 
ment of  Ordnance  Sergeant,  he  shall  be  dropped  from  the 
rolls  of  the  regiment  or  company  in  which  he  may  be 
serving  at  the  time. 

The  duty  of  Ordnance  Sergeants  relates  to  the  care  of 
the  ordnance,  arms,  ammunition,  and  other  military  stores 
at  the  post  to  which  they  may  be  attached,  under  the 
direction  of  the  commanding  officer,  and  according  to  the 
regulations  of  the  Ordnance  Department. 

'If  a  post  be  evacuated,  the  Ordnance  Sergeant  shall 
remain  on  duty  at  the  station,  under  the  direction  of  the 
chief  of  the  Ordnance  Department,  in  charge  of  the  ord- 
nance and  ordnance  stores,  and  of  such  other  public  pro- 
perty as  is  not  in  charge  of  some  officer  or  agent  of  other 
departments;  for  which  ordnance  stores  and  other  property 
he  will  account  to  the  chiefs  of  the  proper  departments 
until  otherwise  directed. 

An  Ordnance  Sergeant  in  charge  of  ordnance  stores  at 
a  post  where  there  is  no  commissioned  officer  shall  be  held 
responsible  for  the  safe-keeping  of  the  property,  and 
shall  be  governed   by  the   regulations  of  the    Orduan 
Department  in  making  issues  of  the  same,  and  in  pre 
ring  and  furnishing  the  requisite  returns.     If  the  means 
at  his  disposal  are  not  sufficient  for  the  preservation  of  the 


eld   ^ 
he^ 


20  Ordnance  Sergeants. 

property,  he  shall  report  the  circumstances  to  the  chief  of 
the  Ordnance  Department. 

Ordnance  Sergeants  are  to  be  considered  as  belonging 
to  the  non-commissioned  stalf  of  the  post,  under  the  orders 
of  the  commanding  officer.  They  are  to  wear  the  uniform 
of  the  Ordnance  Department,  with  the  distinctive  badges 
prescribed  for  the  non-commissioned  staff  of  regiments  of 
artillery;  and  they  are  to  appear  under  arms  with  the 
troops  at  all  reviews  and  inspections,  monthly  and  weekly. 

When  serving  at  any  post  which  may  be  the  head-quar- 
ters of  a  regiment.  Ordnance  Sergeants  shall  be  reported 
by  name  on  the  post  returns,  and  mustered  with  the  non- 
commissioned staff  of  the  regiment;  an  dat  all  other  posts 
they  shall  be  mustered  and  reported  in  some  company 
stationed  at  the  post  at  which  they  serve;  be  paid  on  the 
muster-roll,  and  be  charged  with  the  clothing  and  all 
other  supplies  previously  received  from  any  officer,  or  sub- 
sequently issued  to  them  b}^  the  commanding  ofticer  of  the 
company  for  the  time  being.  Whenever  the  company 
may  be  ordered  from  the  post,  the  Ordnance  Sergeant  will 
be  transferred  to  the  rolls  of  any  remaining  company,  by 
the  order  of  the  commanding  otUcer  of  the  post. 

In  the  event  of  the  troops  being  all  withdrawn  from  a 
post  at  which  there  is  an  Ordnance  Sergeant,  he  shall  be 
furnished  with  his  descriptive  roll  and  account  of  clothing 
and  pay,  signed  by  the  proper  officer  last  in  command, 
accompanied  by  the  remarks  necessary  for  his  military 
history;  and  on  his  exhibiting  such  papers  to  any  Pay- 
master, with  a  letter  from  the  Ordnance  Office  acknowledg- 
ing the  receipt  of  his  returns,  and  that  they  are  satisfac- 

)ry,  he  will  be  paid  on  a  separate   account  the  amount 

"dch  may  be  due  him  at  the  date  of  the  receipt  of  the 
returns  mentioned  in  such  letter,  together  with  commuta- 
tion of  rations,  according  to  the  regulations  of  the   Sub- 


Transfer  of  Soldiers.  .Deceased  Officers.  2t 

sisteiice  Department..  A  certified  statement  of  his  pay- 
account  will  be  furnished  the  Ordnance  Sergeant  by  the 
Paymaster  by  whom  he  may  be  last  paid.  When  there 
are  no  troops  at  the  post,  the  Ordnance  Sergeant  will  re- 
port to  the  Adjutant-General's  office,  by  letter,  on  the  last 
day  of  every  month. 

ARTICLE    XV — TRANSFER  oy  soldiers. 

No  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier  will  be  transfer- 
red from  one  regiment  to  another  without  the  authority  of 
the  commanding  general. 

The  colonel  may,  upon  the  application  of  the  captains, 
transfer  a  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier  from  one 
company  to  another  of  his  regiment — with  consent  of  the 
department  commander  in  case  of  change  of  post. 

When  soldiers  are  authorized  to  be  transferred,  the 
transfer  will  take  place  on  the  first  of  a  month,  with  a 
view  to  the  more  convenient  settlement  of  their  accounts. 

In  all  cases  of  transfer,  a  complete  descriptive  roll  will  ac- 
company the  soldier  transferred,  which  roll  will  embrace 
an  account  of  his  pay,  clothing,  and  other  allowances; 
also,  all  stoppages  to  be  made  on  account  of  the  govern- 
ment, and  debts  due  the  laundress,  as  well  as  such  other 
facts  as  may  be  necessary  to  show  his  character  and  mili- 
tary history. 

ARTICLE     XVI DECEASED    OFFICERS. 

Whenever  an  officer  dies,  or   is  killed  at  any  military 
post  or  station,  or  in  the  vicinity  of  the   same,  it  will  be 
the  duty  of  the  commanding   officer  to  report  the  fact 
rect  to  the  Adjutant-General,  with  the  date,  and  any  o 
information  proper  to  be  communicated.     If  an  office 
at  a  distance  from  a  military  post,  any  officer  having^.i 
teUigence  of  the  same  will  in  like  manner  communicate  itf 


28  Deceased  Soldiers. 

specif3'ing  the  day  of  his  decease;  a  duplicate  of  the  re- 
port will  be  sent  to  Department  Head-Quarters. 

Inventories  of  the  effects  of  deceased  officers,  required 
by  the  94th  Article  of  War,  will  be  transmitted  to  the 
Adjstant-General, 

if  a  legal  administrator  or  family  connection  be  present, 
and  take  charge  of  the  effects,  it  will  be  so  stated  to  the 
Adjutant-General. 

ARTICLE    XVII  —DECEASED    SOLDIERS. 

Inventories  of  the  effects  of  deceased  non-commissioned 
officers  and  soldiers,  required  by  the  95th  Article  of  War, 

^  will  ])Q  forwarded  to  the  Adjutant-General,  by  the  com- 
mander of  the  company  to  which  the  deceased  belonged, 
and  a  duplicate  of  the  same  to  the  colonel  of  the  regiment. 
Final  statements  of  pay,  clothing,  etc.,  will  be  sent  with 
the  inventories.  When  a  soldier  dies  at  a  post  or  station 
absent  from  his  company,  it  will  be  the  duty  of  his  imme- 
diate commander  to  furnish  the  required  inventory,  and,  at 
the  same  time  to  forward  to  the  commanding  officer  of  the 
company  to  which  the  soldier  belonged,  a  report  of  his 
death,  specifying  the  date,  place,  and  cause;  to  what  time 
he  was  last  paid,  and  the  money  or  other  effects  in  his 
possession  at  the  time  of  his  decease;  which  report  will 
be  noted  on  the  next  muster-roll  of  the  company  to  which 
the  man  belonged.  Each  inventory  will  be  indorsed,  "In- 
ventory of  the  effects  of ,  late  of  company  (— ) 

regiment  of  ,  who  died  at  ,  the  day 

l^f: ,  18 — ."   If  a  legal  representative  receive  the  effects, 

Hkwill  be  stated  in  the  report.     If  the   soldier  leave  no 

^^Kcts,  the  fact  will  be  reported. 

^^Bhould  the  effects  of  a  deceased  non-commissioned 
officer  or  soldier  not  be  administered  upon  within  a  short 
period  after  his  decease,  they  shall  be  disposed   of  by   a 


k 


Deceased  Soldiers,  .Deserters.  29 

Council  of  Administration,  under  the  authority  of  the 
commanding  ofiicer  of  the  post,  and  the  proceeds  deposi- 
ted with  the  Paymaster,  to  the  credit  of  the  United 
States,  until  they  shall  be  claimed  by  the  legal  represen- 
tatives of  the  deceased. 

In  all  such  cases  of  sales  by  the  Council  of  Administra- 
tion, a  statement  in  detail,  or  account  of  the  proceeds,  duly 
certified  by  the  council  and  commanding  officer,  accompji- 
nied  by  the  Paymaster's  receipt  for  the  proceeds,  will  be 
forwarded  by  the  commanding  officer  to  the  Adjutant- 
General.     The  statement  will  be  endorsed,  "  Report  of  the 

proceeds  of  the  effects  of ,  late  of  company 

(— ) regiment  of ,  who  died  at ,  the 

day  of ,  18—." 

ARTICLE  XVIII— DESERTERS. 

If  a  soldier  desert  from,  or  a  deserter  be  received  at,  any 
post  other  than  the  station  of  the  company  or  detachment 
to  which  he  belonged,  he  shall  be  promptly  reported  by 
the  commanding  officer  of  such  post  to  the  commander  of 
his  company  or  detachment.  The  time  of  desertion,  ap- 
prehension and  delivery  will  be  stated.  If  the  man  be  a 
recruit,  unattached,  the  required  report  will  be  made  to 
the  Adjutant-General.  When  a  report  is  received  of  the 
apprehension  or  surrender  of  a  deserter  at  any  post  other 
than  the  station  of  the  company  or  detachment  to  which 
he  belonged,  the  commander  of  such  company  or  datach- 
ment  shall  immediately  forward  his  description  and  account 
of  clothing  to  the  officer  making  the  report. 

A  reward  of  thirty  dollars  will  be  paid   for   the   apprj 
hension  and  delivery  of  a  deserter  to  an  officer  of  the  ar 
at  the  most  convenient   post   or   recruiting   station.     _ 
wards  thus  paid  will  be  promptly   reported   by    the   dis- 
bursing officer  to  the  officer  commanding  the  company  in 


m 


30  Deserters .  .  Discharges. 

which  the  deserter  is  mustered,  and  to  the  authority  com- 
petent to  order  his  trial.  The  reward  of  thirty  dollars 
will  include  the  remuneration  for  all  expenses  incurred 
for  apprehending,  securing  and  delivering  a  deserter. 

When  non-commissioned  officers  or  soldiers  are  sent  in 
))ursuit  of  a  deserter,  the  expenses  necessaril}^  incurred 
will  be  paid  whether  he  be  apprehended  or  not,  and 
reported  as  in  case  of  rewards  paid. 

Deserters  shall  ma]^e  good  the  time  lost  b}^  desertion, 
unless  discharged  by  competent  authority. 

No  deserter  shall  be  restored  to  duty  without  trial, 
except  by  the  authoritj^  competent  to  order  the  trial. 

Rewards  and  expenses  paid  for  apprehending  a  deserter 
will  be  set  against  his  pay,  when  adjudged  by  a  court- 
martial,  or  when  he  is  restored  to  duty  without  trial  on 
such  condition. 

In  reckoning  the  time  of  service,  and  the  pay  and  allow- 
ances of  a  deserter,  he  is  to  be  considered  in  service  when 
delivered  up  as  a  deserter  to  the  proper  authority. 

An  apprehended  deserter,  or  one  who  surrenders  him- 
self, shall  receive  no  pay  while  waiting  trial,  and  only 
such  clothing  as  may  be  actually  necessary  for  him. 

ARTICLE    XIX— DISCHARGES. 

No  enlisted  man  shall  be  discharged  before  the  expira- 
tion of  his  term  of  enlistment  without  authority  of  the 
War  Department,  except  by  sentence  of  a  general  court- 
martial,  or  by  the  commander  of  the  Department  or  of  an 
^rmy  in  the  field,  on  certificate  of  disability,  or   on    appli- 

^ion  of  the  soldier  after  twenty  years  service. 

hen  an  enlisted  man  is  to  be  discharged,  his  company 
lander  shall  furnish  him  certificates  of  his  account. 

iSlank  discharges  on  parchment  will  be  furnished  from 
the  Adjutant- General's  office.     No  discharge  shall  be  made 


Discharges. .  Traveling  on  Duty.  31 

in  duplicate,  nor  any  certificate  given  in  lieu  of  a  discharge. 

The  cause  of  discharge  will  be  stated  in  the  body  of 
the  discharge,  and  the  space  at  foot  for  character  cut  off, 
unless  a  recommendation  is  given. 

Whenever  a  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier  shall  be 
unfit  for  the  militar}'-  service,  in  consequence  of  wounds, 
disease,  or  infirmity,  his  captain  shall  forward  to  the  com- 
mander of  the  department  or  of  the  army  in  the  field, 
through  the  commander  of  the  regiment  or  post,  a  state- 
ment of  his  case,  with  a  certificate  of  his  disability,  signed 
by  the  senior  surgeon  of  the  hospital,  regiment,  or  post, 
according  to  the  form  prescribed  in  the  Medical  Regula- 
tions. 

If  the  reccommendation  for  the  discharge  of  the  invalid 
be  approved,  the  authority  therefor  will  be  indorsed  on 
the  "certificate  of  disability,*'  which  will  be  sent  back  to 
be  completed  and  signed  by  the  commanding  officer,  who 
will  then  send  the  same  to  the  Adjutant  General's  office. 

Insane  soldiers  will  not  be  dischar^-ed,  but  sent,  under 
proper  protection,  by  the  Department  commander  to 
Washington  for  the  order  of  the  War  Department  for  their 
admission  into  the  Government  Asylum.  The  history  of 
the  cases,  with  the  men's  descriptive  list,  and -accounts  of 
pay  and  clothing,  wall  be  sent  with  them. 

The  date,  place,  and  cause  of  discharge  of  a  soldier 
absent  from  his  company  will  be  reported  by  the  com- 
mander of  the  post  to  his  company  commander. 

Company  commanders  are  required  to  keep  the  blank 
discharges  and  certificates  carefully  in  their  own  custody. 

ARTICLE  XX TRAVELING  ON  DUTY. 

Whenever  an  officer  traveling  under   orders   arrives 
his  post,  he  will  submit  to  the   commanding  officer  a 
port,  in  writing  of  the  time  occupied  in  the  travel. 


32  Traveling  on  Duty . .  Leaves  of  Absence. 

copy  of  the  orders  under  wliich  the  journey  was  performed, 
and  an  explanation  of  any  delay  in  the  execution  of  the 
orders  ;  which  report  the  commanding  officer  shall  trans- 
mit, with  his  opinion  on  it,  to  Department  Head-Quarter. 
If  the  officer  be  superior  in  rank  to  the  commander,  the 
required  report  will  be  made  by  the  senior  himself. 

Orders  detaching  an  officer  for  a  special  duty,  imply, 
unless  otherwise  stated,  that  he  is  thereafter  to  join  his 
proper  station. 

ARTICLE  XXI — LEAVES  of  absence  to  officers. 

In  no  case  will  leaves  of  absence  be  granted,  so  that  a 
company  be  left  without  one  of  its  commissioned  officers, 
or  that  a  garrisoned  post  be  left  without  two  commissioned 
officers  and  competent  medical  attendance  ;  nor  shall  leave 
of  absence  be  granted  to  an  officer  during  the  season  of 
active  operations,  except  on  urgent  necessity. 

When  not  otherwise  specified,  leaves  of  absence  will  be 
considered  as  commencing  on  the  day  that  the  officer  is 
relieved  from  duty  at  his  post.  He  will  report  himself 
monthly,  giving  his  address  for  the  next  thirty  days,  to 
the  commander  of  his  post  and  of  his  regiment  or  corps, 
and  to  the  A-djutant-General  ;  and  in  his  first  report  state 
the  day  when  his  leave  of  absence  commenced  ;  at  the 
expiration  of  his  leave  he  will  join  his  station. 

In  time  of  peace,  commanding  officers  may  grant  leaves 
of  absence  as  follows:  the  commander  of  a  post  not  to 
exceed  seven  days  at  one  time,  or  in  the  same  month;  the 
commander  of  a  geographical  department  not  to  exceed 
sixty  days;  the  general  commanding  the  army  not  to  ex- 
four  months.  Applications  for  leaves  of  absence  for 
[ore  than  four  months,  or  to  officers  of  engineers,  ordnance, 
the  general  staff,  or  serving  on  it  (aides-de-camp  ex- 
),  for  more  than  thirty  days,   must  be   referred  to 


Leaves  of  Absence.  33 

the  Adjutant-General  for  the  decision  of  the  Secretary  of 
War.  In  giving  a  permission  to  apply  for  the  extension 
of  a  leave  of  absence,  the  term  of  the  extension  should  be 
stated. 

The  immediate  commander  of  the  officer  appljnng  for 
leave  of  absence,  and  all  intermediate  commanders,  will 
indorse  their  opinion  on  the  application  before  forward- 
ing it. 

The  commander  of  a  post  may  take  leave  of  absence  not 
to  exceed  seven  days  at  one  time,  or  in  the  same  month, 
reporting  the  fact  to  his  next  superior. 

Xo  leave  of  absence  exceeding  seven  da3's,  except  on 
extraordinary  occasions,  when  the  circumstances  must  be 
particularly  stated,  shall  be  granted  to  any  officer  until  he 
has  joined  his  regiment  or  corps,  and  served  therewith  at 
least  two  years. 

Officers  will  not  leave  to  go  beyond  sea,  without  per- 
mission from  the  War  Department. 

All  leaves  of  absence  to  Chaplains  and  Schoolmasters 
employed  at  military  posts  will  be  granted  by  the  com- 
manding officer,  on  the  recommendation  of  the  post  Coun- 
cil of  Administration,  not  to  exceed  four  months. 

An  Application  for  leave  of  absence  on  account  of  sick- 
ness must  be  accompanied  by  a  certificate  of  the  senior 
medical  officer  present,  in  the  following  form: 

of  the  regiment  of  — ,  having  applied  fw  a 


certificate  on  lohkh  to  ground  an  application  for  leave  of  absence,  I  do  herehj 
certify  that  I  have  carefully  examined  this  officer  and  find  tJuit — [Here  the 
nature  of  the  disease,  wound  or  disability  is  to  be  fully  stated,  and 
the  pei'iod  daring  which  the  officer  has  suffered  under  its  effects.] 
Arid  that,  in  consequence  thereof  he  is,  in  my  opinion,  unfit  for  duty.  I  fh 
ther  declare  my  belief  that  he  mil  not.  be  able  to  resume  his  duties  in  a  lesspe 

than [Here  state  candidly  and  explicitly  the  opinion  as  to 

period  which  will  probably  elapse  before  the  officer  will  be  abk 
resume  his  duties.     When  there  is  no  reason  to  expect  a  rec^ 
or  when  the  prospect  of  recovery  is  distant  and  uncertain,  or 
3 


34  Leaves  of  Absence .  .  Furloughs. 

change  of  climate  is  recooiraendcd,  it  must  be  so  stated.]     Dated  a ( 
,  this day  of .  Signature  of  the  Medical  officer. 

When  an  officer  is  prevented  by  sickness  from  joining 
his  station,  he  will  transmit  certificates  in  the  above  form 
monthly,  to  the  commanding  otlicer  of  his  post  and  regi- 
ment or  corps,  and  to  the  Adjutant-General:  and  when  he 
can  not  procure  the  certificates  of  a  medical  officer  of  the 
army,  he  will  substitute  his  own  certificate  on  honor  to 
his  condition,  and  a  full  statement  of  his  case.  If  the 
officer's  certificate  is  not  satisfactory,  and  whenever  an  of- 
ficer has  been  absent  on  account  of  sickness  for  one  year, 
he  shall  be  examined  by  a  medical  board,  and  the  case 
specially  reported  to  the  President. 

In  all  reports  of  absence,  or  applications  for  leave  of  ab- 
^%*.  sence  on  account  of  sickness;  the  officer  shall  state  how 
long  he  has  been   absent  already  on  that  account,  and  by 
whose  permission, 

ARTICLE  XXII — FURLOUGHS  to  enlisted  men. 

Furloughs  wall  be  granted  only  by  the  ^commanding  of- 
ficer of  the  post,  or  the  commanding  officer  of  the  regimentv 
auctually   quartered  with  it.     Furloughs  may  be  prohib- 
ited at  the  discretion  of  the  officer  in  command. 

Soldiers  on  furlough  shall  not  take  with  them  their  arms 
or  accoutrements. 

Form  of  furlough  : 

TO  ALL  WHOM  IT  MAY  CONCERN. 

The  hearer  Kermf, ,  «  Sergeant  {corporal,  or  private,  as  the 

-om  nuiy  be)  of  Captain company,  regiment  of , 

aged  —  years,  —  feet  —  inches  high, complexion,  eyes, hair, 

~  by  jyrofession  a ;  born  in  the  of ,  and  enlisted  at 

— ,  in  the of ,  on  the  —  day  of ,  eighteen  hundred  and 

;  to  serve  for  the  period  of ,  is  hereby  permitted  to  go  to ,  in  the 

of ,  State  of ,  he  havinq  received  a  Furlough  from  the  — 

— ,  to  the  —  day  of ,  at  which  period  he  will  rejoin  his  company 

it  at J  or  wherever  it  then  may  he.  or  he  considered  a  deserter. 


Council  of  Administralion .  35 

Subsistence  has  been  furnisJied  to  said to  the  —  day  of ,  and 

pay  to  the  —  day  of ,  both  inclusive. 

Given  under  my  hand,  at ,  this  —  day  of ,  18 — . 

Signature  of  the  officer  I 
giving  the  furlough,     f  . 


ARTICLE  XXIII — COUNCILS  of  administration. 

The  commanding  officer  of  every  post  shall,  at  least 
once  in  every  two  months,  convene  a  Post  Council  of  Ad- 
ministration, to  consist  of  the  three  regimental  or  company 
officers  next  in  rank  to  himself;  or,  if  there  be  but  two, 
then  the  two  next:  if  but  one,  the  one  next;  and  if  there 
be  none  other  than  himself,  then  he  himself  shall  act. 

The  junior  member  will  record  the  proceedings  of  the 
Council  in  a  book,  and  submit  the  same  to  the  command- 
ing officer.  If  he  disapprove  the  proceedings,  and  the 
Council,  after  a  reconsideration,  adhere  to  its  decision,  a 
copy  of  the  whole  shall  be  sent  by  the  officer  commanding 
to  the  next  higher  commander,  whose  decision  shall  be 
final,  and  entered  in  the  Council  book,  and  the  whole  be 
published  in  orders  for  the  information  and  government 
of  all  concerned. 

The  proceedings  of  Councils  of  Administration  shall  be 
signed  by  the  president  and  recorder,  and  the  recorder  of 
each  meeting,  after  entering  the  whole  proceedings,  to- 
gether with  the  final  order  thereon,  shall  deposit  the  book 
with  the  commanding  officer.  In  like  manner,  the  ap- 
proval or  objections  of  the  officer  ordering  the  Council  will 
be  signed  with  his  own  hand. 

The  Post  Council  shall  prescribe  the  quantity  and  kind 
of  clothing,   small  equipments,  and   soldiers'  necessaries 
groceries,  and  all   articles   which  the   sutlers  may  be 
quired  to  keep  on  hand;  examine  the  sutler's  books 
papers,    and   fix   the  tariff  of  prices  of  the  said  good 
commodities;  inspect  the  sutler's  weights   and  meas 


36  Council  of  Administration . .  Post  Fund. 

j5x  the  laundress- charges,  and  make  the  regulations  for  the 
post  school. 

Pursuant  to  the  30th  Article  of  War,  commanding  of- 
ficers reviewing  the  proceedings  of  the  Council  of  Admin- 
istration will  scrutinize  the  tariff  of  prices  proposed  by 
them,  and  take  care  that  the  stores  actually  furnished  by 
the  sutler  correspond  to  the  quality  prescribed . 

POST    FUND. 

A  Post  Fund  shall  be  raised  at  each  post  b}^  a  tax  on 
the  sutler,  not  to  exceed  10  cents  a  month  for  every  officer 
and  soldier  of  the  command,  according  to  the  average  in 
each  month,  to  be  ascertained  b}^  the  Council,  and  from  the 
saving  on  the  flour  ration,  ordinarily  33  per  cent.,  by 
baking  the  soldiers'  bread  at  a  post  bakery.  Provided, 
that  when  want  of  vegetables  or  other  reasons  make  it 
necessary,  the  commanding  officer  may  order  the  flour 
saved,  or  any  part  of  it,  issued  to  the  men,  after  paying 
expenses  of  baking. 

The  commanding  officer  shall  designate  an  officer  to  be 
post  treasurer,  who  shall  keep  the  account  of  the  fund, 
subject  to  the  inspection  of  the  Council  and  commanding 
officer,  and  disburse  the  fund  on  the  warrants  of  the  com- 
manding officer,  drawn  in  pursuance  of  specific  resolves  of 
the  Council. 

The  following  are  the  objects  of  expenditure  of  the  post 
fund: — 1st.  Expenses  of  the  bake-house;  2d.  expenses  of 
the  soldiers'  children  at  the  post  school. 

On  the  last  day  of  April^  August,  and  December,  and 
len  relieved  from  the  duty,  the  treasurer  shall  make  out 
lis  account  with  the  fund  since  his  last  account,  and  sub- 
it,  with  his  vouchers,  to  the   Council   of  Administra- 
te be  examined  by  them,  and  recorded  in  the  Ooun- 


Pod  and  Company  Funds  37 

cil  book,  and  then  forwarded  by  the  commanding  officer 
to  the  Department  Head-Quarters. 

At  each  settlement  of  the  treasurer's  account,  the  Coun- 
cil shall  distribute  the  unexpended  balance  of  the  post 
fund  to  the  several  companies  and  other  troops  in  the 
rates  of  their  average  force  during  the  period. 

When  a  company  leaves  the  post,  it  shall  then  receive 
its  distributive  share  of  the  accrued  fund. 

The  regulations  in  regard  to  a  post  fund  will,  as  far  as 
practicable,  be  applied  in  the  field  to  a  regimental  fund,  to 
be  raised,  administered,  expended,  and  distributed  in  like 
manner,  by  the  regimental  commander  and  a  regimental 
council. 

COMPAY    FUND. 

The  distributions  from  the  post  or  regimental  fund,  and 
the  savings  from  the  company  rations,  constitute  the  Com- 
pany Fund,  to  be  disbursed  by  the  captain  for  the  benefit 
of  the  enlisted  men  of  the  company,  pursuant  to  resolves 
of  the  Company  Council,  consisting  of  all  the  company 
officers  present.  In  case  of  a  tie  vote  in  the  Council,  the 
commander  of  the  post  shall  decide.  The  Council  shall 
be  convened  once  in  two  months  by  the  captain,  and 
whenever  he  may  think  proper. 

Their  proceedings  shall  be  recorded  in  a  book,  signed 
by  all  the  Council,  and  open  at  all  times  to  the  inspection 
of  the  commander  of  the  post.  Every  four  months,  and 
whenever  another  officer  takes  command  of  the  company, 
and  when  the  company  leaves  the  post,  the  account  of  the 
company  fund  shall  be  made  up,  audited  by  the  Council, 
recorded  in  the  Council  book,  and  submitted,  with  a  dupli ' 
cate,  to  the  post  commander,  who  shall  examine  it  ai 
forward  the  duplicate  to  Department  Head-Quarters. 

The  supervision  of  the  company  fund  by  the  post 


38  Ghaplai7is .  .  SiUlei's . 

mander  herein  directed  shall,  in  the  field,  devolve  on  the 
commander  of  the  regiment. 

ARTICLE  XXIV— CHAPLAINS. 

The  posts  at  which  Chaplains  may  be  employed  v^nll  be 
announced  by  the  War  Department. 

The  Council  of  Administration  of  the  post  will  report  to 
the  Adjutant-General,  for  the  approval  of  the  Secretary 
of  War,  the  rate  of  pay  allowed  the  person  they  select  to 
officiate  as  Chaplain  and  perform  the  duties  of  Schoolmas- 
ter; the  decision  of  the  Secretary  will  be  notified  to  the 
commanding  officer  of  the  post  by  the  Adjutant-General. 

ARTICLE   XXV— SUTLERS. 

Every  military  post  may  have  one  Sutler,  to  be  appoint- 
ed by  the  Secretary  of  War  on  the  recommendation  of 
the  Council  of  Administration,  approved  by  the  comman- 
ding officer. 

A  Sutler  shall  hold  his  office  for  a  term  of  three  years, 
unless  sooner  removed;  but  the  commanding  officer  may, 
for  cause,  suspend  a  Sutler's  privilege  until  a  decision  of 
the  War  Department  is  received  in  the  case. 

In  case  of  vacancy,  a  temporary  appointment  may  be 
made  by  the  commanding  officer  upon  the  nomination  of 
the  Council  of  Administration . 

Troops  in  campaign,  on  detachment,  or  on  distant  ser- 
vice, will  be  allowed  Sutlers,  at  the  rate  of  one  for  every 
regiment,  corps,  or  separate  detachment,  to  be  appointed 
by  the  commanding  officer  of  such  regiment,  corps,  or  de- 
tachment, upon  the  recommbndation  of  the  Council  of  Ad- 

^nistration,  subject  to   the    approval  of  the    General   or 

ler  officer  in  command. 

\o  tax  or  burden  in  any   shape,  other  than  the  author- 
sessmentfor  the  post  fund,  will  be  imposed  on  the 


Dicussions  and  Publications ..  AiTesfs.    ,  39 

Sutler.  If  their  be  a  spare  building,  the  use  of  it  may  bo 
allowed  him/ he  being  responsible  that  it  is  kept  in  repair. 
If  there  be  no  such  building,  he  ma}^  be  allowed  to  erect 
one;  but  this  article  gives  the  Sutler  no  claim  to  quarters, 
transportation  for  himself  or  goods,  or  to  any  military  al- 
lowance whatever. 

The  tariff  of  prices  fixed  by  the  Council  of  Administration 
shall  be  exposed  in  a  conspicuous  place  in  the  Sutler's 
store.  No  difference  of  prices  will  be  allowed  on  cash  or 
credit  sales. 

Sutlers  are  not  allowed  to  keep  ardent  spirits  or  other 
intoxicating  drinks,  under  penalty  of  losing  their  situa- 
tions. 

Sutlers  shall  not  farm  out  or  underlet  the  business  and 
privileges  granted  by  their  appointment.  • 

ARTICLE  XXVI. 

3ni.ITARY  DISCUSSIONS    AND  PUBLICATIONS. 

Deliberations  or  discussions  among  any  class  of  military 
men,  having  the  object  of  conveying  praise,  or  censure,  or 
any  mark  of  approbation  toward  their  superiors  or  others 
in  the  military  service;  and  all  publications  relative  to 
transactions  between  officers,  of  a  private  or  personal  na- 
ture, whether  newspaper,  pamphlet  or  handbill,  are 
strictly  prohibited 

ARTICLE  XXVII — arrests  and  confinements. 

None  but  commanding  officers  have  power  to  place  offi- 
cers under  arrest,  except  for  offences  expressly  designated 
in  the  27th  Article  of  war. 

Officers  are  not  to  be  put  under  arrest  for  light  offenc( 
For  these  the  censure  of  the  commanding   officer   will, 
most  cases,  answer  the  purposes  of  discipline. 

An   otficer   in    arrest  mav,  at  the  discretion  of 


40  i  Hours  of  Service. 

manding-  officer,  have  larger  limits  assigned  him  than  his 
tent  or  quarters,  on  written  application  to  that  effect. 
Close  confinement  is  not  to  be  resorted  to,  unless  under 
circumstances  of  an  agravated  character. 

Inordinary  cases,  and  where  inconvenience  to  the  ser- 
vice would  result  from  it,  a  medical  officer  will  not  be  put 
in  arrest  until  the  court-martial  for  his  trial  convenes. 

The  arrest  of  an  officer  or  confinement  of  a  soldier,  will, 
as  soon  as  practicable,  be  notified  to  his  immediate  com- 
mander. 

All  prisoners  under  guard,  without  written  charges,  will 
be  released  by  the  officer  of  the  day  at  guard  mounting, 
unless  orders  to  the  contrary  be  given  by  the  commanding 
officer. 

On  a  march,  company  officers  and  non-commissioned 
officers  in  arrest  will  follow  in  the  rear  of  their  respective 
companies,  unless  otherwise  particularly  ordered. 

Field  officers,  commissioned  and  non-commissioned  staff 
officers,  under  the  same  circumstances,  will  follow  in  the 
rear  of  their  respective  regiments. 

An  officer  under  arrest  will  not  wear  a  sword,  or  visit 
officially  his  commanding  or  other  superior  officer,  unless 
sent  for;  and  in  case  of  business,  he  will  make  known  his 
object  in  writing. 

ARTICLE  XXVIII — hours  of  service  and  roll-calls. 

In  garrison,  reveille  will  be  at  5   o'clock  in   Maj^,    June, 
July  and  August,  at  G  in  March,  April,    September,    and 
;tober,  and  at  half  past  6  in  November,  December,  Jan- 
^ry-and  Febuary;  retreat  at  sunset;  the   troop,  surgeon^ s 
signah  for  breakfast  and    dinner,    at  the   hours  pre- 
•ibed  by  the  commanding  officer,    according  to  climate 
scar-on.     In  the  cavalry,  stable  calls  immediately  after 


Signals . .  Roll-  Calls .  4 1 

reveille,  and  an  hour  and  a  half  before  retreat;  watei'  calls 
at  the  hours  directed  by  the  commanding  officer. 

In  camp,  the  commanding  officer  prencribes  the  hours 
of  reveille,  reports,  roll-calls,  guard-mounting,  meals,  sta- 
ble-calls, issues,  fatigues,  &c. 

SIGNALS. 

1 .  To  go  for  fuel — -poi?!^  stroke  snd  ten-stroke  roll. 

2.  To  go  for  water — two  strokes  and  a  flam. 

3.  For  fatigue  party — pioneer's  march. 

4 .  Adjutant's  call — first  part  of  the  troop. 

5.  First  Sergeant's  call — one  roll  and  four  taps. 

6.  Sergeant's  call — one  roll  and  three  taps. 

7.  Corporal's  call — one  roll  and  two  taps. 

8.  For  the  drummers — the  drummer'' s  call. 

T\\^ drummer'' s  call  Q\\2i\\hQ  beat  by  the  drums  of  the 
police  guard  five  minutes  before  the  time  of  beating  the 
stated  calls,  when  the  drummers  will  assemble  before  the 
colors  of  their  respective  regiments,  and  as  soon  as  the 
beat  begins  on  the  right,  it  will  be  immediately  taken  up 
along  the  line. 

ROLL-CALLS. 

There  shall  be  daily  at  least  three  stated  roll-calls,  viz: 
at  reveille,  retreat  and  tattoo.  They  will  be  made  on  the 
company  parades  by  the  first  sergeants,  superintended  by 
a  commissioned  officer  of  the  companies.  The  captains 
will  report  the  absentees  without  leave  to  the  Colonel  or 
commanding  officer. 

Immediately  after  reveille  roll-call  (after  stable   duty 
the  cavalry),  the  tents  or  quarters,  and  the  space    ar< 
them,  will  be  put  in  order  by  the  men  of  the  companies^ 
perintended  by  the  chiefs  of  squads,  and  the  guard-h 
or  guard-tent  by  the  guard  or  prisoners. 


lel  or 

i 


42  Honors  to  he  paid  by  the  Troops 

The  morning  reports  of  companies,  signed  by  the  cap- 
tains and  first  sergeants,  will  be  handed  to  tlie  Adjutant 
before  eight  o'clock  in  the  morning,  and  will  be  consolida- 
ted by  the  the  Adjutant  within  the  next  hour,  for  the  in- 
formation of  the  colonel;  and  if  the  consolidation  is  to  be 
sent  to  higher  authority,  it  will  be  signed  by  the  Colonel 
and  the  Adjutant. 

ARTICLE  XXIX — honors  to  be  paid  by  the  troops. 

The  Frei^ident  or  Vice-President  is  to  be  saluted  with  the 
highest  honors — all  standards  and  colors  dropping,  officers 
and  troops  saluting,  drums  beating  and  trumpets  sounding. 

A  Gene/ (d  commanding -in-chief  is  to  be  received — by 
cavalry,  with  sabres  presented,  trumpets  sounding  the 
march,  and  all  the  officers  saluting,  standards  dropping;  by 
infantry,  with  drums  beating  the  march,  collors  dropping, 
officers  saluting,  and  arms  presented. 

A  3fajor- General  is  to  be  received — by  cavalry,  with 
sabres  presented,  trumpets  sounding  twice  the  trumpet- 
flourish,  and  officers  saluting;  by  infantry,  with  three  ruf- 
fles, colors  dropping,  officers  saluting,  and  arms  presented. 

A  Brigadier- General  is  to  be  received — by  cavalry,  with 
sabres  presented,  trumpets  sounding  once  the  trumpet- 
flourish,  and  officers  saluting;  by  infantry,  with  two  ruffles, 
colors  dropping,  officers  saluting,  and  arms  presented. 

An  Adjutant-General  or  Insjicctor-General,  if  under  the 
rank  of  a  General  officer,  is  to  be  received  at.  a  review  or 
inspection  of  the  troops  under  arms — by  cavalry,  with 
bres  presented,  officers  saluting;  by  infantry,  officers  sa- 
g  and  arms  presented.  The  same  honors  to  be  paid 
td^y  field-officer  authorized  to  review  and  inspect  the 
t^^s.  When  the  inspecting  officer  is  junior  to  the  officer 
ing  the  parade,  no  compliments  will  be  paid;  lie 


Honors  to  he  paid  by  the  Troops.  43 

will  be  received  only  with  swords  drawn  and  arms  vshoul- 
dered. 

All  guards  are  to  turn  out  and  present  arms  to  General 
Officers  as  often  as  they  pass  them,  except  the  personal 
guards  of  General  Officers,  which  turn  out  only  to  the 
Generals  whose  guards  they  are.  and  to  officers  of  superior 
rank. 

To  commanders  of  regiments,  garrison,  or  camp,  their 
own  guard  turn  out,  and  present  arms  once  a  day;  after 
which,  they  turn  out  with  shouldered  arms. 

To  the  members  of  the  Cabinet;  to  the  Chief  Justice,  the 
President  of  the  Senate,  and  Speaker  of  the  House  of  Repre- 
sentative of  the  United  States;  and  to  Gomnors,  within  their 
respective  States  and  Territories — the  same  lienors  will  be 
paid  as  to  a  General  commanding-in-chief. 

Officers  of  a  foreign  ser^  vice  may  be  complimented  with 
the  honors  due  to  their  rank. 

American  and  Foreign  Envoys  or  Ministers  will  be  receiv- 
ed with  Ihe  compliments  due  to  a  Major-Geueral. 

The  colors  of  a  regiment  passing  a  guard  are  to  be  salu- 
ted, the  trumpets  sounding,  and  the  drams  beating  a  march. 

When  General  officers,  or  persons  entitled  to  salute,  pass 
in  the  rear  of  a  guard,  the  officer  is  only  to  make  his  men 
stand  shouldered,  and  not  to  face  his  guard  about,  or  beat 
iiis  drum. 

When  general  officers,  or  persons  entitled  to  salute,  pass 
guards  while  in  the  act  of  relieving,  both  guards  are  to 
salute,  receiving  the  word  of  command  from  the  senior 
officer  of  the  whole. 

All  guards  are  to  be  under  arms   when   armed   partij 
approach  their  posts;  and  to  parties  commanded  by  c^ 
missioned  officers,  they  are  to  present  their  arms,    dr 
beating  a  march,  and  officers  saluting. 

No  compliments  by  guards  or  sentinels  will  be  paid 


44  Honors  to  be  paid  by  the  Troops. 

tweon  retreat  and  reveille,  except  as  prescribed   for  grand 
7vunds. 

All  guards  and  sentinels  are  to  pay  the  same  compli- 
ments to  the  officers  of  the  navy,  marines,  and  militia,  in 
the  service  of  the  United  States,  as  are  directed  to  be  paid 
to  the  officers  of  the  army,  according  to  their  relative 
ranks. 

It  is  equally  the  duty  of  non-commissioned  officers  and 
soldiers,  at  all  times  and  in  all  situations,  to  pay  the  proper 
compliments  to  officers  of  the  navy  and  marines,  and  to 
officers  of  other  regiments,  when  in  uniform,  as  to  officers 
of  their  own  particular  regiments  and  corps. 

Courtesy  among  military  men  is  indispensible  to  disci- 
})line.  Respect  to  superiors  will  not  be  confined  to  obe- 
dience on  duty,  but  will  be  extended  to  all  occasions.  It 
is  always  the  duty  of  the  inferior  to  accost  or  to  offer  first 
the  customary  salutation,  and  of  the  superior  to  return 
such  complimentary  notice. 

Sergeants,  with  swords  drawn,  will  salute  by  bringing 
them  to  a  present — with  muskets,  by  bringing  the  left 
hand  across  the  body,  so  as  to  strike  the  musket  near  the 
right  shoulder.  Corporals  out  of  ranks,  and  privates  not 
sentries,  will  carry  their  muskets  at  a  shoulder  as  ser- 
geants, and  salute  in  like  manner. 

When  a  soldier  without  arms,  or  with  side  arms  only, 
meets  an  officer,  he  is  to  raise  his  hand  to  the  right  side 
of  the  visor  of  his  cap,  pUni  to  the  fromt,  elbow  raised  as 
high  as  the  shoulder,  looking  at  the  same  time  in  a 
respectful  and  soldier-like  manner  at  the  officer,  who  will 
^urn  the  comphment  thus  offered. 

non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier  being  seated,  and 
tout  particular  occupation,  will  rise  on  the   approach 
o^fi  officer,  and  make  the  customary  salutation.     If  stand- 
he  will  turn  toward  the  officer  for  the  same   purpose. 


Salutes.  45 

If  the  parties  remain  in  the  same  place   or   on   the  same 
ground,  such  compHments  need  not  be  repeated. 

SALUTES. 

The  national  salute  is  determined  by  the  number  of 
States  composing  the  Union,  at  the  rate  of  one  gun  for 
each  State. 

The  President  of  the  United  States  alone  is  to  receive  a 
salute  of  twenty-one  guns. 

The  Vice  President  is  so  receive  a  salute  of  seventeen 
guns. 

The  Heads  of  the  great  Executive  Departments  of  the  Na- 
tional Government;  the  General  commanding  the  army;  the 
Governors  of  States  and  Territories,  within  their  respective 
jusisdictions,  fifteen  guns. 

A  Major-General,  thirteen  guns. 

A  Brigadier-General,  eleven  guns. 

Foreign  ships  of  war  will  be  saluted  in  return  for  a  sim- 
ilar compliment,  gun  for  gun,  on  notice  being  officially  re- 
ceived of  such  intention.  If  there  be  several  posts  in  sight 
of,  or  within  six  miles  of  each  other,  the  principal  only 
shall  reciprocate  compliments  with  ships  passing. 

Officers  of  the  Navy  will  be  saluted  according  to  relative 
rank. 

Foreign  officers  invlied  to  yMI  Si  fort  or  post  may  be 
saluted  according  to  their  relative  rank. 

Envoys  and  Ministers  Q^  the  Vnited  States  and  foreign 
powers  are  to  be  saluted  with  thirteen  guns. 

A  general  officer  will  be  saluted  but  once  in  a  year 
each  post,  and  only  when  notice  of  his  intention "^ to  v 
the  post  has  been  given. 

Salutes  to  individuals  are   to  be   fired  on  their  ar 
only. 

A  national  salute  will  be  fired  at  meridian    on  the^ 


4G  Escorts  of  Honor . .  Funeral  Honors. 

vorsary  of  the  Independence  of  the  United  States,  at  each 
military  post  and  camp  provided  with  artillery  and  ammu- 
nition. 

ESCORTS  OF  HONOR. 

Escorts  of  honor  may  be  composed  of  cavalry  or  infan- 
try, or  both,  according  to  circumstances.  They  are  guards 
of  honor  for  the  purpose  of  receiving  and  escorting  per- 
sonages of  high  rank,  civil  or  militar}^  The  troops  for 
this  purpose  will  be  .selected  for  their  soldierly  appearance 
and  superior  discipline. 

The  escort  will  be  drawm  up  in  line,  the  ceutre  opposite 
to  the  place  w^here  the  personage  presents  himself,  with 
an  interval  between  the  wings  to  receive  him  and  his  ret- 
inue. On  his  appearance  he  will  be  received  with  the 
honors  due  to  his  rank.  When  he  has  taken  his  place  in 
the  line,  the  w^hole  will  be  wheeled  into  platoons  or  com- 
panies, as  the  case  may  be,  and  take  up  the  march.  The 
same  ceremony  wdllbe  observed  and  the  same  honors  paid 
on  his  leaving  the  escort. 

When  the  position  of  the  escort  is  at  a  considerable  dis- 
tance from  the  point  -where  he  is  expected  to  be  received, 
as,  for  instance,  where  a  courtyard  or  wharf  intervenes, 
a  double  line  of  sentinels  will  be  posted  from  that  point 
to  the  escort,  facing  inward,  and  the  sentinels  will  succes- 
sively salute  as  he  passes. 

An  officer  will  be  appointed  to  attend  him,  to  bear  such 
communications  as  he  may  have  to  make  to  the  comman- 
der of  the  escort. 

FUNERAL    HONORS. 

Pn  the  receipt  of  official  intelligence  of  the  death  of  the 

sident  of  the  United  States,  at  any  post  or  camp,  the 

manding  officer  shall,  on  the  following  day,  cause  a  gun 

be  fired  at  every  half  hour,  beginning  at  sunrise,  and 


i 


Funeral  Honors.  47 

(•!iding  at  sunset.  When  posts  are  contiguous,  the  firing 
will  take  place  at  the  post  only  commanded  by  the  supe- 
rior officer. 

On  the  day  of  the  interment  of  a  General  commanding- 
in-chief,  a  gun  will  be  fired  at  every  half  hour,  until  the 
])rocession  moves,  beginning  at  runrise. 

The  funeral  escort  of  a  General  commanding-in-chief 
shall  consist  of  a  regiment  of  infantry,  a  squadron  of 
cavalry  and  six  pieces  of  artillery. 

That  of  a  Major-General,  a  regiment  of  infantry,  a  squad- 
ron of  calvary,  and  four  pieces  of  artillery. 

That  of  a  Brigadier-General,  a  regiment  of  infantry,  one 
t'ompany  of  (cavalry,  and  two  pieces  of  artillery. 

That  of  a  Colonel,  a  regiment. 

That  of  a  Lieutenant- Colonel,  six  companies. 

That  of  a  Major,  four  companies. 

That  of  a  Captain,  one  company. 

That  of  a  Subaltern,  half  a  company. 

The  funeral  escort  shall  always  be  commanded  by  an 
officer  of  the  same  rank  with  the  deceased;  or,  if  none  such 
be  present,  by  one  of  the  next  inferior  grade. 

The  funeral  escort  of  a  non-commissioned  staff  officer 
•  shall  consist  of  sixteen   rank   and  file,   commanded  by  a 
Sergeant. 

That  of  a  sergeant,  of  fourteen  rank  and  file,  command- 
ed by  a  Sergeant. 

That  of  a  Corporal,  of  twelve  rank  and  file,  commanded 
by  a  Corporal  ;  and, 

That  of  a  private,  of  eight  rank  and  file,  commanded  by 
a  Corporal. 

The  escort  will  be  formed  in  two  ranks,  opposite  to 
quarters  or  tent  of  the   deceased,   with   shouldered   a 
and  bayonets   unfixed;  the    artillery  and   cavalry  on 
right  of  the  infantry. 


i 


48  Funeral  Honors. 

On  the  appearance  of  the  corpse,  the  officer  command- 
ing the  escort  will  command, 

Present — Arms! 

when  the  honors  due  to  the  deceased  will  be  paid  by  the 
drums  and  trumpets.  The  music  will  then  play  an  appro- 
priate air,  and  the  coffin  will  then  be  taken  to  the  right, 
where  it  will  be  halted.     The  commander  will  nex  order, 

1.  Shoulder — Arms!  2.  By  company  (or  platoon),  left  icheel. 

3.  March!     4.  Reverse — Arms!     5.   Column, forward, 

6.  Guide  right.     7.  March! 

The  arms  will  be  reversed  at  the  order  by  bringing  the 
firelock  under  the  left  arm,  butt  to  the  front,  barrel  down- 
ward, left  hand  sustaining  the  lock,  the  right  steadying 
the  firelock  behind  the  back;  swords  are  reversed  in  a 
similar  manner  under  the  right  arm. 

The  column  will  be  marched  in  slow  time  to  solemn 
music,  and,  on  reaching  the  grave,  will  take  a  direction  so 
as  that  the  guides  shall  be  next  to  the  grave.  When  the 
centre  of  the  column  is  opposite  the  grave,  the  com- 
mander will  order, 

1.  Column.    2.  HaCt!  Right  into  line,  ivheel.  4.  March! 

The  coffin  is  then  brought  along  the  front,  to  the  opposite 
side  of  the  grave,  and  the  commander  then  orders, 

1.   Shoulder — x\rms!     2.  Present — Arms! 
And  when  the  coffin  reaches  the  grave,  he  adds, 

1.  Shoulder — Arms!     2.  Rest  on — Arms! 

The  rest  on  arms  is  done  by  placing  the  muzzle  on  the 
ft  foot,  both  hands  on  the  butt,  the  head  on  the  hands  or 
Lwed,  right  knee  bent. 


Funeral  Honors.  49 

After  the  funeral  service  is  performed,  and  the  coffin  is 
lowered  into  the  grave,  the  commander  will  order, 

\.  Attention!    ^.Shoulder — Arms!    ^.  Load  at  will.  i.\jOkT)\ 

When  three  rounds  of  small  arms  will  be  fired  by  the  es- 
cort, taking  care  to  elevate  the  pieces. 

This  being  done,  the  commander  will  order, 

1.  By  company  (or  platoon)^  right  wheel.     2.  March! 
3.   Column^  forward.     4.    Guide  left.     5.   Quick — March! 

The  music  will  not  begin  to  play  until  the  escort  is  clear 
of  the  enclosure. 

When  the  distance  to  the  place  of  interment  is  consid- 
erable, the  escort  may  march  in  common  time  and  in 
column  of  route,  after  leaving  the  camp  or  garrison,  and 
till  it  approaches  the  burial-ground. 

The  pall-bearers,  six  in  number,  will  be  selected  from 
the  grade  of  the  deceased,  or  from  the  grade  or  grades 
next  above  or  below  it. 

At  the  funeral  of  an  officer,  as  many  in  commission  of 
the  army,  division,  brigade,  or  regiment,  according  to  the 
rank  of  the  deceased,  as  can  conveniently  be  spared  from 
other  duties,  will  join  in  procession  in  uniform,  and  with 
side-arms.  The  funeral  of  a  non-commissioned  officer  or 
private  will  be  attended,  in  like  manner,  b}^  the  non-com- 
missioned officers  or  privates  of  the  regiment  or  company, 
according  to  the  rank  of  the  deceased,  with  side-arms  only. 

Persons  joining  in  the  procession  follow  the  coffin  in  the 
inverse  order  of  their  rank. 

The   usual  badge  of  military   mourning  is  a  piece 
black  crapie  around  the  left  arm,  above  the  elbow,  and  al 
upon  the  sword-hilt;  and  will  be  worn  when  in  full  or  i 
undress. 
4 


ie  ^1 

m 


50      Inspections  of  the  Troojys  .  Form  of  Insfpcction 

As  family  mourning,  crape  will  be  worn  bv  officers 
(wiien  in  uniform)  only  around  the  left  arm. 

The  drums  of  a  funeral  escort  will  be  covered  with  black 
cra|)0,  or  thin  black  serge. 

Funeral  honors  will  be  paid  to  deceased  officers  without 
military  rank  according  to  their  assimilated  grades. 

ARTICLE  XXX — inspections  oy  the  troops. 

The  inspection  of  troops,  as  a  division,  regiment,  or 
other  body  composing  a  garrison  or  command,  not  less 
than  a  companp,  will  generally  be  preceded  by  a  review. 

There  will  be   certain  periodical  inspections,  to  wit : 

1.  The  commanders  of  regiments  and  posts  will  make 
an  inspection  of  their  commands  on  the  last  day  of  every 
month . 

2.  Captains  will  inspect  their  companies  every  Sunday 
morning.  No  soldier  will  be  excused  from  Sunday  inspec- 
tion except  the  guard,  the  sick,  and  the  necessary  attend- 
ants in  the  hospital. 

3.  Medical  officers  having  charge  of  hospitals  will  also 
make  a  thorough  inspection  of  them  every  Sunday  morn- 
ing. 

4.  Inspection  when  troops  are  mustered  for  payment. 
Besides  these  inspections,    frequent  visits  will  be  made 

by  the  commanding  officer,  company  and  medical  officers, 
during  the  month,  to  the  men's  quarters,  the  hospital, 
guard-house;  etc. 

FORM    OF    INSPECTION. 

The  present  example  embraces  a  battalion  of  infantry, 
e  inspecting  officer  and  the  field  and  staff  officers  will 
on  foot. 

battalion  being  in  the  order  of  battle,  the  Colonel 
cause  it  to  break   into   open   column  of  companies, 


Form  of  Inspection.  51 

right  in  front.  He  will  next  order  the  ranks  to  be  opened, 
when  the  color-rank  and  color-guard,  under  the  direction 
of  the  Adjutant,  will  take  post  ten  paces  in  front,  and  the 
l)and  ten  paces  in' rear  of  the  column. 

The  Colonel,  seeing  the  ranks  aligned,  will  command, 

1.  Officers  and  Sergeants,  to  the  front  of  your  com2mmes. 
2.  March! 

The  officers  Avill  form  themselves  in  one  rank,  eight  paces, 
and  the  non-commissioned  officers  in  one  rank,  six  paces, 
in  advance,  along  the  whole  fronts  of  their  respective  com- 
panies, from  right  to  left,  in  the  order  of  seniority;  the 
pioneers  and  music  of  each  compan}^,  in  one  rank,  two 
paces  behind  the  non-commissioned  offteers. 
The  Colonel  will  next  command, 

Field  and  Staff,  to  the  front — March! 

The  commissioned  officers  thus  designated  will  form  them- 
selves in  one  rank,  on  a  line  equal  to  the  front  of  the 
column,  six  paces  in  front  of  the  colors,  from  right  to  left, 
in  the  order  of  seniority;  and  the  non-commissioned  staff, 
in  a  similar  manner,  two  paces  in  rear  of  the  preceding 
rank.  The  Colonel,  seeing  the  movement  executed,  will 
take  post  on  the  right  of  the  Lieutenant-Colonel,  and  wait 
the  approach  of  the  inspecting  officer.  But  such  of  the 
field  officers  as  may  be  superior  in  rank  to  the  Inspector 
will  not  take  post  in  front  ot  the  battalion. 

The  Inspector  will  commence  in  front.     After  inspecting 
the  dress  and  general  appearance  of  the  field  and  commis 
sioned  staff  under  arms,  the   Inspector,   accompanied 
these  officers,  will  pass  down -the  open  column,  looking 
ever}^  rank  in  front  and  rear. 

The  Colonel  will  now  command. 


52  Form  of  Inspection 

1.  Order  Arms.     2.  Rest! 

when  the  Inspector  will  proceed  to  make  a  minute  inspec- 
tion of  the  several  ranks  or  divisions,  in  succession,  com-, 
mencing  in  front. 

As  the  Inspector  approaches  the  non-commissioned  staff, 
color-rank,  the  color-guard,  and  the  band,  the  Adjutant 
will  give  the  necessary  orders  for  the  inspection  of  arms, 
boxes,  and  knapsacks.  The  colors  will  be  planted  firm  in 
the  ground,  to  enable  the  color  bearers  to  display  the 
contents  of  their  knapsacks.  The  non-commissioned  staff 
may  be  dismissed  as  soon  as  inspected;  but  the  color-rank 
and  color-guard  will  remain  until  the  colors  are  to  be  es- 
corted to  the  place  from  which  they  were  taken. 

As  the  Inspector  successively  approaches  the  compa- 
nies, the  Coptains  will  command, 

1.  Attention.     2.  Company.     3.  Inspection — Arms! 

The  inspecting  officer  will  then  go  through  the  whole 
company,  and  minutely  inspect  the  arms,  accoutrements, 
and  dress  of  each  soldier.  After  this  is  done,  the  Captain 
will  command, 

Open — Boxes  ! 

when  the  ammunition  and  the  boxes  will  be  examined. 
The  Captain  will  then  command, 

1.  Shoulder — Arms!  6.  To  the  rear,  oj^en  order. 

2.  Close  order,  7.  March! 

3.  March!  8.  Front  rank- Kbq\jt-Y acz\ 
^^     4.  Order — Arms!  9.   Unsling — Knapsacks. 
^^L  5.  Stack — Arms!                     10.  Open — Knapsacks. 

^^wThe  Sergeants  will  face  inward  at  the  2d  command,  and 

^^■oseupon  the  centre  at  the  8d,  and  stack  their   arms   at 

H^h  command;  at  the  6th   command  they  face   outward, 

■'"    and  resume  their  positions  at  the  7th.     When  the   ranks 


Form  of  Impedion.  53 

are  closed,  preparitoiy  to  take  arms,  the  Sergeants  will  also 
close  upon  the  centre,  and  at  the  word,  take  their  arms 
and  resume  their  places. 

The  knapsacks  will  be  placed  at  the  feet  of  the  men, 
the  flaps  from  them,  with  the  great  coat  on  the  flaps,  and 
the  knapsacks  leaning  on  the  great-coats.  In  this  posi- 
tion the  Inspector  will  examine  their  contents,  or  so  many 
of  them  as  he  may  think  necessar}',  commencing  with  the 
non-commissioned  officers,  the  men  standing  at   attention. 

When  the  Inspector  has  passed  through  the  company, 
the  Captain  will  command. 

Rep  acJc — Knapsa  cks, 

when   each  soldier  will  repack   and  buckle  up  his  knap- 
sack, leaving  it  on  the  ground,  the  number  upward  turned 
from  him,  and  then  stand  at  rest. 
The  Captain  will  then  command, 

1.  Attention.     2.   Company,      3.  Sling — Knapsacl-:^. 

At  the  word  sling,  each  soldier  will  take  his  knapsack, 
holding  it  by  the  inner  straps,  and  stand  erect;  at  the  last 
word  he  will  replace  it  on  his  back.  The  Captain  will 
continue, 

4.  Front  rank — About — Face!  8.  Shoulder — Arms! 

5.  Close  order.  9.  Ojfficers  and  Sergeants, 

6.  March!  to  your  posts. 

7.  Take—Amisl  10.  March! 

and  will  cause  the  company  to  file  off"  to  their  tents  o-r 
quarters,  except  the  company  that  is  to  re-escort  the 
colors,  which  will  await  the  further  orders  of  the  Coloue 

In    an   extensive   column,   some  of  the  rearmost  eo 
panics  may,  after  the  inspection  of  dress   and  general 
pearance,  be  permitted  to  stack  arms  until  just  before  tlie 


54  Form  of  InspecHon. 

Inspector  approaches  them,  when  they  will  be  directed  to 
tal-e  arms  and  resume  their  position. 

The  inspection  of  the  troops  being  ended,  the  field  and 
staff  will  next  accompany  the  inspector  to  the  hospital, 
magazine,  arsenal,  quarters,  sutler's  shop,  guard-house, 
and  such  other  places  as  he  may  think  proper  to  inspect. 
The  Captains  and  subalterns  repair  to  their  companies 
and  sections  to  await  the  inspector. 

The  hospital  being  at  all  times  an  object  of  particular 
interest,  it  will  be  critically  and  minutely  inspected. 

The  men  will  be  formed  in  the  company  quarters  in 
front  of  their  respective  bunks,  and  on  the  entrance  of  the 
Inspector  the  word  Attention!  will  be  given  by  the  senior 
non-commissioned  officer  present,  when  the  whole  will 
salute  with  the  hand,  without  uncovering. 

The  Inspector,  attended  by  the  company  officers,  will 
examine  the  general  arrangement  of  tlje  interior  of  the 
quarters,  the  bunks,  bedding,  cooking  and  table  utensils, 
and  such  other  objects  as  may  present  themselves;  and 
afterward  the  exterior. 

The  Adjutant  will  exhibit  to  the  Inspector  the  regimental 
books  and  papers,  including  those  relating  to  the  transac- 
tions of  the  Council  of  Administration.  The  company 
book^  and  papers  will  also  be  exhibited,  the  whole  to- 
gether, generally  at  the  Adjutant's  office,  and  in  the  pre- 
sence of  the  officers  not  otherwise  particularly  engaged. 

The  Inspector  will  examine  critically  the  books  and  ac- 
counts of  the  administrative  and  disbursing  officers  of  the 
command,  and  the  money  and  property  in  their  keeping. 

The  inspection  of  cavalry  and  artiller}'-  will  conform  to 
^the  principles  laid  down  in  the  foregoing  paragraphs,  re- 
being  had  to  the  system  of  instruction  for  those  arms 
service  respectively. 


Miisiers.  55 

ARTICLE  XXXI— MUSTERS. 

The  musters  will  be  made  by  the  Inspector-General,  if 
present,  otherwise  by  an  officer  specially  designated  by 
the  Commander  of  the  Army,  Division,  or  Department; 
and  in  absence  of  either  an  Inspector-General  or  officer 
specially  designed,  the  muster  will  be  made  by  the  com- 
mander of  the  post. 

When  one  inspecting  officr  can  not  muster  all  the  troops 
himself  on  the  day  specified,  the  commanding  officer  will 
designate  such  other  competent  officers  as  ma}^  be  neces- 
sary to  assist  him. 

All  stated  musters  of  the  troops  shall  be  preceded  by  a 
minute  and  careful  inspection  in  the  prescribed  mode;  and 
if  the  command  be  more  than  a  company,  by  a  remeic, 
before  inspection. 

The  mustering  officer  having  inspected  the  companies 
ill  succession,  beginning  on  the  right,  returns  to  the  first 
company  to  muster  it.  This  company  being  at  ordered 
arms  with  open  ranks,  as  when  inspected,  the  Captain 
wiilj^as  the  mustering  officer  approaches,  command, 

1.  Attention.    2.   ComjDanyf    3.  Shoulder — x\rms! 
4.  Support — Arms! 

The  mustering  officer  will  then  call  over  the  names  on 
the  roll,  and  each  man,  as  his  name  is  called,  will  dis- 
tinctly answer,  Here!  and  bring  his  piece  to  a  caiTij  and  to 
an  order. 

After  each  company  is  mustered,  the  Captain  will  order 
it  to  be  marched  to  the  company  parade,  and  there  dismis- 
sed to  quarters  to  await  the  Inspector's  visit. 

After  mustering  the  companies,  the  mustering  officer, 
tended  by  the  company  commanders,  will  visit  the  guai 
and  hospital,  to  verify  the  presence  of  the  men  report/ 
there. 


56  Forms  of  Parade.  .Dress  Parade 

Tbe  muster  and  pny  rolls  Avill  be  made  on  the  printed 
forms  furnished  from  the  Adjutant-General's  office,  and 
according  to  the  directions  given  on  them.  On  the  muster- 
rolls  companies  are  designated  by  the  name  of  the  Cap- 
tain, whether  present  or  absent.  The  pay-roll  is  left 
blank,  to  be  filled  b}^  the  Paymaster. 

One  cop3^  of  each  muster-roll  will  be  transmitted  by  the 
mustering  officer  to  the  Adjutant-Generars  office  in  the 
War  Department  within  three  days  after  the  muster. 

ARTICLE   XXXII— FORMS  of  parade. 

On  all  parades  of  ceremony,  such  as  Reviews,  Guard- 
mounting,  at  Trooi^  or  Retreat  parades,  instead  ol  the 
word  "  -Res^,"  which  allows  the  men  to  move  or  change  the 
position  of  their  bodies,  the  command  will  be  ''  Parade — 
Rest!"  At  the  last  word  of  this  command,  the  soldier 
will  carry  the  right  foot  six  inches  in  rear  of  the  left  heel, 
the  left  knee  slightly  bent,  the  body  upright  upon  t-lie 
right  leg;  the  musket  resting  against  the  hollow  of  the 
right  shoulder,  the  hands  crossed  in  front,  the  backs  of 
them  outward,  and  the  left  hand  uppermost.  At  the  word 
"Attention!"  the  soldier  will  resume  the  correct  position 
at  ordered  arms.  In  the  positions  here  indicated,  the 
soldier  will  remain  silent  and  motionless;  and  it  is  parti- 
cularly enjoined  upon  all  officers  to  cause  the  commands 
above  given,  on  the  part  of  the  soldier,  to  bo  executed 
with  great  briskness  and  spirit. 

Officers  on  all  duties  under  arms  are  to  have  their 
swords  drawn,  without  waiting  for  any  words  of  command 
for  that  purpose. 

I,    DRESS    PARADE. 

There  shall  be  daily  one  dress  parade,  at  troop  or  retreat, 
[s  the  commanding  officer  may  direct. 


Dress  Parade.  5t 

A  signal  will  be  beat  or  sounded  half  an  hour  before 
trooj)  or  retreat,  for  the  music  to  assemble  on  the  regi- 
mental parade,  and  each  company  to  turn  out  under  arms 
on  its  own  parade,  for  roll-call  and  inspection  by  its  own 
officers. 

Ten  minutes  after  that  signal,  the  Adjutant's  call  will  be 
given,  when  the  Captains  will  march  their  companies  (the 
band  playing)  to  the  regimental  parade,  where  they  take 
their  positions  in  the  order  of  battle.  When  the  line  is 
formed,  the  Captain  of  the  first  company,  on  notice  from 
the  Adjutant,  steps  one  pace  to  the  front,  and  gives  to  his 
company  the  command,  ''Order — Arms!  Parade— Rest!" 
which  is  repeated  by  each  Captain  in  succession  to  the 
left.  The  Adjutant  takes  post  two  paces  on  the  right  of 
the  line;  the  Sergeant-major  two  paces  on  the  left.  The 
music  will  be  formed  in  two  ranks  on  the  right  of  the  Ad- 
jutant. The- senior  officer  present  will  take  the  command 
of  the  parade,  and  will  take  post  at  a  suitable  distance  in 
front,  opposite  the  centre,  facing  the  line. 

When  the  companies  have  ordered  arms  the  Adjutant 
will  order  the  music  to  heat  off,  when  it  will  commence 
on  the  right,  beat  in  front  of  the  line  to  the  left,  and  back 
to  its  place  on  the  right. 

When  the  music  has  ceased,  the  Adjutant  will  step  two 
paces  to  the  front,  face  to  the  left,  and  command, 

1.  Attention!    2.  Battalion.    3.  Shoulder — Arms!   4.  Prepare 
to  open  ranks!    5.  To  the  rear,  open  order!     6.  March! 

At  the  sixth  command,  the  ranks  will  be  opened  according 
to  the  system  laid  down  in  the  Infantry  Tactics,  the  com- 
missioned officers  marching  to  the  front,  the  company  o^ 
ficers  four  paces,  field   officers  six  paces,  opposite  to  th 
positions  in  the  order  of  battle,  where  they  will  halt 
dress. 


o8  Uress  Parade. 

The  Adjutant,  seeing  the  ranks  aligned,  will  command, 
feont! 

and  march  along  the  front  to  the  centre,  face  to  the  right, 
and  pass  the  line  of  company  officers  eight  or  ten  paces, 
where  he  will  come  to  the  right-about  and  command, 

Present — Arms! 

when  arms  will  be  presented,  officers  saluting. 

Seeing  this  executed,  he  will  face  about  to  the  com- 
manding officer,  salute,  and  report,  "/S'ir,  the  parade  is 
formed.^l  The  Adjutant  will  then,  on  intimation  to  that 
effect,  take  his  station  three  paces  on  the  left  of  the  com- 
manding officer,  one  pace  retired,  passing  round  his  rear. 

The  commanding  officer,  having  acknowledged  the  sa- 
lute of  the  line  by  touching  his  hat,  will,  after  tiie  Adju- 
tant has  taken  his  post,  draw  his  sword,  and  command, 

1.  Battalion.     2,  Shoulder — Arms! 

and  add  such  exercises  as  he  may  think  proper,  conclud- 
ing with 

Order — Arms! 

then  return  his  sword,  and  direct  the  Adjutant  to  receive 
the  reports. 

The  Adjutant  will  now  pass  round  the  right  of  the  com- 
manding officer,  advance  upon  the  line,  halt  midway  be- 
tween him  and  the  line  of  company  officers,  and  command, 

1.  First  Sergeants,  to  the  front  and  centre.   2.  March! 

At  the   first   command  they  will  shoulder  arms  as  Ser- 
ants,   march   two  paces  to  the  front,  and  face  inward, 
the   second   command,  they  will  march  to  the  centre, 
halt.     The  Adjutant  will  then  order, 


Parade  Dress.  59 

1.  Front— ?xc^\     2.  Report. 

At  tlie  last  word,  each  in   succession,    beginning   on    tlic 
right,  will  salute  by  bringing  the  left  hand  smartly  across 
the  breast  to  the  right  shoulder,  and  report  the  result  of 
the  roll-call  previously  made  on  the  company  parade. 
The  Adjutant  again  commands, 

1.  First  Sergeant,  outward— Yacy.]     2.   To  your  pods — 
March  ! 

when  they  will  resume  their  places,  and  order  arms.  The 
Adjutant  will  now  face  to  the  commanding  officer,  salute, 
report  absent  officers,  and  gire  the  result  of  the  First 
Sergeant's  reports.  The  commanding  officer  will  next  di- 
rect the  orders  to  be  read,  when  the  Adjutant  will  face 
about  and  announce. 

Attention  to  Orders. 

He  will  then  read  the  orders. 

The  orders  having  been  read,  the  Adjutant  will  face  to 
the  commanding  officer,  salute,  and  report;  when,  on  an 
intimation  from  the  commander,  he  will  face  again  to  the 
line,  and  announce, 

Parade  is  dismissed. 

All  the  officers  will  now  return  their  swords,  face  inward, 
and  close  on  the  Adjutant,  he  having  taken  position  in 
their  line,  the  field  officers  on  fhe  flanks.  The  Adjutant 
commands, 

1.  Fj^ont — Face!     2.  Forward — March! 

when  they  will  march  forward,  dressing  on  the  centre,  the 
music  playing,  and  when  within  six  paces  of  the  com- 
mander, the  Adjutant  will  give  the  word, 

RaJfl 
The  officers  will   then  salute  the  commmanding  officer 


60  Review. 

raising::  tlic  hand  to  the  cap,  and  llicro  remain  until  ho 
.shall  have  communicated  to  them  such  instructions  as  he  , 
may  have  to  give,  or  intimates  that  the  ceremony  is  fin- 
ished. As  the  officers  disperse,  the  First  Sergeants  will 
close  the  ranks  of  their  respective  companies,  and  march 
them  to  the  company  parades,  where  they  will  be  dismis- 
sed, the  band  continuing  to  play  until  the  companies  clear 
the  regimental  parade. 

All  field  and  company  officers  and  men  will  be  present 
at  dress  parade.^,  unless  especially  excused,  or  on  some 
duty  incompatible  with  such  attendance. 

II.    REVIEW    OF    A  BATTALION    OF    INFAXTRY. 

Preparatory  to  a  review,  the  Adjutant  will  cause  a  camp- 
color  to  be  placed  80  or  100  paces,  or  more,  according  to 
the  length  of  the  line,  in  front  of,  and  opposite  to,  where 
the  centre  of  the  battalion  will  rest,  where  the  reviewing 
officer  is  supposed  to  take  his  station;  and,  although  he 
may  choose  to  quit  that  position,  still  the  color  is  to  be 
considered  as  the  point  to  which  all  the  movement  and 
formations  are  relative. 

The  Adjutant  will  also  cause  points  to  be  marked,  at 
suitable  distances,  for  the  wheelings  of  the  divisions  ;  so 
that  their  right  flanks,  in  marching  past,  shall  only  be 
about  four  paces  from  the  camp-color,  Avhere  it  is  supposed 
the  reviewing  officer  places  himself  to  receive  the   salute. 

The  battalion  being  formed  in  the  order  of  battle,  at 
shouhlcird  arms  the  Colonel  will  command. 

Balled  ion,  2'>reparefor  review  !   2.  To  the  rear,  open  order. 
3.  March! 

.t  the  word  March,  the  field  and  staff  officers  dismount  ; 
le  company  officers  and  the  color-rank  advance  four  pa- 
in front  of  the  front  rank,  and  place  themselves  oppo- 


Review.  61 

site  to  their  respective  places,  in  the  order  of  battle.  The 
color-guard  replace  the  color-rank.  The  staff  officers  place 
themselves,  according  to  rank,  three  paces  on  the  right  of 
the  rank  of  company  officers,  and  one  pace  from  each  other; 
the  music  takes  post  as  at  parade.  The  non-commissioned 
staff  take  post  one  pace  from  each  other,  and  three  paces 
on  the  right  of  the  front  rank  of  the  battalion. 

When  the  ranks  are  aligned,  the  Colonel  will  command, 

Front  ! 

and  place  himself  eight  paces,  and  the  Lieutenant-Colonel 
and  Major  will  place  themselves  two  paces,  in  front  of  the 
rank  of  company  officers,  and  opposite  to  their  respective 
places  in  the  order  of  battle,  all  facing  to  the  front. 

When  the  reviewing  officer  presents  himself  before  the 
centre,  and  is  fifty  or  sixt}^  paces  distant,  the  Colonel  will 
face  about,  and  command, 

Present — Arms  ! 

and  resume  his  front.  The  men  present  arms,  and  the 
officers  salute,  so  as  to  drop  their  swords  with  the  last  mo- 
tion of  the  firelock.  The  non-commissioned  staff  salute  by 
bringing  the  sword  to  a  poise,  the  hilt  resting  on  the  breast, 
the  blade  in  front  of  the  face,  inclining  a  little  outward. 
The  music  will  play,  and  all  the  drums  beat,  according  to 
the  rank  of  the  reviewing  officer.  The  colors  only  salute 
such  persons  as,  from  their  rank,  and  by  regulation  (see 
Article  XXIX),  are  entitled  to  that  honor.  If  the  review- 
ing officer  be  junior  in  rank  to  the  commandant  of  the 
parade,  no  compliment  will  be  pqjid  to  him,  but  he  wij 
he  received  with  arms  carried,  and  the  officers  will  not 
lute  as  the  column  passes  in  review. 

The  reviewing  officer  having  halted,  and  acknowledge! 
the  salute  of  the  line  by  touching  or  raising  his 
hat,  the  Colonel  will  face  about  and  command, 


62  Review. 

Shoulder — Arms  ! 

when  the  men  shoulder  their  pieces  ;  the  officers  and  non- 
commissioned staff  recover  their  swords  with  the  last  mo- 
tion, and  the  Colonel  faces  to  the  front. 

The  reviewing  officer  will  then  go  toward  the  right,  the 
whole  remaining  perfectly  steady,  without  paying  any  fur- 
ther compliment,  while  he  passes  along  the  front  of  the 
battalion,  and  proceeds  round  the  left  flank,  and  along  the 
rear  of  the  file-closers,  to  the  right.  While  the  reviewing 
officer  is  going  round  the  battalion,  the  band  will  play,  and 
will  cease  when  he  has  returned  to  the  right  flank  of  the 
troops. 

When  the  reviewing  officer  turns  off,  to  place  himself 
by  the  camp-color  in  front,  the  Colonel  will  face  to  the  line 
and  command, 

1.   Close  Order.     2.  March  ! 

At  the  first  command,  the  field  and  company  officers  will 
face  to  the  righi-ahout,  and  at  the  second  command,  all  per- 
sons except  the  Colonel,  will  resume  their  places  in  the  or- 
der of  battle  ;  the  field  and  staff  officers  mount. 

The  reviewing  officer  having  taken  his  position  near  the 
camp-color,  the  Colonel  will  command, 
1.    By  company,  right  wheel.     2.    Quich — March!     3.  Pass 

in  Review.     4.  Column,  fonvard .     5.     Guide  Right. 
6.  March  ! 

The  battalion,  in  column  of  companies,  right  in  front,  will 
then,  in  common  time,  and  at  shouldered  arvis,  be  put  in 
motion  ;  the  Colonel  four  paces  in  front  of  the  Captain  of 
Jthe  leading  company  ;  the  Lieutenant-Colonel  on  a  line 
th  the  leading  company;  the  Major  on  a  line  with  the 
r  company  ;  the  Adjutant  on  a  line  with  the  second 
mpany;  the  Sergeant-Major  on  aline  with  the  company 
ext    preceding  the  rear — each  six  paces  from  the  flank 


■»%,. 


Review.  63 

(left)  opposite  to  the  reviewing  officer;  the  staff  officers  ia 
one  rank,  according  to  the  order  of  precedency,  from  the 
right,  four  paces  in  rear  of  the  column;  the  music,  prece- 
ded b}^  the  principal  musician,'  six  paces  before  the  Colo- 
nel; the  pioneers,  preceded  by  a  Corpora],  four  paces  be- 
fore the  principal  musician  ;  and  the  Quartermaster-Ser- 
geant two  paces  from  the  side  opposite  to  the  guides,  and 
in  line  with  the  pioneers. 

All  other  officers  and  non-commissioned  officers  will  march 
past  in  the  places  prescribed  for  them  in  the  march  of  an  open 
column.  The  guides  and  soldiers  will  keep  their  heads  stea- 
dy to  the  front  in  passing  in  review. 

The  color-bearer  will  remain  in  the  ranks  while  passing  and 
saluting. 

The  music  will  begin  to  play  at  the  command  to  march, 
and  after  passing  the  reviewing  officer,  wheel  to  the  left  out 
of  the  column,  and  take  a  position  opposite  and  facing  him, 
and  M'ill  continue  to  play  until  the  rear  of  the  column  shall 
have  passed  him,  when  it  will  cease,  and  follow  in  the  rear 
of  the  battalion,  unless  the  battalion  is  to  pass  in  quick  time 
also,  in  which  case  it  will  keep  its  position. 

The  officers  will  salute  the  reviewing  officer  when  they 
arrive  within  six  paces  of  him,  and  recover  their  swords  when 
six  paces  past  him.  All  officers,  in  saluting,  will  cast  their 
eyes  toward  the  reviewing  officer. 

The  Colonel,  when  he  has  saluted  at  the  head  of  the  bat- 
talion, will  place  himself  near  the  reviewing  officer,  and  will 
remain  there  until  the  rear  has  passed,  when  he  will  rejoin 
the  battalion. 

The  colors  will  salute  the  reviewing  officer,   if  entitled 
it,  when  within  six  paces   of  him,  and  be  raised  when  the, 
have  passed  by  him  an  equal  distance.     The  drums  will  be 
a  march,  or  ruffle,  according  to  the  rank   of  the  reviewing 
officer,  at  the  same  time  tifat  the  colors  salute. 


^ 


64  Review. 

When  the  column  has  passed  the  reviewing  officer,  the 
Colonel  will  direct  it  to  the  ground  it  marched  from,  and 
command, 

Guide  left, 

in  time  for  the  guides  to  cover.     The  column  having  arrived 
on  its  grounil,  the  Colonel  will  command, 

1.  Column,     2.  Halt  ! 
form  it  in  order  of  battle,  and  cause  the  ranks  to  be  opened. 
The  review  will   terminate  hy  the  whole  saluting  as  at  the 
beginning. 

If,  however,  instructions  have  been  previously  given  to 
march  the  troops  past  in  quick  time  also,  the  Colonel  will,  in- 
stead of  changing  the  guides,  halting  the  column,  and  wheel- 
ing it  into  line,  as  above  directed,  give  the  command, 

1.  Quick  time.     2.  March  ! 

In  passing  the  reviewing  officer  again,  no  salute  will  be 
offered  by  either  officers  or  men.  The  music  will  have  kept 
its  position  opposite  the  reviewing  officer,  and  at  the  last 
command  will  commence  playing,  and  as  the  column  ap- 
proaches, Avill  place  itself  in  front  of,  and  march  off  with  the 
column,  and  continue  to  play  until  the  battalion  is  halted  on 
its  original  ground  of  formation.  The  Review  will  terminate 
in  the  same  manner  as  prescribed  above. 

The  Colonel  will  afterward  cause  the  troops  to  perform 
such  exercises  and  manoeuvres  as  the  reviewing  officer  may 
direct. 

AVhen  two  or  more  battalions  are  to  be  reviewed,  they  will 
e  formed  in  parade  order,  with  the  proper  intervals,  and  will 
so  perform  the  same  movements  that  are  laid  down  for  a 

igle  battalion,  observing  the  additional  directions  that  are 
given  for  such  movements  when  jyDplied  to  the  line.  The 
Brigadier-General  and  his  staff,  on  foot,  will  place  themselves 


Review,  65 

opposite  the  centre  of  the  brigade  ;  the  Brigadi^M'-General 
two  paces  in  front  of  the  rank  of  Colonels  ;  his  aid  two  paces 
on  his  right,  and  one  retired  ;  and  the  other  brigade  staff 
oflicers,  those  having  the  rank  of  field  officers,  in  the  rank  of 
Lieutenant-Colonels  and  Majors  ;  and  those  below  that  rank, 
in  the  rank  of  company  officers. 

In  passing  in  review,  a  Major-General  will  be  four  paces 
in  front  of  the  Colonci  of  the  leading  battalion  of  his  division; 
and  the  Brigadier-General  will  be  on  the  right  of  the  Colonels 
of  the  leading  battalions  of  their  brigades  ;  staff  officers  on 
the  left  of  their  Generals. 

When  the  line  exceeds  two  battalions,  the  reviewing  offi- 
cer may  cause  them  to  march  past  in  quick  time  only.  In 
such  cases  the  mounted  officers  only  will  salute. 

A  number  of  companies  less  than  a  battalion  will  be  re- 
viewed as  a  battalion,  and  a  single  company  as  if  it  were  with 
the  battalion.  In  the  latter  case,  the  company  may  pass  in 
column  of  platoons. 

If  several  brigades  are  to  be  reviewed  together,  or  in  one- 
line,  this  further  difference  will  be  observed  :  the  reviewing 
personage,  joined  by  the  General  of  the  division,  on  the  right 
of  his  division,  will  proceed  down  the  line,  parallel  to  its 
front,  and  when  near  the  Brigadier-Generals  respectively, 
will  be  saluted  by  their  brigades  in  succession.  The  music 
of  each,  after  the  prescribed  salute,  will  play  while  the  review- 
ing personage  is  in  front,  or  in  rear  of  it,  and  only  then. 

In  marching  in  review,  with  several  battalions  in  common 
time,  the  music  of  each  succeeding  battalion  will  commence 
to  pla}'  when  the  music  of  the  preceding  one  has  ceased,  in 
order  to  follow  its  battalion.  When  marching  in  quick  time 
the  music  will  begin  to  play  when  the  rear  company  of  th' 
preceding  battalion  has  passed  the  reviewing  officer. 

The  reviewing  officer  or  personage  will  acknowledge  th 
salute  by  rising,  or  taking  off  his  cap  or  hat,  when  the 
5 


GQ  Review— -Guard  Mounling. 

mander  of  the  troops  salutes  liim  ;  and  also  when  the  colors 
pass.  The  remainder  of  the  time  occupied  by  the  passage  of 
the  troops  he  will  be  covered. 

The  review  of  Cavalry  and  Artillery  will  be  conducted  on 
similar  principles,  and  according  to  tlie  systems  of  instruction 
for  those  arms  of  service. 

III.    (iUARD-MOUNTING. 

Camp  and  garrison  guards  will  be  relieved  every  twenty- 
four  hours.  The  guards  at  outposts  will  ordinarily  be  re- 
lieved in  the  same  manner,  but  this  must  depend  on  their  dis- 
tances from  camp,  or  other  circumstances,  which  may  some- 
times require  tiieir  continuing  on  duty  several  days.  In  such 
cases,  they  must  be  previously  warned  to  provide  themselves 
accordingly. 

At  the  first  call  for  guard-mounting,  the  men  warned  for 
duty  turn  out  on  their  company  parades  for  inspection  by  the 
First  Sergeants;  and  at  the  second  call,  repair  to  the  regi- 
mental or  garrison  parade,  conducted  by  the  First  Sergeants. 
Each  detachment,  as  it  arrives,  will,  under  the  direction  of 
the  Adjutant,  take  post  on  the  left  of  the  one  that  preceded 
it,  in  open  order,  arms  shouldered,  and  bayonets  fixed;  the 
supernumeraries  five  paces  in  the  rear  of  the  men  of  their 
respective  companies;  the  First  Sergeants  in  rear  of  them, 
The  Sergeant-Major  will  dress  the  ranks,  count  the  files 
verify  the  details,  and  when  the  guard  is  formed,  report  to  the 
Adjutant,  and  take  post  two  paces  on  the  left  of  the  front 
rank. 

The  Adjutant  then  commands  Front,  when  the  ofHcer  of 
the  guard  takes  post  twelve  paces  in  front  of  the  centre,  the 
"^ergeants  in  one  rank,  four  paces  in  the  rear  of  the  officers; 
Md  the  Corporals  in  one  rank  four  paces  in  the  rear  of  the 
Sergeants — all  facing  to  the  front.  The  Adjutant  then  as- 
signs their  places  in  the  guard.  The  Adjutant  will  then  com- 
mand, 


Guard  Mounting.  67 

1.  Officer  and  non-commissionhd  officers.     2.  About — Face. 
3.  Inspect  your  guards — MAKCir. 

The  non-commissioned  officers  then  take  their  posts.     The 
commander  of  the  guard  then  commands, 

1.   Order — Arms.     2.  Inspection — Ar3is. 
and    inspects   his  guard.      When    there  is  no  commissioned 
of^cer  on  the  guard,   the    Adjutant  M'ill  inspect  it.     During 
inspection  the  band  will  play. 

The  inspection  ended,  the  officer  of  the  guard  takes  post 
as  though  the  guard  were  a  compauy  of  a  battalion,  in  open 
order,  under  review  ;  at  the  same  time,  also,  the  officers  of 
the  day  will  take  post  in  front  of  the  centre  of  the  guard  ; 
the  old  officer  of  the  day  three  paces  on  the  right  of  the  new 
officer  of  the'day,  and  one  pace  retired. 

The  Adjutant  will  now  command, 

\.  Parade— Rest  I     2.    Troop— Beat  of  / 
when  the  music,  beginning   on   the  right,  will  beat  down  the 
line  in  front  of  the  officer  of  the  guard  to  the  left,  and  ])ack 
to  its  place  on  the  right,  where  it  will  cease  to  play. 
The  Adjutant  then  commands, 

[.  AUentionf     2.  Shoulder — Arms!    o.  Close  order — March? 

At  the  word  "  close  order,"  the   officer  will  face  about ;  at 
"  march,"  resume  his  post  in  line. 
The  Adjutant  then  commands, 

Pi' e  sen  t — Arms! 
At   which  he  will  face  to  the  new  officer  of  the  day,   salute 
and  report,  "  Sir,  the  guard  is  formed.'"     The  new  officer  of 
the  day,  after  acknowledging  the  salute,  will  direct  the  Adju- 
tant to  march  the  guard  in  review,  or  by  flank  to  its  po§^^ 
But  if  the    Adjutant    be    senior  to  the  officer  of  the  day, 
will   report  without   saluting   with  the  sword  then,  or  Vfi 
marching  the  guard  in  review. 


OS  Guard  Mounding. 

In  review,  the  guard  march  past  the  officer  of  the  day,  ac- 
cording to  the  order  of  review,  conducted  by  the  Adjutant, 
marching  on  the  left  of  the  first  division  ;  the  Sergeant-Ma- 
jor  on  the  left  of  the  last  division. 

When  the  column  has  passed  the  officer  of  the  day,  the 
officer  of  the  guard  marches  it  to  its  post,  the  Adjutant  and 
Sergeant- Major  retiring.  The  music,  wliich  has  wheeled  out 
of  the  column,  and  taken  post  opposite  the  officer  of  the  day, 
Mill  cease,  and  the  old  officer  of  the  day  salute,  and  give  the 
old  or  standing  orders  to  the  new  officer  of  the  day.  The 
supernumeraries,  at  the  same  time,  will  be  marched  by  the 
First  Sergeants  (o  their  respective  com[)atiy  parades,  and  dis- 
missed. 

In  bad  weather,  or  at  night,  or  after  fatiguing,  marches,  the 
ceremony  of  turning  ofl^may  be  dispensed  with,  but  not  the 
inspection. 

Grand  guards,  and  other  brigade  guards,  are  organized 
and  mounted  "on  the  brigade  parade  by  the  stafT  officer  of  the 
parade,  under  the  direction  of  the  field  officer  of  the  day  of  the 
brigade,  according  to  the  principles  here  prescribed  for  the 
police  guard  ofa  regiment.  The  detail  of  each  regiment  is 
assembled  on  the  regimental  parade,  verified  by  the  Adjutant, 
and  inarched  to  the  brigade  parade  by  the  senior  officer  of 
the  detail.  After  inspection  and  review,  the  officer  of  the 
day  directs  the  several  guards  to  their  respective  posts. 

The  officer  of  the  old  guard,  having  his  guard  paraded,  on 
the  approach  of  the  new  guard  commands, 
Present — Akms! 

The  new  guard  will  march,  in  quick  time,  past  the  old 
guard,  at  shoiddercd  arms,  officers  saluting,  and  take  post  four 
paces  on  its  right, where,  being  aligned  with  it,  its  commander 
\vl'll  order, 

Present — Arms  ! 
'J^he  iwo  officers  will  then   approach   each  other,  and  salute. 


Gvard  Moimhng.  69 

Thev  will  then  return  to  their  respective  guards,  and  com- 
mand, 

1 .  Shoulder —  Arms!     2 ,  Order —  Arms! 

The  officer  of  the  new  guard  will  now  direct  tfee  detail  for 
the  advanced  guard  to  be  formed  and  marched  to  its  post,  the 
list  of  the  guard  made  and  divided  into  three  reliefs,  experi- 
enced soldiers  placed  over  the  arms  ol  the  guard  and  at  the 
remote  and  responsible  posts,  and  ihe  young  soldiers  in  posts 
near  the  guard  for  instruction  in  their  duties,  and  will  himself 
proceed  to  t.ike  possession  of  the  guard-house  or  guard-tent, 
and  the  articles  and  prisoners  in  charge  of  the  guard. 

During  the  time  of  relieving  the  sentinels  and  of  calling 
in  the  small  posts,  the  old  commander  will  give  to  the  new 
all  the  information  and  instructions  relating  to  his  post. 

The  first  relief  having  been  designated  and  ordered  two 
paces  to  the  front,  the  Corporal  of  the  new  guard  will  take 
charge  bf  it,  and  go  to  relieve  the  sentinels,  accompanied  by 
the  Corporal  of  the  old  guard,  who  will  take  command  of  the 
old  sentinels,  when  the  whole  are  lelieved. 

If  the  sentinels  are  numerous,  the  Sergeants  are  to  be  em- 
ployed, as  well  as  the  Corporals,  in  relieving  them. 

The  relief,  withi-rms  at  a  support,  in  two  ranks,  will  march 
by  a  flank,  conducted  by  the  Corporal  on  the  side  of  the  lead- 
ing front-rank  man  ;  and  th«  men  will  be  numbered  alter- 
nately in  the  front  and  rear  rank,  the  man  on  the  right  of  the 
froiit  rank  being  No.  1.  Should  an  officer  approach,  the 
Corporal  will  c.nmiand  cai-ry  amis,  and  resume  the  svpporf 
arins  when  the  officer  is  passed. 

The  sentinels  at  the  guard-house  or  guard  tent  will  be  the 
first  relieved  and  left  behind;  the  others  are  relieved  in  suc- 
cession. 

When  a  sentinel  sees  the  relief  approaching,  he  will 
and  face  to  it,  with  his  arms  at  a  shoulder.  At  six  paces, 
Corporal  will  command, 


'0  Guard  Moitntin, 


1.  Relief.     2.   Halt! 
when  the  relief  will  halt  and  carry  arms.     The  Corporal  will 
then  add,  "  No.  1,"  or  ''So.  2,"  or"  No.  3,"  according  to  the 
number  of  the  post. 

Ar}ns — Port! 
The  two  sentinels  will,  with  arms  at  ]Jot't,  then  approach 
each  other,  when  the  old  sentinel,  under  the  correction  of  the 
Corporal,  will  whisper  the  instructions  to  the  new  sentinel. 
This  done,  the  two  sentinels  will  shoulder  arms,  and  the  old 
sentinel  will  pass,  in  quick  time,  to  his  place  in  rear  of  the 
relief.     The  Corporal  will  then  command, 

I.  Support — Arms!     2.  Forward.     3.   March  ! 
and  the  relief  proceeds  in  the  same   manner  until  the  wliol^ 
are  relieved. 

The  detachments  and  sentinels  from  the  old  guard  having 
■come  in,  it  will  be  marched,  at  shouldered  an?is,  along  the 
front  of  the  new  guard,  in  quick  time,  the  new  guard 'standing 
at  presented  arms ;  officers  saluting,  and  the  music  of  both 
guards  heating,  except  at  the  outposts. 

On  arriving  at  the  regimental  or  garrison  parade,  the  com- 
mander ofthe  old  guard  will  send  the  detachments  composing 
ing  it,  under  charge  of  the  non-commissioned  officers,  to  their 
respective  regiments.  Before  the-  men  are  dismissed,  their 
p'eces  will  be  drawn  or  discharged  at  a  target.  On  rejoining 
their  companions,  the  chiefs  of  squadg  will  examine  the  arms, 
&c.,  of  their  men,  and  cause  the  whole  to  be  put  away  in  good 
order. 

^V'hen  the  old  guard  has  marched  off  fifty  paces,  the  officer 
of  the  new  guard  will  order  his  men  to  stack  their  arms,  or 
place  them  in  the  arm-racks. 

The  commander  of  the  gjard  will  then  make  himself  ac- 
ainted  with  all  the  instructions  for  his  post,  visit  the  senti- 
1.?.  and  que.-tion  them  and  the  non-commissioned  officers 
^lative  to  the  instructions  they  may  have  received  from  other 
ersons  of  the  old  guard. 


Guards.  7 1 

ARTICLE  XXXIII— GUARDS. 

Sentinels  will  be  relieved  esxry  two  hours,  unless  the  state 
of  the  weather,  or  other  causes,  should  make  it  necessary  or 
proper  that  it  be  done  at  shorter  or  longer  intervals. 

Each  relief,  before  mounting,  is  inspected  by  the  comman- 
der of  the  guard  or  of  its  post.  The  Corporal  reports  to  him, 
and  presents  the  old  relief  on  its  return. 

The  Countersign,  or  watchword,  is  given  to  such  persons 
as  are  entitled  to  pass  during  the  night,  and  to  officers,  non- 
commissioned officers,  and  sentinels  of  the  guard.  Interior 
guards  receive  the  countersign  only  when  ordered  by  the 
commander  of  tlic  troops. 

The  parole  is  imparted  to  such  officers  only  as  have  a  right 
to  visit  the  guards,  and  to  make  the  grand  rounds;  and  to  offi- 
cers commanding  guards. 

As  soon  as  the  new  guard  has  been  marched  ofl^  the  officer 
of  the  day  will  repair  to  the  office  of  the  commanding  officer 
and  report  for  orders. 

The  officer  of  the  day  must  see  that  the  officer  of  the 
guard  is  furnished  with  the  parole  and  countersign  before 
7Xt7'eat. 

The  officer  of  the  day  visits  the  guards  during  the  day  at 
such  times  as  he  may  deem  necessary,  and  makes  his  rounds 
at  night  at  least  once  after  12  o'clock. 

Upon  being  relieved,  the  officer  of  the  day  will  makesufeh 
remarks  in  the  report  of  the  officer  of  the  guard,  as  circum- 
stances require,  and  present  the  same  at  headquarters. 

Commanders  of  guards  leaving  their  posts  to  visit  their 
sentinels,  or  on  other  duty,  are  to  mention  their  intention,  and 
the  probable  time  of  their  absence,  to  the  next   in  comman( 

The  officers  are  to  remain  constantly  at  their  guards, 
cept  while  visiting  their  sentinels,  or  necessarily  engaged 
where  on  their  proper  duty. 


72  Guards. 

Neither  officers  nor  soldiers  are  to  take  oft'  their  clothing; 
or  accoutrements  while  they  are  on  guard. 

The  officer  of  the  guard  must  see  thai  the  countersi<;n  is 
duly  communicated  to  the  sentinels  a  little  before  twilight. 

When  a  fire  breaks  out,  or  any  alarm  is  raised  in  a  garri- 
son, all  guards  are  to  be  immediately  under  arms. 

Inexperienced  officers  are  put  on  guard  as  supernumera- 
ries, for  the  purpose  of  instruction. 

Sentinels  will  not  take  orders  or  allow  themselves  to  be  re- 
lieved, except  by  an  officer  or  non-commissioned  of  their 
guard  or  party,  the  officer  of  the  day,  or  the  commanding 
officer  ;  in  which  case  tlie  orders  will  be  immediately  notified 
to  the  commander  of  the  guard    by  the  officer  giving  them. 

Sentinels  will  report  every  breach  of  orders  or  regulations 
they  are  instructed  to  enforce. 

Sentinels  must  keep  themselves  on  the  alert,  ob.serving 
everything  that  takes  place  within  sight  and  bearing  of  their 
post.  They  will  carry  their  arms  habitually  at  support,  or  on 
either  shoulder,  but  will  never  quit  them.  In  wet  weather, 
if  there  be  no  sentry-box,  they  will  secure  arms. 

No  sentinel  shall  quit  his  post  or  hold  conversation  not 
necessary  to  the  proper  discharge  of  his  du'y. 

All  persons,  of  whatever  rank  in  the  service,  are  required 
to  observe  respect  toward  sentinels. 

In  case  of  disorder,  a  .-sentinel  must  call  owiihc  gvard,  and 
if  a  fire  take  place,  he  must  cry  "  Fire  .^"  adding  the  number 
of  his  post.  If  in  either  case  the  danger  be  great,  he  must 
discharge  his  firelock  before  calling  out. 

It  is  the  duty  of  a  sentinel  to  repeat  all  calls  made  from 
posts  more  distant  from  the  main  body  of  the  guard  than  his 
^<)wn,  and  no  sentinel  will  be  posted  so  distant  as  not  to  be 
hWrd  by  the  guard,  either  directly  or  through  other  sentinels, 
feentinels  will  present  arms  to  general  and  field  officers,  to 
the  officer  of  the  day,  and  to  the  commanding  officer  of  the 
post.     To  all  other  officers  they  will  carry  arms. 


Guards.  7  o 

When  a  sentinel  in  his  sentrs^-box  sees  an  officer  approach- 
ing, he  will  stand  at  attention,  and  as  the  officer  passes  will 
salute  him,  by  bringing  the  left  hand  briskly  to  the  musket, 
as  high  as  the  right  shoulder. 

The  sentinel  at  any  post  of  the  guard,  when  he  sees  any 
body  of  troops,  or  an  officer  entitled  to  compliment,  approach, 
must  call — ''Turn  out  the  guard!''  and  announce  who  ap- 
proaches 

Guards  do  not  turn  out  as  a  matter  of  compliment  after 
sunset ;  but  sentinels  will,  when  officers  in  uniform  approach, 
pay  them  proper  attention,  by  facing  to  the  proper  front,  and 
standing  siendy  ai  shouldered  arms.  This  will  be  observed 
until  the  evening  is  so  far  advanced  that  the  sentinels  begin 
challenging. 

After  retreat  (or  the  hour  appointed  by  the  commanding 
officer),  until  broad  daylight,  a  sentinel  challenges  every  per- 
son who  approaches  him,  taking,  at  the  same  time,  the  posi- 
tion of  arms  port.  He  will  suffer  no  person  to  come  nearer 
than  within  reach  of  his  bayonet,  until  the  person  has  given 
the  countersign. 

A  sentinel  in  challenging,  will  call  out — "  Who  conies 
there  f^  If  answered — ''Friend,  with  the  countersign"  tMv\ 
he  be  instructed  to  [^ss  persons  with  the  countersign,  he  will 
reply — "  Advance,  friend,  with  the  countersign !"  If  an- 
swered— '* Friends?"  he  will  reply — " Halt, friends !  Advance 
one  with  the  countersign  /"  If  answered — '^  Relief,"  "Patrol" 
or  "Grand  rounds."  he  will  reply — "Halt.'  Adrance,  Sergeant 
{or  Corporal)  with  the  countersign  /"  and  satisfy  himself  that 
the  party  is  what  it  represents  itself  to  be.  If  he  have  no  au- 
thority to  pass  persons  with  the  countersign,  if  the  wrong 
countersign  be  given,  or  if  the  persons  have  not  the  counter- 
sign, he  will  cause  them  to  stand,  and  call — "Corporal  of  the^ 
guardl" 

In  the  day  time,  when  the  sentinel  before  the  guard  sees  the^ 


74  Guards. 

officer  of  the  day  approach,  he  will  call — ''Turn  out  the 
guard!  officer  of  the  day  j^  The  guard  will  be  paraded,  and 
salute  with  presented  arms. 

When  any  person  approaches  a  post  of  the  guard  at  night, 
the  sentinel  before  the  post,  after  challenging,  causes  him  to 
halt  until  examined  by  a  non-commissioned  officer  of  the 
guard.  If  it  be  the  officer  of  the  day,  or  any  other  officer 
entitled  to  inspect  the  guard  and  to  make  the  rounds,  the  non- 
commissioned olHcer  will  call — ''Turn  out  the  guard P''  when 
the  guard  will  be  paraded  at  shouldered  arms,  and  the  officer 
of  the  guard  if  he  thinks  necessary,  may  demand  the  counter- 
sign and  parole. 

The  officer  of  the  day,  wishing  to  make  the  rounds,  will 
take  an  escort  of  a  non-commissioned  officer  and  two  meg. 
When  the  rounds  are  challenged  by  a  sentinel,  the  Sergeant 
will  answer — "Grand  roundsV  and  the  sentinel  will  reply — 
"Hall,  grand  rounds!  Advance,  Sergeant,  icilli  the  counter- 
sign!'^ Upon  which  the  Sergeant  advances  and  gives  the 
countersign.  The  sentinel  will  then  cry — "Advance, 
rounds  !^''  and  stand  at  a  shoulder  lill  they  have  passed. 

When  the  sentinel  before  the  guard  challenges,  and  is 
answered — "Grand  rounds,^'  he  will  reply — "Halt,  grand 
rounds  !  Turn  out  the  guard ;  grand  rounds!''  Upon  which 
the  guard  will  be  drawn  up  at  shouldered  arms.  The  officer 
commanding  the  guard  will  then  order  a  Sergeant  and  two 
men  to  advance;  when  within  ten  paces,  the  Sergeant  chal- 
lenges. The  Sergeant  of  the  grand  rounds  answers — "Grand 
rounds!"  The  Sergeant  of  the  guard  replies — "Adcance, 
Sergeant,  with  the  countersign!^^  The  Sergeant  of  the 
rounds  advances  alone,  gives  the  countersign,  and  returns  to 
his  round.  The  Sergeant  of  the  guard  calls  to  his  officer — 
"The  countersign  is  right!'''  on  which  the  officer  of  the 
guard  calls —  'Advance,  rounds!''  The  officer  of  the  rounds 
then  advances  alone,  the  guard  standing  at  shouldered  arms. 


Guards — Orders  and  Correspondence.  75 

The  officer  of  the  rounds  passes  along  the  front  of  the  guard 
to  the  officer,  who  keeps  his  post  on  the  right,  and  gives  him 
the  parole  He  then  examines  the  guard,  orders  back  his 
escort,  and,  taking  a  new  one,  proceeds  in  the  same  manner 
to  other  guards. 

All  material  instructions  given  to  a  sentinel  on  post  by 
persons  entitled  to  make  grand  rounds,  ought  to  be  promptly 
notified  to  the  commander  of  the  guard. 

Any  General  officer,  or  the  commander  of  a  post  or  gar- 
rison, may  visit  the  guards  of  his  command,  and  go  the 
grand  rounds,  and  be  received  in  the  same  manner  as  pre- 
cribed  for  the  officer  of  the  day. 

ARTICLE  XXXIV — orders  and  correspondence. 

The  orders  of  commanders  of  armies,  divisions,  brigades, 
and  regiments,  are  denominated  orders  of  such  nrmy,  division, 
&c.,  and  are  either  general  or  special.  Orders  are  number- 
ed, general  and  special,  in  separate  series,  each  beginning 
with  the  year. 

General  orders  announce  the  time  and  place  of  issues  and 
payments,  hours  for  roll-calls  and  duties  ;  the  number  and  kind 
of  orderlies,  and  the  time  when  they  shall  be  relieved  ;  police 
regulations,  and  the  prohibitions  required  by  circumstauces  and 
localities;  returns  to  be  made,  and  their  forms;  laws  and  reg- 
ulations for  the  army  ;  promotions  and  appointments;  eulogies 
or  censures  to  corps  or  individuals,  and  generally,  whatever 
it  may  be  important  to  make  known  to  the  whole  command. 

Special  orders  are  such  as  do  not  concern  the  troops  gen- 
erally, and  need  not  be  published  to  the  whole  command  ; 
such  as  relate  to  the  march  of  some  particular  corps,  the  es- 
tablishment of  some  post,  the  detaching  of  individuals,  the 
granting  requests,  <kc.,  &c. 

A  general  order,  and  an  important  spec.al  order,  must  b( 
read  and  approved  by  the  officer  whose  order  it  is,  before  it'^ 
is  issued  by  the  staff  officer. 


76  Oruers  and  Correspondence. 

An  order  will  state  at  the  head  the  source,  plnce,  and  dale, 
and  at  the  foot,  the  name  of  the  comman  'er  who  gives  it;  as 
for  example : 

Head-Quarlrrs  of  Ihe  First.  Brigade    Second  Division. 

C amy  at .  \st  June  IS 

Gknekai,  Orders,  ) 

No. \ 

Hy  command  of  Brigadier-General  A.  B. 

C.  D.,  Assistant  Adjutant-General. 

Orders  may  he  put  in  the  form  of  letters,  but  generally  in 
the  strict  military  form,  through  the  office  of  theAdjutant  cr 
Adjutant-General  of  the  command. 

Orders  are  transmitted  through  all  the  intern  cdinte  com- 
manders in  the  order  of  rank.  ^^  hen  an  intermediate 
commander  is  omitted,  the  officer  who  gives  thr  order  shall 
inform  hin),  and  he  who  receives  it  shall  repoii  it  to  his  im- 
mediate superior. 

(.'rders  for  any  body  of  troops  will  be  addressed  to  the 
commander,  and  will  be  opened  and  executed  by  the  com- 
mander present,  and  published  or  distributed  by  him  when 
necessary;  printed  orders  however,  are  generally  distributed 
direct  to  posts  from  the  head-quarters  where  issued, 

Orders  assigning  the  stations  of  officers  of  engineeis,  ord- 
nance, and  of  the  staff  departments,  except  as  provided  in  the 
regulation  for  troops  in  the  campaign,  will  be  given  by  the 
Secretary  of  War,  through  the  Adjutant-General's  office,  or 
by  commnnders  of  geographical  departments,  under  the 
special  authority  of  the  War  Department.  The  commander 
of  a  department,  who,  in  consequence  of  the  movement  of 
troops  or  other  necessity  of  the  service,  removes  an  officer 
from  the  station  assigned  to  him  by  the  Secretary  of  War, 
shall  promptly  report  the  case  to  the  Adjutant-General. 

A  file  of  the  printed  orders  will  iie  kept  with  the  head- 
quarters  of  each  regiment,  with  each  company,  and  at  each 


Orders  and  Correspondence.  77 

military  post,  and  will  be  regularly  turned  over  by  the  com- 
rnnnder,  when  relieved,  to  his  successor. 

If  general  orders  are  not  received  in  regular  succession, 
commanding  officers  will  report  the  missing  numbers  to  the 
proper  head-quarters. 

The  orderly  hours  being  fixed  at  each  head-quar!ers,  the 
staff  officers  and  chiefs  of  the  special  services  either  attend  in 
person,  or  send  their  Assistants  to  obtain  the  orders  of  the  dayj 
and  the  first  sergeants  of  companies  repair  for  that  purpose 
to  the  regimental  or  garrison  head-quarters. 

During  marches  and  active  operations,  and  when  the  regu- 
lar orderly  hours  can  not  be  observed,  all  orders  will  be  either 
sent  direct  to  the  troops,  or  the  respective  commanders  of  re- 
giments or  corps  will  be  informed  when  to  send  to  head-quar- 
ters for  them.  Under  the  sanie  circumstances,  orders  will  be 
read  to  the  troops  during  a  halt,  without  waiting  for  the  regu- 
lar parades. 

Orders  to  any  officer  to  make  a  tour  of  travel  on  duty,  as 
for  the  inspection  or  payment  of  troops,  &:c.,  shall  designate 
the  troops  and  po^^ts  he  shall  visit,  and  the  order  in  which  he 
shall  visit  them,  and  the  route  of  travel. 

Every  commander  who  gives  an  order  involving  an  ex- 
penditure of  public  money,  shall  send  a  copy,  without  drlay, 
to  the  bureau  of  the  War  Department  to  which  the  expendi- 
ture appertains,  and  if  such  commander  be  serving  in  a  mili- 
tary department,  he  shall  send  a  copy  of  the  order  to  the  head- 
quarters of  the  Department. 

If  a  military  commander  shall  give  to  a  disbursing  officer 
any  order  in  conflict  with  orders  received  by  him  from  the 
officer  in  charge  of  his  department,  at  any  superior  head-quar- 
ters, such  commander  shall  forthwith  transmit  the  order  to 
such  head-quarters,  with  explanation  of  the  necessity  which 
justifies  it. 

Copies  of  all  orders  of  the  commanders  of  armies,  depart- 


78  Orders  and  Corre%'pondence. 


^ 


ments,  divi.-ions,  and  detached  brigades,  and  of  the  Superin- 
tendent of  the  recruiting-  service,  will  be  forwarded  at  their 
dates,  or  as  soon  thereafter  as  practicable,  in  separate  series, 
on  full  sheets  of  letter  paper,  or  as  printed,  to  the  Adjutant- 
General's  office. 

Written  communications  from  a  commander  to  those  under 
his  command  may  be  made  by  his  stafi'officer.  In  all  other 
cases  by  the  officer  himself. 

In  signing  an  official  communication,  the  writer  shall  an- 
nex to  his  name  his  rank  and  corps.  When  he  writes  by 
order,  he  shall  state  by  whose  order. 

Communications  to  a  commar.der  from  those  under  his 
command  are  addressed  to  the  proper  officer  of  his  stafl';  to 
the  chief  of  the  Adjutant-General's  Department,  in  what  re- 
lates specially  to  his  bureau,  or  to  the  service  generally  ;  to 
the  chief  of  any  other  department  of  the  staf}',  in  what  relates 
specially  to  his  branch  of  the  service.  Communications  to 
the  Secretary  of  War  will  be  made  through  the  Adjutant- 
General's  office  of  the  War  Department,  unless  it  be  a  case 
of  claim,  allowance,  or  other  business  specially  appertaining 
to  some  other  bureau  ;  for  example — claims  of  pay  will  be 
transmitted  through  the  Paymaster-General;  for  mileage,  or 
quarters,  &c.,  through  the  Quartermaster-General.  All 
communications,  except  rolls  and  stated  returns  and  accounts, 
are  to  be  passed  through  the  intermediate  commanders.  'J"he 
same  rule  governs  in  verbal  applications;  for  example — a 
Lieutenant  seeking  an  indulgence  must  apply  through  his  Cap- 
tain. Communications  from  officers  of  the  staffand  adminis- 
trative services  to  their  own  chiefs  do  not  pass  through  the 
military  commanders  under  whom  they  serve,  except  esti- 
mates for  funds  or  supplies. 

Copies  of  all  important  communications  from  the  bureaus 
of  the  War  Department  to  disbursing  officers,  relating  to  the 
service  in  a  military  department,  shall  be  sent  from  the  bureau 

the  department  commander. 


Orders  and  Correspondence. — Returns  and  Reports.      79 

Rolls  and  returns  will  be  accompanied  by  a  letter  of  trans- 
mittal, enumerating  them,  and  referring   to    no  other  subject. 

Generally,  officers  who  forward  communications  indorse 
on  them  their  remarks  or  opinion,  without  other  letters  of 
transmittal. 

Official  letters  should  generally  refer  to  one  matter  only. 
In  reo-ard  to  an  enlisted  man,  the  company  and  regiment 
must  be  stated. 

Letters  on  letter  paper  will  be  folded  in  three  folds,  parallel 
with  the  writing. 

AH'communications  on  public  service  are  to  be  marked  on 
the  cover,  "  Official  Business.^^ 

ARTICLE  XXXV — returns  and  reports. 

MONTHLY    RETURNS. 

Commandt-rs  of  regiments,  corps,  and  posts,  will  make  to 
the  Adjutant-General's  office  of  the  War  Department  monthly 
returns  of  their  respective  regiments,  corps,  and  posts,  on  the 
forms  furnished  from  that  office,  and  according  to  the  direc- 
tions expressed  on  them.  In  like  manner,  Captains  make 
monthly  company  returns  to  regimental  head-quarters.  All 
monthly  returns  will  be  forwarded  on  the  1st  day  of  the  next 
month,  except  regimental  returns,  which  are  forwarded  as 
scon  as  all  the  company  returns  are  received. 

If  any  company  be  so  far  from  regimental  head-quarters 
as  to  delay  the  transmittal  of  the  monthly  return  to  the  iOth 
of  the  month,  the  Colonel  will  not  wait  for  the  return  of  such 
company,  but  leave  space  for  it  to  be  entered  at  the  Adjutant- 
General's  office;  for  which  purpose  the  Captain  \vill  transmit 
a  copy  of  the  return  direct  to  the  Adjutant-General,  as  well  as 
to  regimental  head-quarters. 

In  campaign,  monthly  returns  of  divisions  and  detached 
brigades  will  be  made  to  the  Adjutant-General's  office.  They 
will  exhibit  separately  the  several  regiments,  and  detachments. 


i 


) 


80  Returns  and  Reports. 

and  staff  corps,  and  the  strength  of  each  garrison  within  the 
command.  These  returns,  and  those  of  regiments,  corps,  and 
posts,  in  campaign,  will,  unless  otherwise  ordered,  be  trans- 
milted  through  the  intermediate  commanders. 

The  established  printed  forms  and  blanks  of  all  returns  re- 
quired from  the  commanders  of  divisions,  brigades,  regiments, 
corps,  companies,  and  posts,  will  be  furnished  from  the  Adju- 
tant-General's office,  on  their  requisitions  annually  made,  or 
oftcner,  if  necessary.  The  receipt  of  these  forms  and  blanks 
will  be  immediately  acknowledged,  and  afterward  accounted 
for  on  the  next  monthly  returns. 

Manuscript  returns,  rolls,  certificates,  and  other  documents, 
are  prohibited,  unless  the  proper  prinled.  forms  have  not  be^n 
received  in  time.  Ixegimental  returns  must  be  made  out  in 
the  name  of  the  Colonel,  whether  he  be  present  or  absent. 

ANNUAL    RETURNS CASUALTIES. 

This  return  will  exhibit  the  various  cjiariges  and  alterations 
w^hich  may  have  taken  place  in  the  regiment  during  the  pre- 
ceding twelve  months  :  that  is  to  say — a  statement  of  the 
number  of  resignations,  transfers,  deaths,  &c.,  of  commis- 
sioned officers  ;  the  number  of  men  joined  by  enlistment, 
transferred,  and  discharged  ;  the  number  tried  by  Courts- 
Martial  or  by  the  civil  law,  and  the  nature  of  their  offenses; 
the  number  of  discharges,  deaths,  dismissals,  and  desertions  ; 
number  joined  from  desertion,  pardoned,  &c.^  &c. 

RETURN    OF    DECEASED    SOLDIERS 

To  be  forwarded  to  the  Adjutant-General,  by  the  Colonels 
of  regiments,  quarterly.  Also  a  duplicate  to  the  Second  Au- 
ditor of  the  Treasury. 

FIELD    RETURNS. 

Besides  the  stated  returns  of  the  troops,  such  other  field 
returns  v^ndi  reports  will  be  made  as  may  be  necessary  to  keep 
the  government  informed  of  the  condition  and  strength  of  the 
forces. 


Returns  and  Reports.  81 

After  any  action  or  aflair,  a  return  of  the  killed,  wounded 
and  missing  will  be  made,  in  which  thi;  name,  rank,  and  re- 
giment of  each  officer  and  soldier  will  be  specified,  with  such 
remarks  and  explanations  as  may  be  requisite  for  the  records 
of  the  Department  of  War,  or  be  necessary  to  establish  the 
just  claims  of  any  individual  who  may  have  been  wounded, 
or  of  the  heirs  and  representatives  of  any  killed  in  action 
(taking  care  to  specify  the  nature  of  the  wound,  the  time  and 
place  of  its  occurrence,  the  company,  regiment,  or  corps,  and 
the  name  of  the  Captain,  Colonel,  or  other  commanding 
officer.) 

REPORTS. 

The  date  of  appointment,  of  detail,  and  of  removal  of  all 
staff  officers,  or  of  officers  selected  for  duty  in  staff  depart- 
ments, which  may  entitle  them  to  receive  additional  pay,  will 
be  immediately  reported  by  the  officer  making  such  appoint- 
ment, detail,  or  removal,  to  the  Adjutant-General,  and  to  the 
Paymaster  of  the  department  or  command  to  which  such 
officers  belong. 

Whenever  any  change  takes  place  in  the  position  or  loca- 
tion of  troops,  the  fact  will  be  immediately  reported  by  the 
commanding  officer  to  general,  division,  and  department  head- 
quarters, specifying  the  date  of  departure  of  the  whole  or  any 
part  of  the  troops,  or  of  the  arrival  of  any  detachment  ;  as 
well  as  all  othei  circumstances  connected  with  such  changes 
in  the  command.  These  special  reports  Avill  always  be  ac- 
companied by  an  exact  return  of  the  troops  according  to  the 
established  printed  forms.  A  similar  report  will  be  noted  on 
the  next  monthly  return  of  the  post  or  station.  If  a  new  post 
or  position  be  established,  its  situation,  and  the  nearest  post- 
office  and  proper  route  to  it  should  be  reported. 

Officers  on  detached  duty  will  make  reports   to   the   hea( 

quarters  of  the  regiments  or  corps,  and  to  the   Adjutant-Gei 

eral,  as  often  as  their  stations  may  be  changed. 

6 


82  Returns  and  Reports. 

TRISONEKS    OF    WAK CAl'TURED    PKOrERTY, 

A  return  of  prisoners,  and  a  report  of  the  number  and  de- 
scription of  the  killed  and  wounded  of  the  enemy,  will  be  for- 
warded to  the  Adjutant-General's  ofiice. 

A  return  of  all  property  captured  will  be  made  by  the  com- 
manding officer  of  Ihe  troops  by  whom  such  capture  was 
made,  to  the  Adjutant-General,  in  order  that  it  may  be  disposed 
of  according-  to  the  orders  of  the  War  Department, 

INSPECTION     REPORTS. 

Inspection  reports  will  show  the  discipline  of  the  troops; 
their  instruction  in  all  military  exercises  and  duties:  the  state 
of  their  arms,  clothing,  equipments,  and  accoutrements  of  all 
kinds:  of  their  kitchens  and  messes;  of  the  barracks  and 
quarters  at  the  post ;  of  the  guard-house,  prisons,  hospital, 
bake-house,  magazines,  store-houses,  and  stores  of  every  des- 
cription; of  the  stables  and  horses;  the  condition  of  the  post 
school;  the  management  and  application  of  the  post  and  com- 
pany funds ;  the  state  of  the  post,  and  regimental,  and 
•company  books,  papers,  and  files  ;  the  zeal  and  ability  of  the 
officers  in  command  of  troops ;  the  capacity  of  the  officers 
<:onducting  the  administrative  and  stafi^  services,  the  fidelity 
and  economy  of  their  disbursements;  the  condition  of  all 
public  property,  and  the  amount  of  money  in  the  hands 
of  each  disbursing  officer;  the  regularity  of  issues  and  pay- 
ments; the  mode  of  enforcing  discipline  by  courts-martial, 
and  by  the  authority  of  the  officers  ;  the  propriety  and  legal- 
ity of  all  punishments  inflicted ;  and  any  information  whatso- 
ever, concerning  the  service  in  any  matter  or  particular  that 
may  merit  notice,  or  aid  to  correct  defects  or  introduce  im- 
provements. 

\  Inspectors  are  required  particularly  to  report  if  any  officer 
is  of  intemperate  habits,  or  unfit  for  active  service  by  infirmi- 
Jy  or  any  other  cause. 


Troops  in  Campaign — Organizalion.  83 

ARTICLE    XXXVI  —  troops    in   campaign. 

ORGANIZATION   OF  AN   ARMY   IN  THE  FIELD. 

The  formation  by  divisions  is  the  basis  of  the  organiza- 
tion and  administration  of  armies  in  the  field. 

A  division  consists  usually  of  two  or  three  brigades,  either 
of  infantry  or  cavalry,  and  troops  of  other  corps  in  the  ne- 
cessary proportion. 

A  brigade  is  formed  of  two  or  more  regiments.  The  first 
number  takes  the  right. 

Mixed  brigades  are  sometimes  formed  of  infantry  and  light 
cavalry,  especially  for  the  advanced  guards. 

As  the  troops  arrive  at  the  rendezvous,  the  general  corn- 
manding-in-chief  will  organize  them  into  brigades  and  divis- 
ions. 

The  light  cavalry  is  employed  as  flankers  and  partisans, 
and  generally  for  ail  service  out  of  the  line. 

Heavy  cavalry  belongs  to  the  reserve,  and  is  covered,  when 
necessary,  in  marches,  camps,  or  bivouacs,  by  light  troops, 
or  infantry  of  the  line. 

The  arrangement  of  the  troops  on  parade  and  in  order  of 
battle  is — 1st,  the  light  infantry;  2d,  infantry  of  the  line;  3d, 
light  cavalry  ;  4th,  cavalry  of  the  line;  5th,  heavy  cavalry. 
The  troops  of  the  artillery  and  engineers  are  in  the  centre  of 
the  brigades,  divisions,  or  corps  to  which  the^  are  attached  ; 
marines  take  the  left  of  other  infantry;  volunteers  and  militia 
take  the  left  of  regular  troops  of  the  same  arm,  and  among 
themselves,  regiments  of  volunteers  or  militia  of  the  same 
arm  take  place  by  lot.  This  arrangement  is  varied  by  the 
general  commanding-in-chief,  as  the  circumstances  of  war 
render  expedient. 

Brigades  in  divisions,  and  divisions  in  the  army,  are  num 
bered  from   right  to  left,  but  in  reports  of  military  operatioi 
brigades  and  divisions  are   designated  by  the  name  of  th 
general  commanding  them. 


84  Troops  in  Campaign — Organization. 

The  order  of  regiments  in  brigades  and  of  brigades  in 
divisions  may  be  changed  by  the  commander  oi  the  division 
for  important  reasons,  such  as  the  weakness  of  some  corps,  or 
to  relieve  one  from  marching  too  long  at  the  rear  of  the 
column.  Such  changes  must  be  reported  to  the  general 
commanding-in-chief. 

The  general  commanding-in-chief  assigns  the  generals  of 
divisions  and  of  brigades  to  their  respective  command?,  when 
the  assignment  is  not  made  by  the  department  of  War. 

The  general  of  brigade  inspects  his  troops  in  detail,  by 
companies,  when  he  takes  the  command  and  at  the  opening 
of  the  campaign,  and  as  often  as  may  be  necessary  to  ascer- 
tain exactly  their  condition.  The  general  of  division  makes 
similar  inspections  when  he  thinks  proper.  At  these  inspec- 
tions the  generals  examine  the  arms,  clothing,  equipments, 
harness,  horses,  &c.,  direct  the  necessary  repairs,  and  desig- 
nate the  men  and  horses  to  remain  in  depot,  or  march  with 
the  train. 

Reports  of  inspections  are  made  by  the  general  of  brigade 
to  the  general  of  division,  and  by  the  general  of  division  to 
the  general  commanding-in-chief. 

During  marches  and  all  active  operations,  generals  of 
brigade  keep  themselves  exactly  informed,  by  reports  of 
corps  and  by  their  inspections,  of  the  actual  strength  of  the 
regiments,  so  as  always,  and  especially  after  an  engagement, 
to  make  accurate  returns  to  the  general  of  division. 

Staff  officers,  and  officers  of  engineers,  ordnance,  and  ar- 
tillery, according  to  the  nature  of  the  service,  are  assigned  to 
the  head-quarters  of  armies  and  divisions,  and  detached  brig- 
ades, by  order  of  the  general  commanding-in-chief,  when  the 
distribution  of  these  officers  has  not  been  regulated  by  the 
War  Department.  The  necessary  staff  will  be  assigned  to 
commanders  of  brigades. 
.When  an  Engineer  or  other  officer  is  charged  with  direct- 


Troops  in  Campaign — Contributions — Or  deifies.       85 

ing  an  expedition  or  making  a  reconnoissance,  without  hav- 
ing command  of  the  escort,  Ihe  commander  of  the  escort  shall 
consult  him  on  all  the  arrangements  necessary  to  secure  the 
success  of  the  operation. 

Staff  officers,  and  commanders  of  engineeis,  ordnance,  and 
artillery,  report  to  their  immediate  commanders  the  state  of 
the  supplies  and  whatever  concerns  the  service  under  their 
direction,  and  receive  their  orders,  and  communicate  to  them 
those   they  receive  from  their   superiors  in   their  own  corps. 

The  senior  officer  of  engineers,  of  ordnance,  and  the  depart- 
ments of  the  general  staff  serving  at  the  chief  head-quarters 
in  the  field,  will  transmit  to  the  bureau  of  his  department  at 
Washington,  at  the  close  of  the  campaign,  and  such  other 
times  as  the  commander  in  the  field  may  approve,  a  full  re- 
port of  the  operations  of  his  department,  and  whatever  infor- 
mation to   improve   its   service  he  may   be  able  to    furnish. 

The  report  of  the  officer  of  engineers  will  embrace  plans  of 
millitary  works  executed  during  the  campaign,  and,  in  case 
of  siege,  a  journal  of  the  attack  or  defense. 

CONTRIBUTIONS. 

When  the  wants  of  the  army  absolutely  require  it,  and  in 
other  cases,  under  special  instructions  from  the  War  Depart- 
ment, the  general  commanding  the  army  may  levy  contribu- 
tions in  money  or  kind  on  the  enemy's  country  occupied 
by  the  »troops.  No  other  commander  can  levy  such  con- 
tributions without  written  authority  from  the  general  com- 
mandmg-in-chief 

ORDERLIES. 

At  the  opening  of  a  campaign,  the  commander  of  an  army     j 
determines  and  announces  in  orders  the  number  of  orderlies^^ 
mounted  or  foot,  for  the  Generals,  and  the  corps  or  regimenls*^ 
by  which  they  are   to  be  supplied,  and  the   periods  at  which 
they  shall  be  relieved. 


86  Troops  in  Cam'paign — Depots  —Camps. 

In  marches,  the  mounted  orderlies  follow  the  Generals,  and 
perform  the  duty  of  escorts,  or  march  with  orderlies  on  foot 
at  the  head  of  the  divisoii  or  brigade. 

The  staff  officer  who  distributes  the  orderlies  to  their  posts 
sends  with  them  a  note  of  the  time  and  place  of  departure; 
those  relieved  receive  a  like  note  from  the  staff  oificer  at  the 
head-quarters. 

Mounted  men  aie  to  be  employed  to  carry  dispatches 
only  in  special  and  urgent  cases. 

The  precise  time  when  the  dispatch  is  sent  ofl'  and  the  rate 
at  which  it  is  to  be  conveyed,  are  to  be  written  clearly  on  the 
covers  of  all  letters  transmitted  by  a  mounted  orderly,  and 
the  necessary  instructions  to  him,  and  the  rate  of  travel  going 
and  returning,  are  to  be  distinctly  explained  to  him. 

DEPOTS. 

The  grand  depots  of  an  army  r  re  established  where  the 
military  operations  would  not  expose  them  to  be  broken  up. 
iSmaller  depots  are  organized  for  the  divisions  and  the 
several  arms.  They  are  commanded  by  officers  temporarily 
disabled  for  field  service,  or  by  other  officers  when  necessary, 
and  comprisr*,  as  much  as  possible,  the  hospitals  and  depdts 
for  convalescents  When  conveniently  placed,  they  serve  as 
points  for  the  halting  and  assembling  of  detachments.  They 
receive  the  disabled  from  the  corps  on  the  march :  and  the 
officers  in  command  of  the  depots  send  with  the  detachments 
to  the  army  those  at  the  depots  who  have  become  fit  for 
service. 

CAMPS. 

Camp  is  the  place  where  troops  are  established  in  tents,  in 
Jiuts  or   in  bivouac.     Cantonments    are  the   inhabited  places 

'hich  troops  occupy   for  shelter  when  not  put  in  barracks. 

^he  camping  party  is  a  detachment  detailed  to  prepare  a 
ream  p. 


Troops  in    Campaign — Camps.  87 

Reconnoissances  should  precede  the  establishment  of  the 
camp.  For  a  camp  of  troops  on  the  march,  it  is  only  neces- 
ary  to  look  to  the  health  and  cnmfort  of  the  troops,  the  facility 
of  the  communications,  the  convenience  of  w^od  and  water, 
and  the  resources  i  i  provisions  and  forage.  The  ground  for  an 
intrenched  camp,  or  a  campt  to  cover  a  country,  or  one  design- 
ed to  deceive  the  enemy  as  to  the  strength  of  the  army,  must 
be  selected,  and  the  the  camp  arranged  for  the  object  in 
view. 

The  camping-party  of  a  regiment  consists  of  the  regi- 
mental Quartermaster  and  Quartermaster-Sergeant,  and  a 
Corporal  and  two  men  per  company.  The  General  decides 
whether  the  regiments  camp  separately  or  together,  and 
whether  the  police  guard  shall  accompany  the  camping- 
party,  or  a  larger  escort  shall  be  sent 

Ne  ther  baggage  nor  led  horses  are  permitted  to  move  with 
the  camping-party. 

When  the  General  can  send  in  advance  to  prepare  the 
camp,  he  gives  his  instructions  to  the  chief  of  the  Quarter- 
master's Department,  who  calls  on  the  regiments  for  their 
camping-parties,  and  is  accompanied,  if  necessary,  by  an 
Engineer  to  propose  the  defenses  and  communications. 

The  watering-places  are  examined,  and  signals  placed  at 
those  that  are  dangerous.  Any  work  required  to  make  them 
of  easier  access  is  done  by  the  police  guard  or  Quartermas- 
ter's men.  Sentinels,  to  be  relieved  by  the  guards  of  the 
resfimont  when  they  come  up,  are  placed  by  the  camping-par- 
ty over  the  water  if  it  is  scarce,  and  over  the  houses  and 
stores  of  provisions  and  forage  in  the  vicinity. 

If  the  camping  party  does  not  precede  the  regiment,  the 
Quartermaster  attends  to  these  things  as  soon  as  the  regiment 
reaches  the  camp. 

On   reaching  the   ground,   the  infantry  form   on  the  col 
front;  the  cavalry  in  rear  of  its  camp. 


88  Troops  in  Campaign — Camfs. 

The  Generals  establish  the  troops  in  camp  as  rapidly  as 
possible,  particularly  after  long,  fatiguing  marches. 

The  number  of  men  to  be  furnished  for  guards,  pickets 
and  orderlies;  the  fatigue  parties  to  be  sent  for  supplies; 
the  work  to  be  done,  and  the  rstrength  of  the  working  parties; 
the  time  and  place  for  issues;  the  hour  of  marching,  &c.,  are 
then  announced  by  the  Brigadier-Generals*  to  the  Colonels, 
and  by  them  to  the  field  officers — the  Adjutant  and  Captains 
formed  in  front  of  the  regiment,  the  First  Sergeants  taking 
post  behind  their  Captains.  The  Adjutant  then  makes  the 
details,  and  the  First  Sergeants  warn  the  men.  The  regi- 
mental officer  of  the  day  forms  the  picket,  and  sends  the 
guards  to  their  posts  The  colors  are  then  planted  at  the 
centre  of  the  color  line,  and  the  arms  are  stacked  on  the  line; 
the  fatigue  parties  to  procure  supplies,  and  the  working  par- 
ties, form  in  rear  of  the  arms;  the  men  not  on  detail  pitch  the 
tents. 

If  the  camp  is  near  the  enemy,  the  picket  remains  under 
arms  until  the  return  o{  the  fatigue  parties,  and,  if  necessary, 
is  re-enforced  by  details  from  each  compan}^ 

]r  the  cavalry,  each  troop  moves  a  little  in  rrar  of  the 
point  at  which  its  horses  are  to  be  secured,  and  forms  in  one 
rank;  the  men  then  dismount;  a  detail  is  made  to  hold  the 
hors'-'s ;  the  rest  stack  their  arms  and  fix  the  picket  rope;  af- 
ter the  horses  are  attended  to,  the  tents  are  pitched,  and  each 
horseman  places  his  carbine  at  the  side  from  the  weather,  and 
hangs  his  sabre  and  bridle  on  it. 

The  standard  is  then  carried  to  the  tent  of  the  Colonel. 

The  terms  front,  flank,  right,  left,  file,  and  rank,  have  the 
same  meaning  when  appLed  to  camps  as  to  the  order  of  battle. 

The  front  of  the  camp  is  usually  equal  to  the  front  of  the 
ti;^oops.  The  tents  are  arranged  in  ranks  and  files.  The 
nOmber  of  ranks  varies  with  the  strength  of  the  companies 
and  the  size  of  the  tents. 


Troops  in  Campaign — Camp  of  Infantry.  89 

No  officer  will  be  allowed  to  occupy  a  house,  although 
vacant  and  on  the  ground  of  his  camp,  except  by  permission 
of  the  commander  of  the  brigade,  who  shall  report  it  to  the 
commander  of  the  division, 

The  staff  officer  charged  with  establishing  the  camp  will 
designate  the  place  for  the  shamble.     The  offal  will  be  buried. 

CAMP    OF    INFANTRY. 

Each  company  has  its  tents  in  two  files,  facing  on  a  street 
perpendicular  to  the  color  line.  The  width  of  the  street  de- 
pends on  the  front  of  the  camp,  but  should  not  be  less  than  5 
paces.  The  interval  between  the  ranks  ot  tents  is  2  paces; 
between  the  files  of  tents  of  adjacent  companies,  2  paces  ;  be- 
tween regiments,  22  paces. 

The  color  line  is  10  paces  in  front  of  the  front  rank  of 
tents.  The  kitchens  are  20  paces  behind  the  rear  rank  of 
company  tents  ;  the  non-commissioned  staff  and  sutler,  20  pa- 
ces in  rear  of  the  kitchens;  the  company  officers,  20  paces 
farther  in  rear,  and  the  field  and  stafi^  20  paces  in  rear  of  the 
company  officers, 

The  company  officers  are  in  rear  of  their  respective  com- 
panies ;  the  Captains  on  the  right. 

The  Colonel  and  Lieutenant-Colonel  are  near  the  centre  of 
the  line  of  field  and  staff;  the  Adjutant,  a  Major  and  Sur- 
geon, on  the  rigl.t;  the  Quartermaster,  a  Major  and  Assist- 
ant Surgeon,  on  the  left. 

The  police  guard  is  at  the  centie  of  the  line  of  the  non- 
commissioned staff',  the  tents  facing  to  the  front,  the  stacks  of 
arms  on  the  left. 

The  advanced  post  of  the  police  guard  is  about  200  paces 
in  front  of  the  color  line,  and  opposite  the  centre  of  the  regi- 
ment, or  on  the  best  ground ;  the  prisoners'  tent  about  4  paces 
in  rear.  In  a  regiment  of  the  second  line,  the  advanced  post 
of  the  police  guard  is  200  paces  in  rear  of  the  line  of  its 
field  and  staff. 


t 


90  Troops  in  Campaign — Camp  of  Cavalry. 

The  horses  of  the  staff  officers  and  of  the  baggage  train 
are  25  paces  in  rear  of  the  tents  of  the  field  and  staff;  the 
wagons  are  parked  on  the  same  line,  and  the  men  of  the 
train  camped  near  them. 

The  sinks  of  the  men  are  150  paces  in  front  of  the  color 
line — those  of  the  officers  100  paces  iy  rear  of  the  train. 
Both  are  concealed  by  bushes.  When  convenient,  the  sinks 
of  the  men  may  be  placed  in  rear  or  on  a  flank.  A  portion 
of  the  earth  dug  out  for  sinks  to  be  thrown  back  occasionally. 

The  front  of  the  camp  of  a  regiment  of  1000  men  in  two 
ranks  will  be  400  paces,  or  one-fifih  less  paces  than  the  num- 
ber of  files,  if  the  camp  is  to  have  the  same  front  as  the  troops 
in  order  of  battle.  But  the  front  may  be  reduced  to  190  paces 
by  narrowing  the  company  streets  to  5  paces;  and  if  it  be 
desirable  to  reduce  the  front  still  more,  the  tents  of  companies 
may  be  pitched  in  single  file — those  of  a  division  fticing  on 
the  same  street. 

CAMP    OF    CAVALRY. 

In  the  cavalry,  each  company  has  one  file  of  tents — the 
tents  opening  on  the  street  facing  the  left  of  the  camp. 

The  horses  of  each  company  are  placed  in  a  single  file, 
facing  the  opening  of  the  tents,  and  are  fastened  to  pickets 
planted  firmly  in  the  grountl,  from  3  to  6  paces  from  the  tents 
of  the  troops. 

The  interval  between  the  file  of  tents  should  be  such  that, 
the  regiment  being  broken  into  column  of  companies,  fas  in- 
dicated in  plate,]  each  company  should  be  on  the  extension  of 
the  line  on  which  the  horses  are  to  be  picketed. 

The  streets  separating  the  squadrons  are  wider  than  those 
between  the  companies  by  the  interval  separating  squadrons 
in  line;  these  intervals  are  kept  free  from  any  obstruction 
throughout  the  camp. 


Troops  in  CamjHtign — Camp  of  Cavalry.  91 

The  horses  of  the  rear  rank  are  placed  on  the  left  of  those 
of  their  file-leaders. 

The  horses  of  the  Lieutenants  are  placed  on  the  right  of  '^ 
their  platoons;   those  of  the  Captains  on  the  right  of  the  com- 
pany. 

Each  horse  occiigies  a  space  of  about  2  paces.  The  num- 
ber of  horses  in  the  company  fixes  the  depth  of  the  camp, 
and  the  distance  between  the  files  of  tents ;  the  forage  is 
placed  between  the  tents. 

The  kitchens  are  20  paces  in  front  of  each  file  of  tents. 

7''he  non-commissioned  officers  are  in  the  tents  of  the  front 
rank.  Camp-followers,  teamsters,  &c.,  are  in  the  rear  rank. 
The  police  guard  in  the  rear  rank,  near  the  centre  of  the 
regiment. 

The  tents  of  the  Lieutenants  are  30  paces  in  rear  of  the 
file  of  their  company;  the  tents  of  the  Captains  30  paces  in 
rear  of  the  Lieutenants. 

The  Colonel's  tent  30  paces  in  rear  of  the  Captains',   near     J 
the  centre  of  the  regiment;  the   Lieutenant-Colonel  on   his     ^ 
right;  the  Adjutant  on  his  left;  the  Majors  on  the  same  line, 
opposite  the  2d  company  on  the  right  and  left;  the  Surgeon 
on  the  left  of  the  Adjutant 

The  field  and  staff'  have  their  horses  on  the  left  of  their 
tents,  on  the  same  line  with  the  company  horses;  sick  horses 
are  placed  in  one  line  on  the  right  or  left  of  the  camp  The 
men  who  attend  them  have  a  separate  file  of  tents ;  the  forges 
and  wagons  in  rear  of  this  file.  The  horses  of  the  train  and 
of  camp  followers  are  in  one  or  more  files  extending  to  the 
rear,  behind  the  right  or  left  squadron.  The  advanced  post 
6t'  the  police  guard  is  200  paces  in  front,  opposite  the  centre 
of  the  regiment;  the  horses  in  one  or  two  files. 

The  sinks  for  the  men  are  150  paces  in  front — those  for 
officers  100  paces  in  rear  of  the  camp. 


^ 


92     Troops  in  Campaign — Caynp  of  Artillery — Bivouv..  . 

CAMP    OF    AKTILLERY. 

The  artillery  is  encamped  near  the  troops  to  which  it  is 
attached,  so  as  to  be  protected  from  attack,  and  to  contribute 
to  the  defense  of  the  camp.  Sentinels  for  the  park  are  fur- 
nished by  the  artillery,  and,  when  necessary,  by  the  other 
troops. 

For  a  battery  of  6  pieces  the  tents  are  in  three  files — one 
for  each  section  ;  distance  between  the  ranks  of  tents,  15  pa- 
ces; tents  opening  to  the  front.  The  horses  of  each  section 
are  picketed  in  one  file,  10  paces  to  the  left  of  the  file  of  tents. 
In  the  horse  artillery,  or  if  the  number  of  horses  makes  it 
necessary,  the  horses  are  in  two  files  on  the  right  and  left  of 
the  file  of  tents.  The  kitchens  are  25  paces  in  front  of  the 
front  rank  of  tents.  The  tents  of  the  officers  are  in  the  out- 
side files  of  company  tents,  25  paces  in  rear  of  the  rear  rank 
— the  Captain  on  the  right,  the  Lieutenants  on  the  left. 

The  park  is  opposite  the  centre  of  the  camp  40  paces  in 
rear  of  the  officers'  tents.  The  carriages  in  files  4  paces 
apart ;  distance  between  ranks  of  carriages  sufficient  for  the 
horses  when  harnessed  to  them;  the  park  guard  is  25  paces 
in  rear  of  the  park.  The  sinks  for  the  men,  150  paces  in 
front;  for  the  officers,  100  paces  in  rear.  The  harness  is  in 
the  tents  of  the  men. 

BIVOUACS. 

A  regiment  of  cavalry  being  in  order  of  battle,  in  rear  of 
the  ground  to  be  occupied,  the-Colonel  breaks  it  by  platoons  to 
the  right.  The  horses  of  each  platoon  are  placed  in  a  single 
row,  and  fastened  as  prescribed  for  camps  ;  near  the  enemy, 
they  remain  saddled  all  night,  with  slackened  girths.  The 
arms  are  at  first  stacked  in  rear  of  each  row  of  horses ;  the 
sabres,  with  the  bridles  hung  on  them,  are  placed  against  the 
stacks. 

The  forage  is  placed  on  the  right  of  each  row  of  horses. 
Two  stable-guards  for  each  platoon  watch  the  horses. 


Police  Guard..  93 

POLICE    GUARD. 

lu  each  Regiment  a  police  guard  is  detailed  every  day> 
Qonsisting  of  two  sergeants,  three  corporals,  two  drum- 
mers, and  men  enough  to  furnish  the  required  sentinels 
and  patrols.  The  men  are  taken  from  all  the  companies, 
from  each  in  proportion  to  its  strength.  The  guard  is  com- 
manded by  a  Lieutenant,  under  the  supervision  of  a  Cap- 
tain, as  regimental  officer  of  the  day.  It  furnishes  ten  sen- 
tinels at  the  camp  :  one  over  the  arms  of  the  guard  ;  one 
at  the  Colonel's  tent;  three  on  the  color  front,  one  of  them 
over  the  colors  ;  three,  fifty  paces  in  rear  of  the  field  offi- 
cers' tents;  and  one  on  each  flank,  between  it  and  the  next 
Regiment.  If  it  is  a  flank  Regiment,  one  more  sentinel  is 
posted  on  the  outer  flank. 

An  advanced  post  is  detached  from  the  police  guard, 
composed  of  a  sergeant,  a  corporal,  a  drummer,  and  nine 
men  to  furnish  sentinels  and  the  guard  over  the  prisoners. 
The  men  are  the  first  of  the  guard  roster  from  each  com- 
pany. The  men  of  the  advanced  post  must  not  leave  it 
under  any  pretext.  Their  meals  are  sent  to  the  post.  The 
advanced  post  furnishes  three  sentinels  ;  two  a  few  paces 
in  front  of  the  post,  opposite  the  right  and  left  Aving  of 
the  Regiment,  posted  so  as  to  see  as  far  as  possible  to  the 
front,  and  one  over  the  arms 

In  the  cavalry,  dismounted  men  are  employed  in  prefer- 
ence on  the  police  guard.  The  mounted  men  on  guard 
are  sent  in  succession,  a  part  at  a  time,  to  groom  their 
horses.  The  advanced  post  is  always  formed  of  mounted 
men. 

In  each  company,  a  corporal  has  charge  of  the  stable- 
guard.  His  tour  begins  at  retreat,  and  ends  at  morning 
stable-call.  The  stable-guard  is  large  enough  to  relieve  the 
men  on  post  every  two  hours.  They  sleep  in  their  tents, 
and  are  called  by  the  corporal  when  wanted.     At  retreat 


% 


94  Police  Guard. 

he  closes  the  streets  of  the  camp  with  corcl.>^,  or  uses  other 
precautions  to  prevent  the  escape  of  loose  horses. 

The  officer  of  the  day  is  charged  with  the  order  and 
cleanliness  of  the  camp;  a  fatigue  is  furnished  to  him  when 
the  number  of  prisoners  is  insufficient  to  clean  the  camp, 
lie  has  the  calls  beaten  by  the  drummer  of  the  guard. 

The  police  guard  and  the  advanced  post  pay  the  same 
honors  as  other  guards.  They  take  arms  when  an  armed 
body  approaches. 

The  sentinel  over  the  colors  has  orders  not  to  permit 
them  to  be  moved  except  in  presence  of  an  escort  ;  to  let 
no  one  touch  them  but  the  color-bearer,  or  the  sergeant  of 
the  police  guard  when  he  is  accompanied  by  two  armed 
men. 

The  sentinels  on  the  color  front  permit  no  soldier  to  take 
arms  from  the  stacks,  except  by  order  of  some  officer,  or  a 
non-commissioned  officer  of  the  guard.  The  sentinel  at  the 
Colonel's  tent  has  orders  to  warn  him,  day  or  night,  of  any 
unusual  movement  in  or  about  the  camp. 

The  sentinels  on  the  front,  flanks  and  rear,  see  that  no 
soldier  leaves  camp  with  horse  or  arms' unless  conducted 
by  a  non-commissioned  officer.  They  prevent  non-commis- 
sioned officers  and  soldiers  from  passing  out  at  niglit,  ex- 
cept to  go  to  the  sinks,  and  mark  if  they  return.  The}'"  ar- 
rest, at  any  time,  suspicious  persons  prowling  about  the 
camp,  and  at  night,  everyone  who  attempts  to  enter,  even 
the  soldiers  of  other  corps.  Arrested  persons  are  sent  to 
the  officer  of  the  guard,  who  sends  them,  if  necessary,  to 
the  officer  of  the  day. 

The  sentinels  on  the  front  of  the  advanced  post  have 
orders  to  permit  neither  non-commissioned  officers  nor  sol- 
diers to  pass  the  line  without  reporting  at  the  advanced 
post;  to  warn  the  advanced  post  of  the  approach  of  any 
armed  body,  and  to  arrest  all  suspicions  persons.     The 


Police  Guard.  95 

sergeant  sends  persons  so  arrested  to  the  officer  of  the 
guard,  and  warns  him  of  the  approach  of  any  armed 
body. 

The  sentinel  over  the  arms  at  the  advanced  post  guards 
tlic  prisoners  and  keeps  sight  of  them,  and  suffers  no  one 
to  converse  with  them  without  permission.  Tliey  are  only 
permitted  to  go  to  the  sinks  one  at  a  time,  and  under  a 
sentinel. 

If  an}^  one  is  to  be  passed  out  of  camp  at  night,  the 
officer  of  the  guard  sends  him  under  escort  to  the  advanc- 
ed post,  and  the  sergeant  of  the  post  has  him  passed  over 
the  chain. 

At  retreat,  the  officer  of  the  guard  has  the  roll  of  his 
guard  called,  and  inspects  arms,  to  see  that  they  are  loaded 
and  in  order,  and  visits  the  advanced  post  for  the  same 
purpose.  The  sergeant  of  the  police  guard,  accompanied 
by  two  armed  soldiers,  folds  the  colors  and  lays  them  on 
the  trestle  in  rear  of  the  arms.  He  sees  that  the  sutler's 
stores  are  then  closed,  and  the  men  leave  them,  and  that 
the  kitchen  fires  are  put  out  at  the  appointed  hour. 

The  officer  of  the  day  satisfies  himself  frequently  during 
the  night,  of  the  vigilance  of  the  police  guard  and  ad- 
vanced post.  He  prescribes  patrols  and  rounds  to  be 
made  by  the  officers  and  non-commissioned  officers  of  the 
guard.  The  officer  of  the  guard  orders  them  when  he 
thinks  necessary.     He  visits  the  sentinels  frequently. 

At  reveille,  the  police  guard  takes  arms  ;  the  officer  of 
the  guard  inspects  it  and  the  advanced  post.  The  Ser- 
geant replants  the  colors  in  place.  At  retreat  and  reveille 
the  advanced  post  takes  arms;  the  Sergeant  makes  his  re- 
port to  the  officer  of  the  guard  vvhen  he  visits  the  post. 

When  necessary,  the  camp  is  covered  at  night  with 
small  outposts,  forming  a  double  chain  of  sentinels.  These 
posts  are  under  the  orders  of  the  commander  of  the  police 
guard,  and  are  visited  by  his  patrols  and  rounds. 


-'hese       ^ 
•olice      JH 


96  The  Picket. 

The  officer  of  the  j^iiard  makes  his  report  of  his  tour  of 
service,  including  the  advanced  post,  and  sends  it,  after 
the  o'uard  is  marched  oft',  to  the  ofticer  of  the  day. 

When  the  regiment  marches,  the  men  of  the  police 
guard  return  to  their  companies,  except  those  of  the  ad- 
vanced post.  In  the  cavalry,  at  the  sound  "boot  and 
saddle,"  the  officer  of  the  guard  sends  one  half  the  men  to 
saddle  and  pack;  when  the  regiment  assembles,  all  the 
men  join  it. 

When  the  camping  party  precedes  the  regiment,  and 
the  new  police  guard  marches  with  the  camping  party, 
the  guard,  on  reaching  the  camp,  forms  in  line  thirty  pa- 
ces in  front  of  the  centre  of  the  ground  marked  for  the  re- 
giment. The  officer  of  the  guard  furnishes  the  sentinels 
required  by  the  commander  of  the  camping  party.  The 
advanced  post  takes  its  station. 

The  advanced  post  of  the  old  police  guard  takes  charge 
of  the  prisoners  on  the  march,  and  marches,  bayonets 
fixed,  at  the  centre  of  the  regiment.  On  reaching  camp, 
it  turns  over  the  prisoners  to  the  new  advanced  post. 

THE    PICKET. 

The  detail  for  the  picket  is  made  daily,  after  the  details 
for  duty  of  the  first  class,  and  from  the  next  for  detail  on 
the  roster  of  that  class.  It  is  designed  to  furnish  detach- 
ments and  guards  unexpectedly  called  for  in  the  twenty- 
four  hours;  it  coimts  as  a  tour  of  the  first  class  to  those 
who  have  marched  on  detachment  or  guard,  or  who  have 
passed  the  night  in  bivouac. 

The  officers,  noncommissioned  officers  and  soldiers  of 
the  picket  are  at  all  times  dressed  and  equipped  ;  the 
horses  are  saddled,  and  knapsacks  and  valises  ready  to  be 
put  on . 

Detachments  and  guards  from  the  picket  are  taken  from 


^     put  on 
■         Det« 


The  Picket.  97 

the  head  of  the  picket-roll  in  ecach  company,  and,  if  possi- 
ble, equally  from  each  company.  The  picket  of  a  Regi- 
ment is  composed  of  a  Lieutenant,  two  Sergeants,  four 
Corporals,  a  drummer,  and  about  forty  privates.  For  a 
smaller  force,  the  picket  is  in  proportion  to  the  strength  of 
the  detachment. 

Officers  and  men  of  the  picket  who  march  on  detach- 
ment or  guard  before  retreat,  will  be  replaced. 

The  picket  is  assembled  by  the  Adjutant  at  guard- 
mounting;  it  is  posted  twelve  paces  in  rear  of  the  guard, 
and  is  inspected  by  its  own  commander.  AVhen  the  guard 
has  marched  in  review,  the  commandant  of  the  picket 
marches  it  to  the  left  of  the  police  guard,  where  it  stacks 
its  arms  and  is  dismissed  ;  the  arms  are  under  charge  of 
the  sentinel  of  the  police  guard. 

The  picket  is  only  assembled  by  the  orders  of  the  Colo- 
nel or  officer  of  the  day.  It  forms  on  the  left  of  the  police 
guard. 

The  officer  of  the  day  requires  the  roll  of  the  picket  to 
be  called  frequently  during  the  da}^  ;  the  call  is  sounded 
from  the  police  guard.  At  roll-calls  and  inspections,  in- 
fantry pickets  assemble  with  knapsacks  on,  cavalry  on 
foot.  The  picket  is  assembled  at  retreat  ;  the  officer  has 
the  roll  called,  and  inspects  the  arms.  The  picket  sleep  in 
their  tents,  but  without  undressing. 

The  picket  does  not  assemble  at  night  except  in  cases  of 
alarm,  or  when  the  whole  or  a  part  is  to  march  ;  then  the- 
officer  of  the  day  calls  the  officers,  the  latter  the  non-com- 
missioned officers,  and  these  the  men,  for  which  purpose 
each  ascertains  the  tents  of  those  he  is  to  call  ;  they  are 
assembled  without  beat  of  drum  or  other  noise.  At  night, 
cavalry  pickets  assemble  mounted. 

Pickets  rejoin  their  companies  whenever  the  Regiment  is 
under  arms  for  review,  drill,  march  or  battle. 
1 


t 


98  Grand  Guard. 

GRAND    GUARDS    AND    OTHER    OUTPOSTS. 

Grand  guards  are  the  advanced  posts  of  a  camp  or  can- 
tonment, and  should  cover  the  approaches  to  it.  Their 
number,  strength  and  position  are  reguhited  by  the  com- 
manders of  brigades  ;  in  detached  corps,  by  the  command- 
ing officer.  When  it  can  be,  the  grand  guards  of  cavalry 
and  infantry  are  combined,  the  cavalry  furnishing  the  ad- 
vanced sentinels.  When  the  cavalry  is  weak,  the  grand 
guards  are  infantry,  but  furnished  with  a  few  cavalry  sol- 
diers, to  get  and  carry  intelligence  of  the  enemy. 

The  strength  of  the  grand  guard  of  a  brigade  will  de- 
pend on  its  object  and  the  strength  of  the  Regiments,  the 
nature  of  the  country,  the  position  of  the  enemy,  and  the 
disposition  of  the  inhabitants.  It  is  usually  commanded 
by  a  Captain. 

Under  the  supervision  of  the  Generals  of  Division  and 
Brigade,  the  grand  guards  are  specially  under  the  direc- 
tion of  a  field  officer  of  the  day  in  each  brigade.  In  case 
of  necessity.  Captains  may  be  added  to  the  roster  of  Lieu- 
tenant-Colonel and  Major  for  this  detail. 

Staff  officers,  sent  from  division  head-quarters  to  inspect 
the  posts  of  grand  guards,  give  them  orders  only  in  urgent 
cases,  and  in  the  absence  of  the  field  officer  of  the  day  of 
the  brigade. 

Grand  guards  usually  mount  at  the  same  time  as  the 
other  guards,  but  may  mount  before  daybreak  if  the  Gen- 
eral of  Brigade  thinks  it  ncccssar}-'  to  double  the  outposts 
at  that  time.  In  this  case  they  assemble  and  march  with- 
out noise,  and  during  their  march  throw  out  scouts  ;  this 
precaution  should  always  be  taken  in  the  first  posting  of 
a  grand  guard.  The  doubling  of  guards  weakens  the  corps 
and  fatigues  the  men,  and  should  seldom  be  resorted  to, 
and  never  when  preparing  to  march  or  fight. 


Grand  Guard.  99 

A  grand  guard  is  conducted  to  its  post,  in  the  first  in- 
stance, by  the  field  officer  of  the  day,  guided  by  a  staff 
officer  who  accompanied  the  Generalin  his  reconnoissance. 
After  the  post  has  been  established,  the  commander  sends 
to  the  field  officer  of  the  day,  when  necessary,  a  soldier  of 
the  guard  to  guide  the  relieving  guard  to  the  post.  Ho 
also  sends  to  him  in  the  evening  a  corporal  or  trusty  man 
of  the  guard  for  the  note  containing  the  parole  and  coun- 
tersign, and  sends  them  before  dark  to  the  detached  posts. 
He  will  not  suffer  his  guard  to  be  relieved  except  by  a 
guard  of  the  brigade,  or  by  special  orders. 

If  there  is  no  pass  to  be  observed  or  defended,  the  grand 
guards  are  placed  near  the  centre  of  the  ground  they  are 
to  observe,  on  sheltered,  and,  if  possible,  high  ground,  the 
better  to  conceal  their  strength  and  observe  the  enemy  ; 
they  ought  not  to  be  placed  near  the  edge  of  a  wood. 
When,  during  the  day,  they  are  placed  very  near  or  in 
sight  of  the  enemy,  they  fall  back  at  night  on  posts  selected 
farther  to  the  rear. 

In  broken  or  mountainous  countries,  and  particularly  if 
the  inhabitants  are  ill  disposed,  intermediate  posts  must 
be  established  when  it  is  necessary  to  post  the  grand  guard 
distant  from  the  camp. 

Grand  guards  are  chiefly  to  watch  the  enemy  in  front  ; 
their  flanks  are  protected  by  each  other,  and  the  camp 
must  furnish  posts  to  protect  their  rear  and  secure  their 
retreat. 

Grand  guards  are  seldom  intrenched,  and  never  without 
the  orders  of  the  General,  except  by  a  barricade  or  ditch 
when  exposed  in  a  plain  to  attacks  of  cavalry. 

The  General  of  Division,  if  he  thinks  proper,  changes- 
the  stations  and  orders  of  these  guards,  and  establishes 
posts  to  connect  the  brigades,  or  protect  the  exterior 
flanks. 


100  Grand  Guard 

After  a  grand  guard  is  posted,  the  first  care  of  the  com- 
mander and  of  the  field  officer  of  the  day  is  to  get  news  of 
the  enemy;  then  to  reconnoitre  his  position,  and  the  roads, 
bridges,  fords  snd  defiles.  This  reconnoissance  determines 
the  force  and  position  of  the  small  posts  and  their  senti- 
neLs,  day  and  night.  These  posts,  according  to  their  im- 
portance, are  commanded  b}^  officers  or  non-commissioned 
officers  ;  the  cavalry  posts  may  be  relieved  every  four  or 
eight  hours. 

The  commander  of  a  grand  guard  receives  detailed  in- 
structions from  the  General  and  field  officer  of  the  day  of 
the  brigade,  and  instructs  the  commanders  of  the  small 
posts  as  to  their  duties  and  the  arrangements  for  defense 
or  retreat.  The  commanders  of  grand  guards  may,  in  ur- 
gent cases,  change  the  positions  of  the  small  posts.  If  the 
small  posts  are  to  change  their  positions  at  night,  they 
wait  until  the  grand  guard  have  got  into  position  and  dark- 
ness hides  their  movements  from  the  enemy  ;  then  march 
.silently  and  rapidly  under  the  charge  of  an  officer. 

In  detached  corps,  small  posts  of  picked  men  are  at 
night  sent  forward  on  the  roads  by  which  the  enemy  may 
attack  or  turn  the  position.  They  watch  the  forks  of  the 
roads,  keep  silence,  conceal  themselves,  light  no  fires,  and 
often  change  place.  They  announce  the  approach  of  the 
enemy  by  signals  agreed  upon,  and  retreat,  by  route's  ex- 
amined during  the  day,  to  places  selected,  and  rejoin  the 
guard  at  daybreak. 

Grand  guards  have  special  orders  in  each  case,  and  the 
following  in  all  cases  :  to  inform  the  nearest  posts  and  the 
field  officers  of  the  day,  or  the  General  of  Brigade,  of  the 
anarch  and  movements  of  the  enemy,  and  of  the  attacks 
they  receive  or  fear  ;  to  examine  every  person  passing 
near  the  post,  particularly  those  coming  from  without  ;  to 
rrest  suspicious  persons,  and  all  soldiers  and  camp  fol- 


Grand  Guard.  101 

lowers  who  try  to  pass  out  without  permission,  and  to  send 
to  the  General,  unless  otherwise  directed,  all 'country  peo- 
ple who  come  in. 

All  out-guards  stand  to  arms  at  night  on  the  approach  of 
patrols,  rounds,  or  other  parties  ;  the  sentinel  over  tke 
arms  has  orders  to  call  them  out. 

Advanced  posts  will  not  take  arms  for  inspection  or  ce- 
remony when  it  would  expose  them  to  the  view  of  the 
enemy. 

Grand  guards  are  often  charged  with  the  care  and  work- 
ing of  telegraphic  signals. 

The  sentinels  and  vedettes  are  placed  on  points  from 
which  they  can  see  farthest,  taking  care  not  to  break  their 
connection  with  each  other  or  with  their  posts.  They 
are  concealed  from  the  enemy  as  much  as  possible  by  walls, 
or  trees,  or  elevated  ground.  It  is  generally  even  of  more 
advantage  not  to  be  seen  than  to  see  far.  They  should 
not  be  placed  near  covers,  where  the  enemy  may  capture 
them, 

A  sentinel  should  always  be  ready  to  fire;  vedettes  carry 
their  pistols  or  carbines  in  their  hands.  A  sentinel  must 
be  sure  of  the  presence  of  an  enemy  before  he  fires;  once 
satisfied  of  that,  he  must  fire,  though  all  defense  on  his 
part  be  useless,  as  the  safety  of  the  post  may  depend  on 
it.  Sentinels  fire  on  all  persons  deserting  to  the  enemy. 
If  the  post  must  be  where  a  sentinel  on  it  cannot  com- 
municate with  the  guard,  a  Corporal  and  three  men  are 
detached  for  it,  or  the  sentinels  are  doubled,  that  one  may 
communicate  with  the  guard.  During  the  day  the  com- 
munication may  be  made  by  signals,  such  as  raising  a  cap 
or  handkerchief.  At  night  sentinels  are  placed  on  low 
ground,  the  better  to  see  objects  against  the  sky. 

To  lessen  the  duty  of  rounds,    and  keep  more  men  on 
the  alert  at  night,  sentinels  are  relieved  every  hour.     To 


102  G-rand  Guard. 

prevent  sentinels  from  being  surprised,  it  is  sometimes 
well  to  precede  the  countersign  by  signals,  such  as  strik- 
ing the  musket  with  the  hand,  striking  the  hands  toge- 
ther, &e. 

On  the  approach  of  any  one  at  night,  the  sentinel  or- 
ders "J5a///"  If  the  order  is  not  obeyed  after  once  re- 
peated, he  fires,  if  obeyed,  he  calls—"  Who  (joes there?  " 
If  answered — '^Rounds"  or  "  Fatrol,^^  he  says — "  Advance 
icilh  the  coiintersignP  If  niorft  than  one  advance  at  the 
same  time,  or  the  person  who  advances  fails  to  give  the 
countersign  or  signal  agreed  on,  the  sentinel  fires  and  falls 
back  on  his  guard.  The  sentinel  over  the  arms,  as  soon 
as  his  hail  is  answered,  turns  out  the  guard,  and  the  Cor- 
poral goes  to  reconnoitre.  When  it  is  desirable  to  hide 
the  position  of  the  sentinel  from  the  enem}',  the  hail  is  re- 
placed b}^  signals;  the  sentinel  gives  the  signal,  and  those 
approaching  the  counter  signal. 

With  raw  troops,  or  when  the  light  troops  of  the  enemy 
are  numerous  or  active,  and  when  the  country  is  broken 
or  wooded,  the  night  stormy  or  dark,  sentinels  should  be 
doubled.  In  this  case,  while  one  watches,  the  other, 
<'alled  a  flying  sentinel,  moves  about,  examining  the  paths 
and  hollows. 

The  commandants  of  grand  guards  visit  the  sentinels 
often  ;  change  their  positions  when  necessary  ;  make 
them  repeat  their  orders  ;  ti^aeh  them  under  what  circum- 
stances and  at  what  signals  to  retire,  and  particularly  not 
to  fall  back  directly  on  their  guard  if  pursued,  but  to  lead 
the  enem}^  in  a  circuit. 

At  night,  half  the  men  of  the  grand  guard  off  post  watch 
under  arms,  while  the  rest  lie  down,  arms  by  their  side. 
The  horses  are  always  bridled;  the  horsemen  hold  the  reins 
and  must  not  sleep. 

When  a  grand  guard   of  cavalry  is  so  placed  as  not  to 


Grand  Guard.  103 

be  liable  to  a  sudden  attack  from  the  enemy,  the  General 
may  permit  the  horses  to  be  fed  during  the  night,  unbrid- 
ling for  this  purpose  a  few  at  a  time — the  horsemen  being 
vigilant  to  prevent  them  from  escaping. 

An  hour  before  break  of  day,  infantry  grand  guards  stand 
to  arms,  and  cavalry  mount.  At  the  advanced  posts,  some 
of  the  infantry  are  all  night  under  arms,  some  of  the  cav- 
alry on  horseback. 

The  commander  of  a  grand  guard  regulates  the  num- 
bers, the  hours,  and  the  march  of  patrols  and  rounds, 
according  to  the  strength  of  his  troop  and  the  necessity 
for  precaution  ;  and,  accompanied  by  those  who  are  to 
command  the  patrols  and  rounds  during  the  night,  he 
will  reconnoitre  all  the  routes  they  are  to  follow. 

Patrols  and  rounds  march  slowly,  in  silence,  and  with 
great  precaution  ;  halt  frequently  to  listen  and  examine 
the  ground.  The  rounds  consist  of  an  officer  or  non-com- 
missioned officer,  and  two  or  three  men. 

Toward  break  of  day  the  patrols  ought  to  be  more 
frequent,  and  sent  to  greater  distances.  They  examine 
the  hollow  ways  and  ground  likely  to  conceal  an  enemy, 
but  with  great  caution,  to  avoid  being  cut  off,  or  engaged 
in  an  unequal  combat  ;  if  they  meet  the  enemy,  they  fire 
and  attempt  to  stop  his  march.  While  the  patrols  are  out, 
the  posts  are  under  arms. 

Cavalry  patrols  should  examine  the  country  to  a  greater 
distance  than  infantry,  and  report  to  the  infantry  guard 
every  thing  they  observe.  The  morning  patrols  and  scouts 
do  not  return  until  broad  daylight  ;  and  when  they  re- 
turn, the  night  sentinels  are  withdrawn,  and  the  posts  for 
the  day  resumed. 

When  patrols  are  sent  beyond  the  advanced  posts,  the 
posts  and  sentinels  should  be  warned. 

On  their  return,  commanders  of  patrols  report  in  regard 


104  Grand  Guard. 

to  the  ground  and  every  thing  they  have  observed  of  the 
movements  of  the  enemy,  or  of  his  posts,  and  the  comman- 
dant of  the  grand  guard  reports  to  the  field  officer  of  the 
day. 

The  fires  of  grand  guards  should  be  hidden  by  a  wall, 
or  ditch,  or  other  screen.  To  deceive  the  enemy,  fires  are 
sometimes  made  on  ground  not  occupied.  Fires  are  not 
permitted  at  small  posts  liable  to  surprise. 

The  horses  of  cavalry  guards  are  watered  or  fed  by  de- 
tachments ;  during  which  the  rest  are  ready  to  mount. 

If  a  body  of  troops  attempt  to  enter  the  camp  at  night, 
unless  their  arrival  has  been  announced,  or  the  commander 
is  known  to,  or  is  the  bearer  of  a  written  order  to  the 
commander  of  the  grand  guard,  he  stops  them,  and  sends 
the  commander  under  escort  to  the  field  officer  of  the  day, 
and  warns  the  posts  near  him. 

Bearers  of  flags  are  not  permitted  to  pass  the  outer 
chain  of  sentinels;  their  faces  are  turned  from  the  post  or 
army;  if  necessary,  their  eyes  are  bandaged;  a  non-com- 
missioned officer  stays  with  them  to  prevent  indiscretion 
of  the  sentinels. 

The  commandant  of  the  grand  guard  receipts  for  dis- 
patches, and  sends  them  to  the  field  officer  of  the  day  or 
General  of  Brigade,  and  dimisses  the  bearer;  but  if  he  has 
discovered  what  ought  to  be  concealed  from  the  enemy, 
he  is  detained  as  long  as  necessary. 

Deserters  are  disarmed  at  the  advanced  posts,  and  sent 
to  the  commander  of  the  grand  guard,  who  gets  from  them 
all  the  information  he  can  concerning  his  post.  If  many 
come  at  night,  they  are  received  cautioudy,  a  few  at  a  time. 
They  are  sent  in  the  morning  to  the  field  officer  of  the 
day,  or  to  the  nearest  post  or  camp,  to  be  conducted  to 
the  General  of  the  brigade.  All  suspected  persons  are 
searched  by  the  commanders  of  the  posts. 


Intrenched  Posts.  105 

VV^'hen  an  enemy  advances  to  attack,  unless  he  is  in  too 
<i:reat  force,  or  the  grand  guard  is  to  defend  an  intrenched 
post  or  a  defile,  it  will  take  the  positions  and  execute  the 
mov^ements  to  check  the  enemy,  acting  as  skirmishers, 
or  fighting  in  close  or  open  order,  as  may  be  best.  The 
guard  joins  its  corps  when  in  line,  or  when  a  sufficient 
number  of  troops  have  reached  the  ground  it  defends. 

INTRENCHED    POSTS. 

LFnless  the  army  be  acting  on  the  defensive,  no  post 
should  be  intrenched,  except  to  cover  the  weak  parts  of 
the  line,  or  at  points  which  the  enemy  can  not  avoid,  or  in 
mountain  warfare,  or  to  close  a  defile,  or  cover  winter 
quarters. 

Posts  connected  with  the  operations  of  an  army  are 
intrenched  only  by  order  of  the  General  commanding-in- 
chief  or  a  General  of  Division. 

Any  intrenchment  that  requires  artillery  is  considered 
as  a  post,  and  a  guard  or  garrison  and  commander  are  as- 
signed to  it. 

The  General  who  establishes  an  intrenched  post  gives 
to  its  commander  detailed  instructions  in  regard  to  its 
defense,  and  the  circumstances  under  which  the  defense 
should  cease. 

The  commander  reconnoitres  his  post;  distributes  the 
troops;  posts  the  officers  and  non-commissioned  officers; 
forms  a  reserve;  gives  orders  for  all  contingencies  he  can 
foresee;  supposes  an  attack,  and  arranges  his  troops  for 
defence,  so  as  to  prepare  them  for  attack,  day  or  night. 

In  dark  weather  he  redoubles  his  vigilance,  and  changes 
the  hours  and  direction  of  the  rounds  and  patrols.  He 
permits  no  flags  of  truce,  deserters,  or  strangers  to  enter. 
If  a  flag  ought  to  pass  his  post,  he  bandages  his  eyes. 
He  refuses  admittance  to  a  relief  or  any  other  party  until 
he  has  carefully  examined  them.     In  case  of  an  attack, 


106  Detachments . .  Reconnaissances . 

lie  does  not  wait  for  orders  or  hold  a  council.  Having  de- 
fended his  post  to  the  last  extremity,  or  till  the  purpose  of 
the  defense,  according-  to  his  instructions,  is  answered,  he 
may  then  spike  his  gnns  and  rejoin  the  army  under  cover 
of  night,  or  by  cutting  his  way  through  the  enemy. 

DETACHMENTS. 

When  a  detachment  is  to  be  formed  from  the  different 
regiments  of  a  brigade,  the  Assistant  Adjutant-General  of 
the  brigade  assembles  it,  and  turns  it  over  to  the  com- 
mander. 

When  a  detachment  is  to  be  formed  from  different  brig- 
ades, the  Assistant  Adjutant-General  in  each  forms  the  con- 
tingent of  the  brigade,  and  sends  it  to  the  place  of  assem- 
bling. 

Detachments  are  generally  formed  by  taking  battalion?, 
squadrons,  companies,  platoons  in  turn,  according  to  the 
roster  for  such  detail. 

When  the  detachment  is  to  consist  of  men  from  every 
company  or  troop,  the  first  on  the  roster  for  guard  are 
taken. 

Officers,  non-commissioned  officers,  and  soldiers,  whose 
tour  is  to  go  on  detachment,  if  employed  otherwise  at  the 
time,  are  relieved  from  the  duty  they  are  on,  if  they  can 
reach  camp  in  time  to  march  with  the  detachment. 

When  detachments  meet,  the  command  is  regulated 
while  they  serve  together  as  if  the}^  formed  one  detach- 
ment. But  the  senior  officer  can  not  prevent  the  com- 
mander of  any  detachment  from  moving,  when  he  thinks 
proper,  to  execute  the  orders  he  has  received. 

On  the  return  of  a  detachment,  the  commander  reports 
to  the  head-quarters  from  which  he  received  his  orders. 

RECONNAISSANCES. 

Near  an  enemy,   daily  reconnaissances  are  made  to  ob- 


Reconnaissances.  107 

serve  the  ground  in  front,  and  to  discover  wlictlier  the  ad- 
vanced guards  of  the  enemy  have  been  increased  or  put 
in  motion,  or  any  other  sign  of  his  preparation  for  march 
or  action. 

They  are  made  by  small  parties  of  cavalry  and  infantry, 
from  the  brigade,  under  direction  of  the  General  of  Divis- 
ion or  the  General  of  a  separate  brigade,  and  to  less  dis- 
tance by  the  patrols  of  the  grand  guard,  and  are  not  re- 
peated at  the  same  hour  or  by  the  same  route.  On  the 
plain,  reconnaissances  are  made  by  cavalry;  among  moun- 
tains, by  infantry,  with  a  few  horsemen  to  carry  intelli- 
gence. 

Reconnoitring  parties  observe  the  following  precautions: 
to  leave  small  posts,  or  sentinels  at  intervals,  to  transmit 
intelligence  to  the  advanced  posts  of  the  army,  unlese  the 
return  is  to  be  by  a  different  route;  to  march  with  cau- 
tion, to  svoid  fighting;  and  see,  if  possible,  without  being 
seen;  to  keep  an  advanced  guard;  to  send  well-mounted 
men  ahead  of  the  advanced  guard,  and  on  the  flank  of  the 
party;  to  instruct  the  scouts  that  no  two  should  enter  a 
defile  or  mount  a  hill  together,  but  to  go  one  at  a  time, 
while  one  watches  to  carry  the  news  if  the  other  is  taken. 

Before  daybreak  the  advanced  guard  and  scouts  arc 
drawn  closer;  the  party  then  march  slowly  and  silently, 
stop  frequently  to  listen,  and  keep  the  horses  that  neigh 
in  tlie  rear.  The  party  should  enter  no  wood,  defile, 
village,  or  inclosure,  until  it  has  been  fully  examined  by 
the  scouts. 

Special  reconnaissances  are  made  under  the  instruction 
of  the  General  in  command,  by  such  officers  and  with 
such  force  as  he  may  direct. 

Offensive  or  forced  reconnaissances  are  to  asscrtain  with 
certainty  points  in  the  enemj's  position,  or  his  strength. 
They   are  sometimes  preludes  to  real  actions,  and  some- 


108  Partisans  and  Flankers. 

times  only  demonstration?.  They  drive  in  his  outposts, 
and  sometimes  engage  special  corps  of  his  line.  They  are 
only  made  by  the  order  of  the  General  commanding-in- 
chief,  or  the  commander  of  an  isolated  corps. 

In  all  reports  of  reconnaissances,  the  officer  making 
them  shall  distinguish  expressly  what  he  has  seen  from  the 
accounts  he  has  not  been  able  to  verify  personally. 

In  special  and  offensive  reconnaissances,  the  report  must 
be  accompanied  by  a  field-sketch  of  the  localities,  the  dis- 
positions and  defenses  of  the  enemy. 

PARTISANS    AND    FLANKERS. 

The  operations  of  partisan  corps  depend  on  the  nature 
and  theatre  of  the  war;  they  enter  into  the  general  plan  of 
operations,  and  are  conducted  under  the  orders  of  the 
General  commanding-in-chief. 

The  composition  and  strength  of  partisan  corps  and  de- 
tachments of  flankers  depend  on  the  object,  the  difficulties, 
the  distance  and  the  probable  time  of  the  expedition. 

The  purpose  of  these  isolated  corps  is  to  reconnoitre  at 
a  distance  on  the  flanks  of  the  army  to  protect  its  opera- 
tions, to  deceive  the  enemy,  to  interrupt  his  communica- 
tions, to  intercept  his  couriers  and  his  correspondence,  to 
threaten  or  destroy  his  magazines,  to  carry  off  his  posts 
and  his  convoys,  or,  at  all  events,  to  retard  his  march  by 
making  him  detach  largely  for  their  protection. 

While  these  corps  fatigue  the  enemy  and  embarass  his 
operations,  they  endeavor  to  inspire  confidence  and  secure 
the  good-will  of  the  inhabitants  in  a  friendly  country,  and 
to  hold  them  in  check  in  an  enemy's  country. 

They  move  actively,  appear  unexpectedly  on  different 
points  in  such  a  manner  as  to  make  it  impossible  to 
estimate  their  force,  or  to  tell  whether  they  are  irregular 
forces  or  an  advanced  guard. 


Partisans  and  Flankers.  109 

These  operations  require  vigilance,  secrecy,  energy,  and 
promptness.  The  partisan  commander  must  frequently 
supply  by  stratagem  and  audacity  what  he  wants  in 
numbers. 

These  detachments  are  sometimes  composed  of  different 
arms,  but  the  service  belongs  more  particularly  to  the 
light  cavalry,  which  can  move  to  a  distance  by  rapid 
marches,  surprise  the  enemy,  attack  unexpectedly  and  re- 
tire as  promptly. 

Stormy  weather,  fogs,  extreme  heat,  and  the  night 
above  all,  are  favorable  to  the  success  of  ambuscades; 
when  the  enemy  are  careless,  the  break  of  day  is  the  best 
time.  A  partisan  commander  should  communicate  to  his 
second  in  command  his  secret  orders,  the  direction  and 
object  of  the  expedition,  and  the  different  points  of  junc- 
tion with  the  army. 

Guides  of  the  country  and  spies  are  often  necessary  to 
the  partisan.  They  are  examined  separately,  and  con- 
fronted if  their  accounts  differ.  When  there  is  but  one 
guide,  he  marches  with  the  advanced  guard,  guarded  by 
two  men,  and  bound  if  necessary.  Peddlers  and  smug- 
glers are  specially  suitable  for  spies. 

A  fit  time  to  attack  a  convoy  is  at  a  halt,  or  when  they 
begin  to  park,  or  when  they  are  watering,  or  passing  a 
wood  or  a  defile;  at  a  bend  of  the  road,  a  bridge,  or  steep 
ascent. 

The  attacking  party  may  be  principally  cavalry,  with 
some  infantry.  The  first  object  is  to  disperse  the  escort. 
A  part  of  the  detachment  attacks  the  main  body  of  the 
escort,  another  the  wagons,  and  a  third  is  in  reserve; 
skirmishers  line  the  road,  and  try  to  cut  the  traces,  and  to 
seize  the  front  and  rear  wagons,  and  turn  them  across  the 
road,  to  prevent  the  train  from  advancing  or  retreating. 

If  the  convoy  is  parked,  the  cavalry  surrounds  it,  assails 


no  Marches. 

the  escort,  and  tries  to  draw  it  away  from  the  train.  The 
infantry  then  engage  the  troops  remaining  at  the  park, 
slip  under  the  wagons,  and  get  into  the  park.  When  the 
cavalrj  is  alone  and  the  enemy  are  shaken,  they  dismount 
a  portion  of  the  men  to  supply  the  want  of  infantry. 

If  it  is  a  large  convoy,  the  principal  attack  is  made  on 
the  centre;  the  most  valuable  wagons  are  also  selected,  and 
additional  horses  are  put  to  them  if  the  attack  is  successful. 
Those  that  can  not  be  carried  off  are  burned. 

MARCHES. 

The  object  of  the  movement  and  the  nature  of  the 
ground  determine  the  order  of  march,  the  kind  of  troops 
in  each  column,  and  the  number  of  columns. 

The  force  is  divided  into  as  many  columns  as  circum- 
stances permit,  without  weakening  any  one  too  much. 
They  ought  to  preserve  their  communications,  and  be 
within  supporting  distance  of  each  other.  The  com- 
mander of  each  column  ought  to  know  the  strength  and 
direction  of  the  others. 

The  advance  and  rear  guards  are  usually  light  troops; 
their  strength  and  composition  depend  on  the  nature  of 
the  ground  and  the  position  of  the  enemy.  They  serve 
to  cover  the  movements  of  the  army,  and  to  hold  the 
enemy  in  check  until  the  General  has  time  to  make  bis 
arrangements. 

The  advance  guard  is  not  always  at  the  head  of  the 
column;  in  a  march  to  a  flank,  it  takes  such  positions  as 
cover  the  movement.  Sappers  are  attached  to  the  ad- 
vanced guard  if  required. 

The  "  general/'  sounded  one  hour  before  the  time  of 
marching,  is  the  signal  to  strike  tents,  to  load  the  wagons, 
and  pack  horses,  and  send  them  to  the  place  of  assembling. 
The  fires  are  then  put  out,  and  care  taken  to  avoid  burn- 


Marches.  Ill 

ing  straw,  etc.,  or  giving  to  the  enemy  any  other  indication 
of  the  movement. 

The  "  march  "  will  be  beat  in  the  infantry,  and  the  "ad- 
vance" sounded  in  the  cavalry,  in  succession,  as  each  is  to 
take  its  place  in  the  column. 

When  the  army  should  form  suddenly  to  meet  the 
enemy,  the  '' lovg  roll"  is  beat,  and  ^' to  horse"  sounded. 
The  troops  form  rapidly  in  front  of  their  camp. 

Batteries  of  artillery  and  their  caissons  move  with  the 
corps  to  which  they  are  attached;  the  field  train  and 
ambulances  march  at  the  rear  of  the  column;  and  the  bag- 
gage with  the  rear  gard. 

Cavalry  and  infantry  do  not  march  together,  unless  the 
proximity  of  the  enemy  makes  it  necessary. 

In  cavalry  marches,  when  distant  from  the  enemy,  each 
regiment,  and,  if  possible,  each  squadron,  forms  a  separate 
column,  in  order  to  keep  up  the  same  gait  from  front  to 
rear,  and  to  trot,  when  desirable,  on  good  ground.  In 
such  cases,  the  cavahy  may  leave  camp  later,  and  can 
give  more  rest  to  the  horses,  and  more  attention  to  the 
shoeing  and  harness.  Horses  are  not  bridled  until  the 
time  to  start. 

When  necessary,  the  orders  specify  the  rations  the  men 
are  to  carry  in  their  haversacks.  The  field  officers  and 
Captains  make  inspections  frequently  during  the  march; 
at  halts  they  examine  the  knapsacks,  valises,  and  harver- 
sacks  and  throw  away  all  articles  not  authorized.  The 
officers  and  non-commissioned  officers  of  cavalry  companies 
attend  personally  to  the  packs  and  girths. 

When  it  can  be  avoided,  troops  should  not  be  assembled 
on  high  roads  or  other  places  where  they  interrupt  the 
communication. 

Generals  of  Division  and  commanders  of  detached  corps 
-end a  staff  officer  to  the  rendez-vous,  in  advance,  to  receive 


112  Marches. 

tlie  troops,  who,  on  arriving  take  their  place  in  the  order 
of  battle,  and  form  in  close  column,  unless  otherwise  or- 
dered. Artillery,  or  trains  halted  on  the  roads,  form  in  file 
on  one  side. 

The  execution  of  marching  orders  must  not  be  delayed. 
If  the  commander  is  not  at  the  head  of  his  troops  when  they 
are  to  march,  the  next  in  rank  puts  the  column  in  motion. 

If  possible,  each  column  is  preceded  by  a  detachment  of 
sappers,  to  remove  obstacles  to  the  march,  aided,  when 
necessary,  by  infantr}^,  or  the  people  of  the  country.  The 
detachment  is  divided  into  two  sections:  one  stops  to  re- 
move the  first  obstacle,  the  other  moves  on  to  the  next. 

In  night  marches,  and  at  bad  places,  and  at  cross-roads, 
when  necessary,  intelligent  non-commissioned  officers  are 
posted  to  show  the  way,  and  are  relieved  by  the  regiments 
as  they  come  up. 

On  the  march  no  one  shall  fire  a  gun,  or  cry  "  halt  " 
or  "  march '^  without  orders. 

Soldiers  are  not  to  stop  for  water;  the  canteens  should 
be  filled  before  starting. 

It  is  better  to  avoid  villages;  but  if  the  route  lies 
through  them,  officers  and  non-commissioned  officers  are 
to  be  vigilant  to  prevent  straggling.  Halts  should  not 
take  place  at  villages. 

Besides  the  rear  guard,  the  General  sometimes  takes  a 
detachment  from  the  last  regiment,  and  adds  to  it  non- 
commissioned officers  from  each  regiment,  to  examine  vil- 
lages and  all  hiding-places  on  the  route,  to  bring  up  strag- 
glers and  seize  marauders. 

In  night  marches,  the  Sergeant-Major  of  each  regiment 
remains  at  the  rear  with  a  drummer,  to  give  notice  when 
darkness  or  difficulty  stops  the  march.  In  cavalry,  a 
trumpet  is  placed  in  rear  of  each  squadron,  and  the  signal 
repeated  to  the  head  of  the  regiment. 


Marches,  113 

The  General  and  field  officers  frequently  stop,  or  send 
officers  to  the  rear,  to  see  that  the  troops  march  in  the 
prescribed  order,  and  keep  their  distances.  To  quicken 
the  march,  the  General  warns  the  Colonels,  and  may  order 
a  signal  to  be  beat.     It  is  repeated  in  all  the  regiments. 

In  approaching  a  defile  the  Colonels  are  warned;  they 
close  their  regiments  as  they  come  up;  each  regiment 
passes  separately,  at  an  accelerated  pace,  and  in  as  close 
order  as  possible.  The  leading  regiment  having  passed, 
and  left  room  enough  for  the  whole  column  in  close  order, 
then  halts,  and  moves  again  as  soon  as  the  last  regiment 
is  through.  In  the  cavalry,  each  squadron,  before  quick- 
ening the  pace  to  rejoin  the  column,  takes  its  original  order 
of  march. 

When  the  distance  from  the  enemy  permits,  each  regi- 
ment, after  closing  up  in  front  and  rear  of  the  defile,  stacks 
arms. 

Halts  to  rest  and  re-form  the  troops  are  frequent  during 
the  day,  depending  on  the  object  and  length  of  the  march. 
They  are  made  in  preference  after  the  passage  of  defiles. 

No  honors  are  paid  by  troops  on  the  march  or  at  halts. 

The  sick  march  with  the  wagons. 

Led  horses  of  officers,  and  the  horses  of  dismounted 
men,  follow  tlicir  regiment.  The  baggage  wagons  never 
march  in  the  column.  AVhen  the  General  orders  the  field 
train  and  ambulances  to  take  place  in  the  column,  he  de- 
signates the  position  they  shall  take. 

If  two  corps  meet  on  the  same  road,  they  pass  to  the 
right,  and  both  continue  their  march,  if  the  road  is  wide 
enough;  if  it  is  not,  the  first  in  the  order  of  battle  takes 
the  road,  the  other  halts. 

A  corps  in  march  must  not  be  cut  by  another.  If  two 
corps  meet  at  cross-roads,  that  which  arrives  last  halts 
if  the  other  is  in  motion.  A  corps  in  march  passes  a  corps 
8 


114  Battles. 

at  a  halt,  if  it  has  precedence  in  the  order  of  battle,  or  if 
the  halted  corps  is  not  ready  to  move  at  once. 

A  column  that  halts  to  let  another  column  pass  resumes 
the  march  in  advance  of  the  train  of  this  coUnnn.  If  a 
colum  has  to  pass  a  train,  the  train  must  halt,  if  necessary, 
till  the  column  passes.  The  column  which  has  prece- 
dence must  yield  it  if  the  commander,  on  seing  the  orders 
of  the  other,  finds  it  for  the  interest  of  the  service. 

BATTLES. 

Dispositions  for  battle  depend  on  the  number,  kind  and 
quality  of  the  troops  opposed,  on  the  ground,  and  on  the 
objects  of  the  war  ;  but  the  following  rules  are  to  be  ob- 
served qjenerally  : 

In  attacking,  the  advanced  guard  endeavors  to  capture 
the  enemy's  outposts,  or  cut  them  off  from  the  main  body. 
Having  done  so,  or  driven  them  in,  it  occupies,  in  advan- 
cing, all  the  points  that  can  cover  or  facilitate  the  march 
of  the  army,  or  secure  its  retreat,  such  as  bridges,  defiles, 
woods  and  heights  ;  it  then  makes  attacks,  to  occupy  the 
enemy,  without  risking  too  much,  and  to  deceive  them  as 
to  the  march  and  projects  of  the  army. 

When  the  enemy  is  hidden  by  a  curtain  of  advanced 
troops,  the  commandant  of  the  advanced  guards  sends 
scouts,  under  intelligent  officers,  to  the  right  and  left,  to 
ascertain  his  position  and  movements.  If  he  does  not 
succeed  in  this  way,  he  tries  to  unmask  the  enemy  by 
demonstration  ;  threatens  to  cut  the  advance  from  the 
main  body  ;  makes  false  attacks  ;  partial  and  impetuous 
charges  in  echelon;  and'if  all  fail,  he  makes  a  real  attack 
to  accomplish  the  object. 

Detachments  left  by  the  advanced  guard  to  hold  points 
in  the  rear,  rejoin  it  when  other  troops  come  up.  If  the 
army  takes  a  position,  and  the  advanced  guard  is  separa- 


BaUles,  US' 

ted  from  it  by  defiles  or  heights,  the  comniiinication  is  se- 
cured by  troops  drawn  from  the  main  body. 

At  proper  distance  from  the  enemy,  the  troops  are  form- 
ed for  the  attack  in  several  lines;  if  only  two  can  be  formed, 
some  battalions  in  column  are  placed  behind  the  wings  of 
the  second  line.  The  lines  may  be  formed  of  troops  in 
column  or  in  order  of  battle,  according  to  the  ground  and 
plan  of  attack. 

The  advanced   guard  may  be  put  in  the  line  or  on  the- 
wings,  or  other  position,  to  aid  the  pursuit  or  cover  the  re- 
treat. 

The  reserve  is  formed  of  the  best  troops  of  foot  and  horse, 
to  complete  a  victory  or  make  good  a  retreat.  Ts  is  pla- 
ced in  the  rear  of  the  centre,  or  chief  point  of  attack  or  de- 
fense. 

The  cavalry  should  be  distributed  in  echelon  on  the 
wings  and  at  the  centre,  on  favorable  ground. 

It  should  be  instructed  not  to  take  the  gallop  until  within 
charging  distance  :  never  to  receive  a  charge  at  a  halt, 
but  to  meet  it,  or,  if  not  strong  enough,  to  retire  manoeuv- 
ring ;  and  in  order  to  he  read}^  for  the  pursuit,  and  pre- 
pared against  a  reverse,  or  the  attacks  of  the  reserve,  not 
to  engage  all  its  squadrons  at  once,  but  to  reserve  one- 
third,  in  column  or  in  echelon,  abreast  of  or  in  the  rear  of 
one  of  the  wings  ;  this  arrangement  is  better  than  a  se- 
cond line  with  intervals. 

In  the  attack,  the  artillery  is  employed  to  silence  the 
batteries  that  protect  the  position.  In  the  defense,  it  is 
better  to  direct  its  fire  on  the  advancing  troops.  In  either 
case,  as  many  pieces  are  united  as  possible,  the  fire  of  ar- 
tillery being  formidable  in  proportion  to  its  concentra- 
tion. 

In  battles  and  military  operations  it  is  better  to  assume 
the  offensive,  and  put  the  enemy  on  the  defensive  ;  but  to 


116  Bailies. 

be  safe  in  doing  so  requires  a  larger  force  than  the  enemy, 
or  better  troops  and  favorable  ground.  When  obliged  to 
act  on  the  defensive,  the  advantage  of  position  and  of  mak- 
ing the  attack  may  sometimes  be  secured  by  forming  in 
rear  of  the  ground  on  which  we  are  to  fight,  and  advan- 
cing at  the  moment  of  action.  In  mountain  warfare,  the 
assailant  has  always  the  disadvantage  ;  and  even  in  offen- 
sive warfare,  in  the  open  field,  it  may  frequently  be  very 
important,  when  the  artiller}^  is  well  posted,  and  any  ad- 
vantage of  ground  may  be  secured,  to  await  the  enemy 
and  compel  him  to  attack. 

The  attack  should  be  made  with  a  superior  force  on  the 
decisive  point  of  the  enemy's  position,  by  masking  this  by 
false  attacks  and  demonstrations  on  other  points,  and  by 
concealing  the  troops  intended  for  it  by  the  ground,  or  by 
other  troops  in  their  front. 

Besides  the  arrangements  which  depend  on  the  supposed 
plan  of  the  enemy,  the  wings  must  be  protected  by  the 
ground,  or  supported  by  troops  in  echelon  ;  if  the  attack 
of  the  enemy  is  repulsed,  the  offensive  must  at  once  be 
taken,  to  inspire  the  troops,  to  disconcert  the  enemy,  and 
often  to  decide  the  action.  In  thus  taking  the  ofl'ensive,  a 
close  column  should  be  pushed  rapidly  on  the  wing  or 
flank  of  the  enemy.  The  divisions  of  this  column  form  in 
line  of  battle  successively,  and  each  division  moves  to  tlie 
front  as  soon  as  formed,  in  order,  by  a  rapid  attack  in 
echelon,  to  prevent  the  enemy  from  changing  front  or 
bringing  up  his  reserves.  In  all  arrangements,  especially 
in  those  for  attack,  it  is  most  important  to  conceal  the  de- 
sign until  the  moment  of  execution,  and  then  to  execute  it 
with  the  greatest  rapidity.  The  night,  therefore,  is  pre- 
ferred for  the  movement  of  troops  on  the  iiank  or  rear  of 
the  enemy,  otherwise  it  is  necessary  to  mask  their  march 
by  a  grand  movement  in  front,  or  by  taking  a  wide  circuit. 


Battles.  in 

In  making  an  attack,  the  communications  to  the  rear 
and  for  retreat  must  be  secured,  and  the  General  must 
give  beforehand  all  necessary  orders  to  provide  for  that 
event. 

When  a  success  is  gained,  the  light  troops  should  pur- 
sue the  enemy  promptly  and  rapidly.  The  other  troops 
will  restore  order  in  their  columns,  then  advance  from  po- 
sition to  position,  always  prepared  for  an  attack,  or  to  sup- 
port the  troops  engaged. 

Before  the  action,  the  Generals  indicate  the  places 
where  they  will  be  ;  if  they  change  position,  they  give 
notice  of  it,  or  leave  a  staff  officer  to  show  where  they  have 
gone. 

During  the  fight  the  officers  and  non-commissioned  offi- 
cers keep  the  men  in  the  ranks,  and  enforce  obedience,  if 
necessary.  Soldiers  must  not  be  permitted  to  leave  the 
ranks  to  strip  or  rob  the  dead,  nor  to  assist  the  wounded, 
unless  by  express  permission,  which  is  only  to  be  given 
after  the  action  is  decided.  The  highest  interest  and  duty 
is  to  win  the  victory,  w^iich  only  can  insure  proper  care  of 
the  wounded. 

Before  the  action,  the  Quartermaster  of  the  division 
makes  all  the  necessary  arrangements  for  the  transporta- 
tion of  the  wounded.  He  establishes  the  ambulance  de- 
pots in  the  rear,  and  gives  his  assistants  the  necessary  in- 
struction for  the  service  of  the  ambulance  wagons  and 
other  means  of  removing  the  wounded. 

The  ambulance  depot,  to  which  the  w^ounded  are  car- 
ried or  directed  for  immediate  treatment,  is  generally  es- 
tablished at  the  most  convenient  building  nearest  the  field 
of  battle.  A  red  flag  marks  its  place,  or  the  way  to  it,  to 
the  conductors  of  the  ambulances  and  to  the  wounded 
who  can  ^valk. 

The  active  ambulances  follow  the  troops  engaged  to  sue- 


118  Battles. 

cor  tlic  wounded  and  remove  them  to  tlie  depots  ;  for  this 
purpose  the  conductors  should  always  have  the  necessary 
assistants,  that  the  soldiers  may  have  no  excuse  to  leave 
the  ranks  for  that  object. 

The  medical  director  of  the  division,  after  consultation 
with  the  Quartermaster-General,  distributes  the  medical 
officers  and  hospital  attendants  at  his  disposal,  to  the  de- 
pots and  active  ambulances.  He  will  send  officers  and  at- 
tendants, when  practicable,  to  the  active  ambulances,  to 
relieve  the  wounded  who  require  treatment  before  being 
removed  from  the  ground.  He  will  see  that  tlie  depots 
and  ambulances  are  provided  with  the  necessary  appara- 
tus, medicines  and  stores.  He  will  take  post  and  render 
his  professional  services  at  the  principal  depot. 

If  the  enemy  endanger  the  depot,  the  Quartermaster 
takes  the  orders  of  the  General  to  remove  it  or  to  strength- 
en its  guard. 

The  wounded  in  the  depots  and  the  sick  are  removed,  as 
soon  as  possible,  to  the  hospitals  that  have  been  estab- 
lished by  the  Quartermaster-General  of  the  army  on  the 
flanks  or  rear  of  the  army. 

After  an  action,  the  officers  of  ordnance  collect  the  mu- 
nitions of  war  left  on  the  field,  and  make  a  return  of  them 
to  the  General.  The  Quartermaster's  Department  collects 
the  rest  of  the  public  property  captured,  and  makes  the 
returns  to  head-quarters. 

Written  reports  for  the  General  commaiuling-in-chief  are 
made  by  commandants  of  regiments,  batteries,  and  sepa- 
rate squadrons,  and  by  all  commanders  of  a  higher  grade, 
each  in  what  concerns  his  own  command,  and  to  his  im- 
mediate commander. 

When  an  officer  or  soldier  deserves  mention  for  conduct 
in  action,  a  special  report  shall  be  made  in  his  case,  and 
the  General  commandino:-in-chief  decides  whether  to  men- 


Prisoners  of  War.  .  Conwy s  and  their  Escorts.       119 

tion  him  in  his  report  to  the  government  and  in  his  orders. 
But  he  shall  not  be  mentioned  in  the  report  until  he  has 
been  mentioned  in  the  orders  to  the  army.  These  special 
reports  are  examined  with  care  by  the  intermediate  com- 
manders, to  verify  the  facts,  and  secure  commendation  and 
rewards  to  the  meritorious  only. 

The  report  of  battles,  wliich  must  frequently  be  made 
before  these  special  reports  of  persons  are  scrutinized,  is 
confined  to  general  praise  or  blame  and  account  of  the 
operations. 

PRISONERS    OF  WAR. 

Prisoners  of  war  will  be  disarmed  and  sent  to  the  rear, 
and  reported  as  soon  as  practicable  to  the  head-quarters. 
The  return  of  prisoners  from  the  head-quarters  of  the  army 
to  the  War  Department  will  specify  the  number,  rank  and 
corps. 

The  private  property  of  prisoners  will  be  duly  respected, 
and  each  shall  be  treated  with  the  regard  due  to  his  rank. 
They  are  to  obey  the  necessary  orders  given  them.  They 
receive  for  subsistence  one  ration  each,  without  regard  to 
rank  ;  and  the  wounded  are  to  be  treated  with  the  same 
care  as  the  wounded  of  the  army.  Other  allowances  to 
them  will  depend  on  conventions  with  the  enemy.  Pris- 
oners' horses  will  be  taken  for  the  army. 

Exchanges  of  prisoners  and  release  of  officers  on  parole 
depend  on  the  orders  of  the  General  commanding-in-chief, 
under  the  instructions  of  government. 

COXVOYS    AND    THEIR    ESCORTS. 

The  Strength  and  composition  of  the  escort  of  a  convoy 
depend  on  the  country,  the  nature  and  value  of  the  con- 
voy, and  the  dangers  it  may  incur.  A  larger  escort  is  re- 
quired for  a  convoy  of  powder,  that  the  defense  may  not 
be  near  the  train. 


120  Convoys  and  their  Eacorts. 

Cavalry  is  employed  in  escorts  chiefly  to  reconnoitre  ; 
the  proportion  is  larger  as  the  country  is  more  open. 

Pioneers  or  working  parties  are  attached  to  convoys  to 
mend  roads,  remove  obstacles  and  erect  defenses.  The 
convoys  should  always  be  provided  with  spare  wheels, 
poles,  axles,  &c. 

The  commandant  of  the  escort  should  receive  detailed  in- 
structions in  writing. 

As  far  as  the  defense  permits,  the  commander  of  the  es- 
cort shall  refer  to  the  officer  in  charge  of  the  convoy  for  the 
hours  of  departure,  the  halts,  the  parking  and  order  of  the 
train,  and  the  precautions  against  accidents. 

Officers  who  accompany  the  convo}',  but  do  not  be- 
long to  the  escort,  shall  exercise  no  authority  in  it  except 
by  consent  of  the  commander.  If  these  officers  arc  junior 
to  the  commander,  he  may  assign  them  to  duty  if  the  de- 
fense requires  it. 

Large  convoys  are  formed  into  divisions,  each  with  a 
conductor.  The  distance  between  the  wagons  is  four  paces. 
A  small  party  of  infantry  is  attached  to  each  division. 

Generally,  munitions  of  war  are  at  the  head  of  the  con- 
voy, subsistence  next,  and  then  other  military  stores  ;  the 
sutler  last.  But  always  that  part  of  the  convo}'  which  is 
most  important  to  the  army  shall  be  Avhere  it  is  most  se- 
cure from  danger. 

The  commandant  should  send  out  reconnoitring  parties, 
and  never  put  the  convoy  in  motion  until  their  reports 
have  been  received.  He  always  forms  an  advance  and  rear 
guard,  and  keeps  the  main  body  under  his  immediate  or- 
der at  the  most  important  point,  with  small  guards  or  posts 
at  other  points. 

In  an  open  countr}^  the  main  body  marches  by  the  side 

of  the  road,  opposite  the  centre  of  the  convoy  ;  in  other 

cases  at  the  head  or  rear  of  the  column,  as  the  one  or  the 

^.  other  is  more  exposed. 


Convoys  and  their  Escorts.  121 

The  advance  guard  precedes  the  convoy  far  enough  to 
remove  all  obstacles  to  its  advance.  It  examines  the  woods, 
defiles  and  villages,  and  by  mounted  men  gives  information 
to  the  commander,  and  receives  his  orders.  It  reconnoi- 
tres places  for  halts  and  parks. 

If  the  head  of  the  column  is  threatened,  the  advanced 
guard  seizes  the  defiles  and  places  which  the  enemy  might 
occupy,  and  holds  them  until  the  main  body  advances  to 
the  front  and  relieves  it ;  the  main  body  holds  the  posi- 
tions until  the  head  of  the  convoy  arrives,  and  then  leaves 
detachments  which  are  relieved  by  the  parties  marching 
with  the  divisions  ;  the  posts  are  not  abandoned  until  the 
whole  convoy  has  passed  and  the  position  is  no  longer  im- 
portant. 

When  the  rear  is  threatened,  like  measures  are  taken  ; 
the  rear  guard  defends  the  ground  and  retards  the  enemy 
by  breaking  the  bridges  and  blocking  the  road. 

If  the  flanks  are  threatened,  and  the  ground  is  broken, 
and  many  defiles  are  to  be  passed,  the  defense  of  the  con- 
voy becomes  more  difficult  ;  the  advance  and  rear  guards 
must  be  reduced,  the  flanks  strengthened,  and  positions 
which  will  cover  the  march  of  the  convoy  must  be  occu- 
pied by  the  main  body  of  the  troops  before 'the  head  of  the 
convoy  reaches  them,  and  until  it  has  passed. 

If  the  convoy  is  large,  and  has  to  pass  places  that  the 
force  and  position  of  the  enemy  make  dangerous,  the  loss 
of  the  whole  convoy  must  not  be  risked  ;  it  must  pass  by 
divisions,  which  reunite  after  the  passage.  In  this  case 
the  greater  part  of  the  troops  guard  the  first  division;  they 
seize  the  important  points,  and  cover  them  with  light  troops, 
or,  if  necessary,  with  small  posts,  and  hold  them  until  all 
the  divisions  have  passed. 

If  there  is  artillery  in  the  convoy,  the  commander  of  the 
escort  uses  it  for  the  defense. 


122  Convoys  and  their  Escorts. 

To  move  faster  and  make  the  defense  easier,  the  wagons 
move  in  double  file  whenever  the  road  allows  it.  If  a  wa- 
gon breaks,  it  is  at  once  removed  from  the  road  ;  when  re- 
paired, it  takes  the  rear  ;  when  it  cannot  be  repaired,  its 
load  and  horses  are  distributed  to  some  of  the  other  wagons 
kept  in  the  rear  for  that  purpose. 

Convoys  by  water  are  escorted  on  the.«ame  principles. 
Each  boat  has  a  small  infantry  guard  ;  one  portion  of  the 
escort  precedes  or  follows  the  convoy  in  boats.  The  cav- 
alry march  opposite  the  convoy  ;  the  advance  and  rear 
guard  move  by  land,  and  all  are  connected  by  flankers 
with  the  convoy.  Where  a  river  runs  through  a  narrow 
v^alley,  the  body  of  infantry  moves  by  land  to  prevent 
the  enemy  from  occupying  the  heights  and  disturbing  the 
convoy. 

Convoys  halt  every  hour  to  let  the  horses  take  breath 
and  the  wagons  close  up.  Long  halts  are  made  but  sel- 
dom, and  only  in  places  that  have  been  reconnoitred  and 
found  favorable  for  defense.  At  night  the  park  is  arranged 
for  defense,  and  in  preference  at  a  distance  from  inhabited 
places,  if  in  an  enemy's  country. 

The  wagons  are  usually  parked  in  ranks,  axle  against 
axle,  the  poles  in  the  same  direction,  and  with  sufficient 
space  between  the  ranks  for  the  horses.  If  an  attack  is 
feared,  they  are  parked  in  square,  the  hind-wheels  outside, 
and  the  horses  inside. 

On  the  appearance  of  the  enemy  during  tlii-  march,  the 
commander  closes  up  the  wagons  and  continues  his  march 
in  order  ;  he  avoids  fighting;  but  if  the  enemy  seizes  a  po- 
sition that  commands  his  road,  he  attacks  vigorously  with 
the  mass  of  his  force,  but  is  not  to  continue  the  pursuit 
far  from  the  convoy.  The  convoy  halts,  and  resumes  the 
march  when  the  position  is  carried. 

When  the  enemy  is  too  strong  to  be  attacked,  the  con- 


Convoi/s,  etc..  .Baggage  Trains.  123 

voy  is  parked  in  square,  if  there  is  room  ;  if  not,  closed  up 
in  double  file^;  at  the  front  and  rear  the  road  is  blocked  up 
by  wagons  across  it.  The  drivers  are  dismounted  at  the 
heads  of  the  horses.  They  are  not  permitted  to  make  their 
escape.  The  light  troops  keep  the  enemy  at  a  distance 
as  long  as  possible,  and  are  supported,  when  necessary, 
but  prudently,  as  the  troops  must  be  kept  in  hand  to  resist 
the  main  attack. 

If  a  wagon  takes  fire  in  the  park,  remove  it,  if  possible  ; 
if  not,  remove  first  the  ammunition  v:agons,  then  those  to 
leeward  of  the  fire. 

When  a  whole  convoy  cannot  be  saved,  the  most  valu- 
able part  may  sometimes  be  by  abandoning  the  rest.  If 
all  efforts  fail,  and  there  is  no  hope  of  succor,  the  convoy 
must  be  set  on  fire  and  the  horses  killed  that  cannot  be 
saved  ;  the  escort  may  then  cut  its  way  through. 

If  the  convoy  is  of  prisoners  of  war,  every  effort  should 
be  made  to  reach  a  village  or  strong  building,  where  they 
may  be  confined  ;  if  forced  to  fight  in  the  field,  the  pris- 
oners must  be  secured  and  made  to  lie  down  until  the  ac- 
tion is  over. 

BAGGAGE   TRAINS. 

The  baggage  train  of  general  head-quarters  and  the  trains 
of  the  several  divisions  are  each  under  the  charge  of  an 
officer  of  the  Quartermaster's  Department.  These  officers 
command  and  conduct  the  trains  under  the  orders  they  re- 
ceive from  their  respective  head-quarters.  When  the  trains 
of  diff'erent  divisions  march  together,  or  the  train  of  a  di- 
vision marches  with  the  train  of  general  head-quarters,  the 
senior  Quartermaster  directs  the  whole. 

The  Kegi mental  Quartermaster  has  charge  of  the  wag- 
ons, horses,  equipments,  and  all  means  of  transport  em- 
ployed in  the  service  of  the  Regiment.     Under  the  orders 


\ 


124  Baggage  Timns. 

of  the  Colonel,  he  assembles  them  for  the  march,  and 
maintains  the  order  and  police  of  the  train  in  park  and  on 
the  march.  On  marches,  the  Regimental  trains  are  under 
the  orders  of  the  Quartermaster  of  the  division.  When 
the  march  is  by  brigade,  the  senior  Regimental  Quarter- 
master in  the  brigade,  or  the  Quartermaster  of  the  brigade, 
has  the  direction  of  the  whole.  The  necessary  wagon- 
masters,  or  non-commissioned  officers  to  act  as  such,  are 
employed  with  the  several  trains. 

None  but  the  authorized  wagons  are  allowed  to  march 
with  the  train.  The  wagons  of  the  several  head-quarters, 
the  Regimental  wagons,  and  the  wagons  of  the  sutlers  au- 
thorized by  orders  from  head  quarters  to  march  with  the 
train,  are  all  to  be  conspicuousl}'  marked. 

When  the  train  of  head-quarters  is  to  have  a  guard,  the 
strength  of  the  guard  is  regulated  by  the  General.  G-en- 
erals  of  Brigade  guard  their  trains  by  the  men  attached  to 
the  train  of  the  first  Regiment  of  their  Brigades.  The  Regi- 
mental trains  are  loaded,  unloaded,  and  guarded,  as  far  as 
practicable,  by  convalescents  and  men  not  effective  in  the 
ranks  ;  in  the  cavalry,  by  dismounted  men.  When  the 
guard  of  a  train  is  the  escort  for  its  defense,  the  regula- 
tions in  regard  to  convoys  and  escorts  take  effect. 

Habitually  each  division  is  followed  by  its  train,  the 
Regimental  trains  uniting  at  the  brigade  rendezvous. 
When  otherwise,  the  order  for  the  movement  of  the  divi- 
sions, brigades  and  regiments  contains  the  necessary  di- 
rections in  regard  to  the  assembling  and  marching  of  the 
respective  trains.  The  several  trains  march  in  an  order 
analogous  to  the  rank  of  the  generals,  and  the  order  of 
battle  of  the  troops  to  which  they  belong.  Trains  are  not 
allowed  in  any  case  to  be  in  the  midst  of  the  troops,  or  to 
impede  the  march  of  the  troops. 

The  wagon-masters,  under  the  orders  of  the  officers  oi 


Baggage  Trains. ,  General  Police.  1 25 

the  Quartermaster's  Department,  exercises  the  necessary 
restraints  over  the  teamsters  and  servants  who  leave  their 
teams,  or  do  not  properly  conduct  them  ;  or  who  ill-treat 
their  horses,  or  who  attempt  to  pillage,  or  run  away  in  case 
of  attack. 

The  General  commanding  the  army  and  the  Generals  of 
Division  will  not  permit  any  general  or  staff  officer,  or  re- 
giment under  their  orders,  or  any  person  whatsoever,  at- 
tached to  their  command,  to  have  more  than  the  author- 
ized amount  or  means  of  transportation.  For  this  pur- 
pose they  will  themselves  make,  and  cause  to  be  made, 
frequent  reviews  and  inspections  of  the  trains.  They  will 
see  that  no  trooper  is  employed  to  lead  a  private  horse,  no 
soldier  to  drive  a  private  vehicle,  and  that  no  trooper  is 
put  on  foot  to  lend  his  horse  to  an  officer.  They  will  not 
permit  the  wagons  of  the  artillery  or  of  the  train  to  be 
loaded  with  anything*  foreign  to  their  proper  service,  nor 
any  public  horse,  for  any  occasion,  to  be  harnessed  to  a 
private  carriage. 

The  officers  of  the  Quartermaster's  Department,  the  wag- 
on-masters, and  all  conductors  of  trains,  are  charged  with 
watching  that  the  regulations  respecting  transportation 
allowances  are  strictly  observed. 

GENERAL   POLICE. 

When  necessary,  the  General-in-chief  or  General  of  Di- 
vision may  appoint  a  provost  marshal  to  take  charge  of 
prisoners,  with  a  suitable  guard,  or  other  police  force. 

Private  servants,  not  soldiers,  will  not  be  allowed  to  wear 
the  uniform  of  any  corps  of  the  army,  but  each  will  be 
required  to  carry  with  him  a  certificate  from  the  officer 
who  employs  him,  verified,  for  regimental  officers,  by  the 
signature  of  the  Colonel  ;  for  other  officers  under  the  rank 
of  Colonel,  by  the  chief  of  their  corps  or  department. 


126  General  Police ..  Safeguards. 

Laundresses  permitted  to  follow  the  army  will  be  fur- 
nished with  certificates,  signed  as  in  the  preceding  para- 
graph, and  no  woman  of  bad  character  will  be  allowed  to 
follow  the  army.  Other  persons  with  the  army,  not  offi- 
cers or  soldiers,  such  as  guides  of  the  country,  interpret- 
ers, &c.,  will  carry  about  them  similar  certificates  from  the 
head-quarters  that  employs  them. 

Deserters  from  the  enemy,  after-  being  examined,  will 
be  secured  for  some  days,  as  they  may  be  spies  in  dis- 
guise ;  as  opportunities  offer,  they  will  be  sent  to  the  rear; 
after  which,  if  they  are  found  lurking  about  the  army,  or 
attempting  to  return  to  the  enemy,  they  will  be  treated 
with  severity. 

The  arni^  and  accoutrements  of  deserters  will  be  turned 
over  to  the  Ordnance  Department,  and  their  horses  to  the 
corps  in  want  of  them,  after  being  branded  with  the  let- 
ters "  U.  S."  The  compensation  to  be  accorded  to  desert- 
ers, for  such  objects,  will  be  according  to  appraisement, 
made  under  the  direction  of  the  Quartermaster's  Depart- 
ment. The  enlistment  of  deserters,  without  express  per- 
mission from  general  head-quarters,  is  prohibited. 

It  is  forbidden  to  purchase  horses  without  ascertaining 
the  right  of  the  party  to  sell.  Stolen  horses  shall  be  re- 
stored. Estrays  in  the  enemy's  country,  when  the  owner 
is  not  discovered,  are  taken  for  the  army. 

Plundering  and  marauding,  at  all  times  disgraceful  to 
soldiers,  when  committed  on  the  persons  and  property  of 
those  whom  it  is  the  duty  of  the  army  to  protect,  become 
crimes  of  such  enormity  as  to  admit  of  no  remission  of  the 
awful  punishment  which  the  military  law  awards  againvSt 
offenses  of  this  nature. 

SAFEGUARDS. 

Safeguards  are  protections  granted  to  persons  or  -pro- 


Safeguards.  12 1 

perty  in  foreign  parts  by  the  commanding  general,  or  by 
other  commanders  within  the  limits  of  their  command. 

Safes^uards  are  usually  gtven  to  protect  hospitals, 
public  establishments,  establishments  of  religion,  charity, 
or  instruction,  museums,  depositories  of  the  arts,  mills, 
post  offices,  and  other  institutions  of  public  benefit  ;  also 
to  individuals  whom  it  may  be  the  interest  of  the  army  to 
respect. 

A  safeguard  may  coiTsist  of  one  or  more  men  of  fidelity 
and  firmness,  generally  non-effective  non-commissioned  of- 
ficers, furnished  with  a  paper  setting  out  clearly  the  pro- 
tection and  exemptions  it  is  intended  to  secure,  signed  by 
the  commander  giving  it,  and  his  staff"  officer  ;  or  it  may 
consist  of  such  paper,  delivered  to  the  party  whose  per- 
son, family,  house  and  property  it  is  designed  to  protect. 
These  safeguards  must  be  numbered  and  registered. 

The  men  left  as  safeguards  by  one  corps  may  be  re- 
placed by  another.  They  are  withdrawn  v/hen  the  coun- 
try is  evacuated  ;  but  if  not,  they  have  orders  to  await 
the  arrival  of  the  enemy's  troops,  and  apply  to  the  com- 
mander for  a  safe-conduct  to  the  outposts. 

Form  of  a  safeguard  : 

By  authority  of , 

A  safeguard  is  hereby  granted  to  [A.  B ,  or   the  house  and 

family  of  A.  B ,  or  to  the  college,  mills  or  property  ;   stating 

precisely  the  place,  nature,  and  description  of  the  person,  property, 
or  buildings] .  All  officers  and  soldiers  belonging  to  the  army  of 
the  United  States  are  therefore  commanded  to  respect  this  safeguard, 
and  to  afford,  if  necessary,  protection  to  [the  person,  family  or  pro^ 

pcrty  of ,  as  the  case  may  be] . 

Given  at  Head-quarters,  the day  of , 

A.  B ,  Major-General  Commanding-in-chief. 

By  command  of  the  General. 

C.  D ,  Adjutant  General. 


128  Sieges. 

o5th  Article  of  the  Rules  and  Articles  of  War. 

"Whosoever  belonging  to  the  armies  of  the  United  States, 
employed  in  foreign  parts,  shall  force  a  safeguard,  shall 
suffer  death." 

SIEGES. 

In  the  following  regulations  the  besieging  force  is  sup- 
posed to  be  two  divisions  of  infantry  and  a  brigade  of 
cavalry.     The  same  principles  govern  in  other  cases, 

The  Brigadier-Generals  of  infantry  serve,  in  turn,  as  Gen- 
erals of  the  trenches;  one  or  more  of  them  are  detailed 
daily,  according  to  the  front  and  number  of  attacks  ;  they 
superintend  the  operations,  and  dispose  the  guards  of  the 
trenches  to  repulse  sorties  and  protect  the  works.  Offi- 
cers of  the  general  staff  are  assigned  to  them  to  transmit 
their  orders  and  attend  to  the  details  of  the  service. 

The  Colonels  and  Lieutenant-Colonels  of  infanty  alter- 
nate for  duty  in  the  trenches  ;  one  or  more  are  detailed 
daily  ;  they  superintend  the  service  of  the  guards  and 
workmen  in  the  part  of  the  work  to  which  the  General  of 
the  trenches  assigns  them,  being  posted  with  troops  of 
their  own  regiments  in  preference.  The  commandant  of  the 
siege  may  place  ihe  Colonels  on  the  roster,  with  the  Briga- 
dier-Generals. 

The  Commandants  of  engineers  and  artillery  accompany 
the  first  troops  before  the  place  to  examine  the  works  and 
the  approaches.  When  the  engineers  have  completed  the 
reconnoisance  of  the  works,  and  of  each  front  as  far  as 
practicable,  the  commandant  of  engineers  makes  a  plan 
of  the  works  as  exact  and  detailed  as  possible,  and  under 
the  instructions  of  the  General  commanding  the  siege, 
draws  up  the  general  plan  of  the  siege,  'and  discusses  it 
with  the  commandant  of  artillery  in  regard  to  the  best 
employment  of  that  arm.     These  officers  then  submit  their 


Sieges.  129 

joint  or  separate  opinions  to  the  General,  who  decides  on 
the  plan  of  the  siege,  and  gives  the  orders  for  the  execu- 
tion. The  commandant  of  engineers  directs  the  construc- 
tion of  all  the  works  of  siege,  under  the  authority  of  the 
General,  and  lays  before  him  every  day  a  report  of  his 
operations,  and  a  plan  showing  the  progress  of  the  attack. 
The  commandant  of  artillery  also  makes  daily  reports  to 
the  General  of  all  that  relates  to  his  branch  of  the  service. 

The  Quartermaster-General  establishes  the  hospitals, 
and  organizes  the  means  for  transporting  the  w^ounded  to 
them . 

The  Commanding  General  appoints  a  field  officer  of 
the  trenches,  who  is  aided  b}'  one  or  two  Captains  or  Lieu- 
tenants. 

The  field  officer  of  the  trenches  is  charged  with  all  the 
details  relative  to  the  assembling  of  the  guards  and  th© 
workmen.  He  distributes  the  guards  on  the  different  points 
of  the  attack  agreeably  to  the  orders  of  the  General  of  the 
trenches,  and  forms  the  detachments  of  workmen  for  the 
eiigineers  and  artillery  ;  that  he  may  be  prepared  for  this 
distribution,  he  receives  every  day  from  the  Adjutant  Gen- 
eral a  statement  of  the  details  for  the  next  day. 

On  the  arrival  of  the  General  of  the  trenches,  the  field 
officers  of  the  trenches  give  him  all  the  information  neces- 
sary to  enable  him  to  station  the  troops,  attend  him  in  his 
visit  to  the  trenches,  and  take  his  orders  on  the  changes 
to  be  made  in  the  position  of  the  troops.  The  execution 
is  intrusted  to  the  commandants  of  the  troops. 

The  field  officer  of  the  trenches  sees  that  men  and  Ut- 
ters are  always  ready  to  bring  off  the  wounded.  One  or 
more  companies  of  the  guards  of  the  trenches  are  put  un- 
der his  immediate  orders  for  the  preservation  of  order  and 
poHce  in  the  trenches. 

9 


130  Sieges. 

The  divisions,  brigades,  regiments  and  battalions  are  en- 
camped during  tlie  sie'ge  in  the  order  of  battle.  The  ser- 
vice of  camp  is  conducted  as  heretofore  prescribed. 

The  infantry *has  two  kinds  of  siege  service — the  guard 
of  the  trenches  and  the  work*  of  the  trenches. 

The  guards  of  the  trenches  mount  every  day  by  batta- 
lions, in  such  order  of  detail  that  all  the  troops  may  take 
an  equal  shore,  and  no  part  of  the  line  be  left  too  weak. 
If  only  one  battalion  is  required,  each  division  furnishes 
it  alternately;  if  two  are  required,  each  division  gives  one; 
if  three,  one  division  furnishes  two,  the  other  one,  alter- 
nately. The  two  battalions  of  the  same  division  are  not 
taken  from  the  same  brigade. 

The  detail  for  work  of  the  trenches  is  by  company,  from 
all  the  regiments  at  one  time,  or  in  turn,  and  continues  gen- 
erally twelve  hours.  The  detail  from  any  regiment  should 
never  be  less  than  a  company.  If  only  half  a  company 
would  be  needed  from  all  the  regiments  at  a  time,  every 
other  regiment  furnishes  a  full  company  alternately. 

The  battalions  for  guard  are  detailed  at  least  twelve 
hours  in  advance;  they  furnish  no  other  details  during  this 
tour.  If  the  whole  regiment  is  called  out,  it  leaves  a  suffi- 
cient police  guard  in  camp. 

Twenty-four  hours,  or  twelve  at  least,  before  mounting 
guard  in  the  trenches,  the  battalions  detailed  for  guard  do 
not  furnish  workmen  ;  and  the  companies  of  these  batta- 
lions whose  tour  it  would  have  been  to  work  in  the  trench- 
es, do  not  go  there  for  twenty-four  hours  after  guard,  if 
possible,  or  at  the  least  twelve. 

The  workmen  who  are  required  for  other  work  than 
that  of  the  trenches,  are  taken  from  the  roster  for  fatigue 
from  the  battalions  and  companies  not  employed  ill  the 
trenches. 

The  battalions  first  for  detail  for  guard  of  the  trenches, 


Sieges.  131 

and  the  companies  first  for  detail  for  work  in  the  trenches, 
furnish  no  other  details,  and  are  held  on  picket,  ready  to 
march  at  the  call  of  the  field  officer  of  the  trenches. 

Materials  for  the  siege,  such  as  fascines,  gabions,  hurdles, 
pickets,  &c.,  are  furnished  by  the  different  corps,  in  the  pro- 
portion  ordered  by  the  General. 

Guards  and  workmen  going  to  the  trenches  march  with- 
out beat  of  drum  or  music. 

At  all  times,  and  especially  on  the  day  the  trenches  are 
opened,  everything  is  avoided  likely  to  attract  the  atten- 
tion of  the  enemy.  With  this  view  the  General  may  vary 
the  hour  of  relieving  guards. 

The  chiefs  of  engineers  and  artillery  make  requisitions 
for  workmen  in  advance,  that  the  details  may  be  made  in 
time  to  prevent  any  delay  in  the  work.  They  should  ex- 
ceed the  number  strictly  required,  that  there  may  be  a  re- 
serve for  unforeseen  wants.  If  this  reserve  is  found  insuf- 
ficient, the  General  directs  the  field  officer  of  the  trenches 
to  call  on  the  picket. 

Before  the  guards  and  workmen  march,  the  field  officer 
of  the  trenches  arranges  them  so  that  each  detachment 
can  a-^ach  its  ground  without  confusion.  The  troops  are 
posted  in  the  trenches  according  to  the  position  of  their 
regiments  in  the  order  of  battle,  and,  as  far  as  possible,  the 
companies  of  workmen  in  like  order.  The  reserves  of  work- 
men are  placed  at  the  depot  of  the  trenches,  or  the  near- 
est suitable  place  to  the  works. 

The  workmen  leave  their  knapsacks  and  swords  in 
camp,  and  march  with  their  firearms  and  cartridge-boxes, 
which  they  place  near  them  while  at  work.  They  always 
carry  their  overcoats,  to  cover  them  in  resting,  or  when 
wounded. 

The  guards  always  enter  the  trenches  with  arms  trailed, 
and  the  workmen  also,  unless  they  carry  materials  or  tools , 
when  the  arms  are  in  the  sling. 


132  Sieges. 

The  guards  and  detachments  of  workmen  send  a  Cor- 
poral to  the  openings  of  the  trenches  to  guide  the  relief. 
They  march  out  of  the  trenches  by  the  flank,  with  trailed 
arms. 

Sand  bags,  forming  loop-holes,  are  placed  at  intervals 
on  the  parapet  to  cover  the  sentinel;  they  arc  more  numer- 
ous than  the  sentinels,  so  that  the  enemy  may  not  know 
where  the  sentinels  are  placed. 

When  detachments  are  placed  at  night  in  advance  of  the 
trenches,  to  cover  the  workmen,  the  men  sit  or  lie  down, 
with  their  firearms  in  their  hands,  to  hide  themselves  bet- 
ter from  the  enemy  ;  the  sentinels  put  their  ears  to  the 
ground  frequently,  that  they  may  hear  troops  coming  out 
of  the  place.  To  prevent  mistakes  the  workmen  are  told 
Avhat  troops  cover  them. 

No  honors  are  paid  in  the  trenches.  AVhen  the  General 
commanding  the  siege  visits  them,  the  guards  place  them- 
selves in  rear  of  the  banquette,  and  rest  on  their  arms. 
The  colors  are  never  carried  to  the  trenches  unless  the 
whole  regiment  marches  to  repulse  a  sortie  or  make  an 
assault.  Even  in  this  case  they  are  not  displayed  until 
the  General  commanding  the  siege  gives  a  formal  ordo/. 

The  materials  of  the  siege  of  all  kinds,  together  with 
the  tools,  are  collected  in  part  at  the  depots  of  the  trenches, 
and  in  part  at  the  openings  of  the  trenches,  or  in  such 
other  place  as  has  been  appointed  for  the  convenience  of 
the  service  b}^  the  field  officer  of  the  trenches,  on  the 
advice  of  the  chiefs  of  artiller}^  and  engineers.  They  are 
in  charge  of  officers  of  engineers  and  of  artillery,  with 
guards  or  non-commissioned  officers  of  both  corps.  But 
Uf  these  corps  can  not  furnish  them,  the  chiefs  apply  for 
L '3  assistance  from  the  infantry. 

[/     The  workmen,  in  going  to  the  trenches,  carry  such  tools 
^   and  materials  as  are  required   by  the  artillery  and  en- 

V 

i 


\ 


Sieges.  133 

gineers.  In  this  case,  tlie  field  officer  of  the  trenches  has 
notice  and  superintends  it. 

The  soldiers  sent  to  the  trenches  go  with  their  car- 
tridge-boxes filled.  Cartridges,  when  needed,  are  sent  to 
the  trenches  on  the  requisition  of  commanders  of  bat- 
talions, approved  by  the  General  of  the  trenches. 

In  the  case  of  a  sortie,  the  guards  move  rapidly  to  the 
places  that  have  been  designated  by  the  General  of  the 
trenches,  and  which  afford  the  best  defense  for  the  head  of 
the  works,  the  batteries,  the  communications,  or  the  flanks, 
or  best  enable  them  to  take  the  sortie  itself  in  flank  or  re- 
verse. Having  lined  the  banquette  to  fire  on  the  enemy, 
the  troops  form  on  the  reverse  of  the  trench  to  receive  him. 
The  workmen  take  arras,  retain  their  positions,  or  retire 
with  their  tools,  as  ordered.  The  officers  commanding  the 
detachments  of  workmen  see  that  their  movements  are 
made  promptly  and  in  good  order,  so  as  to  avoid  all  con- 
fusion in  the  communications. 

The  troops  that  advance  beyond  the  trenches  to  repulse 
the  sortie  must  not  follow  in  pursuit.  The  General  takes 
care  that  they  return  to  the  trenches  before  the  retreat  of 
the  sortie  aUows  the  artillery  of  the  place  to  open  on  them. 
When  the  workmen  return,  the  officers  and  non-commis- 
sioned officers  of  the  detachments  call  the  roll  without  in- 
terrupting the  work,  which  is  immediately  resumed. 

When  it  is  necessary  to  dismount  cavalry  and  send 
them  to  the  trenches,  they  should  be  employed  as  near 
their  camp  as  possible,  and  posted  between  the  detach- 
ments of  infantry. 

Men  belonging  to  the  cavalry  may,  in  assaults,  be  em- 
ployed in  carrying  fascines  and  other  materials  to  fill 
'ditches  and  make  passages. 

The  general  officers  of  cavalry  are  more  particularly  em- 
ployed in  the  service  of  posts  and  detachments  placed  in 


134  Sieges. 

observation  to  protect  the  siege.  They  and  the  field  of- 
ficers of  this  arm  are  employed  in  the  command  of  escorts 
to  convoys,  of  whatever  arms  the  escorts  may  be  com- 
posed. When  these  duties  are  not  sufficient  to  employ 
them,  they  take  their  share  of  the  duty  of  the  trenches. 

The  officers  of  engineers  and  artillery  of  the  trenches 
make  to  the  General  of  the  trenches  a  return  of  all  losses 
in  their  troops,  and  such  other  reports  on  the  work  as  he 
requires,  in  addition  to  the  reports  direct  to  their  res- 
pective chiefs  on  the  details  of  the  service. 

At  the  end  of  each  tour,  the  field  officer  of  the  trenches 
draws  up  a  report  for  the  twenty-four  hours  to  the  gen- 
eral of  the  trenches.  The  General  of  the  trenches  reports 
to  the  General  commanding  the  siege. 

The  commanders  of  the  several  corps  in  the  trenches  re- 
port, when  relieved,  to  their  respective  head-quarters  the 
losses  during  the  tour,  and  the  conduct  of  the  officers  and 
men. 

However  practicable  the  breach  may  appear,  or  how- 
ever ruined  the  works  in  rear  of  it,  the  heads  of  columns 
must  always  be  suppled  with  ladders  to  get  over  unex- 
pected obstacles.  ^ 

The  General  commanding  the  seige  designates  picket 
companies  to  protect  property  and  person^  and  prevent 
pillage  and  violence,  from  the  moment  the  place  is  carried. 
The  officers  exert  themselves  to  restrain  the  men. 

The  General  designates  the  places  requiring  particular 
protection,  such  as  churches,  asylums,  hospitals,  colleges, 
schools,  and  magazines.  The  order  for  their  protection 
should  remind  the  soldiers,  at  the  time,  of  the  penalty  of 
disobeying  it. 

Whether  the  place  be  taken  by  assault  or  by  capitula- 
tion, the  provisions  and  military  stores,  and  the  public 
funds,  are  reserved  for  the  use  of  the  army. 


Defense  of  Fortified  Places.  135 

The  commander  of  engineers  will  keep  a  journal  of 
the  siege,  showing  the  operations  of  each  day  in  detail, 
the  force  employed  on  the  work,  the  kind  and  quantity  of 
materials  used  in  them,  etc.  He  will  also  mark  on  a  plan 
of  the  ground  the  daily  progress  of  the  works,  and  make 
the  necessary  drawings  explanatory  of  their  construction. 

The  commander  of  the  artiller}^  will  keep  a  daily  journal 
of  the  operations  under  his  direction,  showing — the  num- 
ber and  kind  of  pieces  in  battery,  the  force  employed  in 
serying  them,  the  kind  and  quantity  of  ammunition  ex- 
pended, the  number  of  rounds  fired  from  each  piece  of 
ordnance,  the  effect  of  the  fire,  and  all  other  particulars 
relatiye  to  his  branch  of  the  seryice. 

These  journals  and  drawings  will  be  sent,  after  the 
siege,  with  the  report  of  the  General,  to  the  War  Depart- 
ment. 

•  DEFENSE    OF    FORTIFIED    PLACES. 

In  war,  every  commander  of  a  fortified  place  shall  al- 
ways hold  himself  prepared  with  his  plan  of  defense,  as  if 
at  any  time  liable  to  attack.  He  arranges  this  plan  ac- 
cording to  the  probable  mode  of  attack;  determines  the 
posts  of  the  troops  in  the  several  parts  of  the  works,  the 
reliefs,  the  reserves,  and  the  details  of  servide  in  all  the 
corps.  He  draws  up  instructions  for  a  case  of  attack, 
and  exercises  the  garrison  according  to  his  plan  of  de- 
fense. In  sea-coast  works,  he  provides  the  instructions 
for  the  different  batteries  on  the  approach  of  ships. 

In  framing  his  plan,  he  studies  the  works  and  the  ex- 
terior within  the  radius  of  attack  and  investment,  the 
strength  of  the  garrison,  the  artillery,  the  munitions  ofj 
war,  subsistence  and  supplies  of  all  kinds,  and  takes  im-< 
mediate  measures  to  procure  whatever  is  deficient  of  troops'' 
or  [supplies,  either  by  requisition  on  the  government  or 
from  the  means  put  at  his  disposal. 


136  Defense  of  Fortified  Places. 

On  the  approach  of  an  enemy,  he  removes  all  houses 
and  other  objects,  within  or  without  the  place,  that  cover 
the  approaches,  or  interrupt  the  fire  of  the  guns  or  the 
movements  of  the  troo])S.  He  assures  himself  personally 
that  all  posterns,  outlets,  embrazures,  etc.,  are  in  proper 
state  of  security. 

He  shall  be  furnished  by  the  Department  of  War  with 
a  plan  of  the  works,  showing  all  the  details  of  the  fortifica- 
tions and  of  the  exterior  within  the  radius  of  attack;  with 
a  map  of  the  environs  within  the  radius  of  investment; 
with  a  map  of  the  vicinity,  including  the  neighboring 
works,  roads,  water-channels,  coast,  etc.;  with  a  memoir 
explaining  the  situation  and  defense  of  the  place,  and  the 
relations  and  bearings  of  the  several  works  on  each  other, 
and  on  the  approaches  by  land  and  water — all  which  he 
carefully  preserves,  and  communicates  only  to  the  council 
of  defense.  • 

He  consults  his  next  in  rank,  and  the  senior  officer  of 
the  engineers  and  of  the  artillery,  either  separately  or  as 
a  council  of  defense.  In  the  latter  case  he  designates  an 
officer  to  act  as  secretary  to  the  council,  and  to  record 
their  proceedings  and  their  joint  or  separate  opinions, 
which  are  to  be  kept  secret  during  the  siege.  The  mem- 
bers may  record  their  opinions  under  their  own  signature. 
In  all  cases,  the  commander  decides  on  his  own  respon- 
sibility. 

The  commander  of  the  place,  and  the  chiefs  of  engineers 
and  of  artillery,  shall  keep  journals  of  the  defense,  in  which 
shall  be  entered,  in  order  of  date,  without  blank  or  inter-, 
lineation,  the  orders  given  or  received,  the  manner  in 
which  they  are  executed,  their  results,  and  every  event 
and  circumstance  of  importance  in  the  progress  of  the  de- 
fense. These  journals  and  the  proceedings  of  the  council 
of  defense  shall  be  sent  after  the  siege  to  the  Department 
of  War. 


Defense  of  Fortified  Places.  13t 

There  shall  be  kept  in  the  office  of  the  commandant  of 
the  place,  to  be  sent  after  the  siege  to  the  Department  of 
War,  a  map  of  the  environs,  a  plan  of  the  fortifications, 
and  a  special  plan  of  the  front  of  attack,  on  which  the  chief 
engineer  will  trace,  in  succession,  the  position  occupied, 
and  the  works  executed  by  the  enemy  from  the  invest- 
ment; and  also  the  works  of  counter  approach  or  defense, 
and  the  successive  positions  of  the  artillery  and  other 
troops  of  the  garrison  during  the  progress  of  the  siege. 

The  commander  shall  defend  in  succession  the  advanced 
works,  the  covered  way  and  outworks,  the  body  of  the 
work,  and  the  interior  intrenchments.  lie  will  not  be 
content  with  clearing  aw^ay  the  foot  of  the  breaches,  and 
defending  them  by  abattis,  mines,  and  all  the  means  used 
in  sieges;  but  he  shall  begin  in  good  time,  behind  the 
bastion  or  front  of  attack,  the  necessary  entrenchments  to 
resits  assaults  on  the  main  w^ork. 

He  shall  use  his  means  of  defense  in  such  manner  as  al- 
ways to  have  a  reserve  of  fresh  troops,  chosen  from  his 
best  soldiers,  to  resist  assaults,  retake  the  outworks,  and 
especially  to  resist  the  assaults  on  the  body  of  the  place; 
and  a  reserve  of  provisions  for  the  last  period  of  the  siege, 
and  of  ammunition  for  the  last  attacks. 

He  must,  in  every  case,  compel  the  besieging  force  to 
approach  by  the  slow  and  successive  works  of  siege,  and 
must  sustain  at  least  one  assault  on  a  praticable  breach 
in  the  body  of  the  place. 

When  the  commander  thinks  that  the  end  of  the  defense 
has  come,  he  shall  still  consult  the  council  of  defense  on 
the  means  that  may  remain  to  prolong  the  siege,  But  in 
all  cases  he  alone  will  decide  on  the  time,  manner,  and 
terms  of  the  surrender.  In  the  capitulation,  he  shall  not 
seek  or  accept  better  terms  for  himself  than  for  the  garri- 
son, but  shall  share  their  fate,  and  exert  his  best  endeavors 


/ 


138      Troo}-)&  on  Board  Transports. .  Courts-Martial. 

for  the  care  of  the  troops,  and  especially  of  the  sick  and 
wounded. 

No  commander  in  the  field  shall  withdraw  troops  or  sup- 
plies from  any  fortified  place,  or  exercise  any  authority 
over  its  commandant,  unless  it  has  been  put  subject  to  his 
orders  by  competent  authority. 

ARTICLE  XXXVII. 

TROOPS   ON    BOARD    OF  TRANSPORTS. 

Military  commanders  charged  with  the  embarkation  of 
troops,  and  officers  of  the  Quartermaster's  Department  in- 
trusted with  the  selection  of  the  transports,  will  take  care 
that  the  vessels  are  entirel}^  seaworthy  and  proper  for  such 
service,  and  that  suitable  arrangements  are  made  in  them 
for  the  health  and  comfort  of  the  troops. 

The  commanding  officer  will  make  arrangements,  in  con- 
cert with  the  master  of  the  vessel,  for  calling  the  troops 
to  quarters,  so  that  in  case  of  alarm,  by  storm,  or  fire,  or 
the  approach  of  the  enemy,  every  man  may  repair 
promptl}'  to  his  station.  But  he  will  take  care  not  to 
crowd  the  deck.  The  troops  not  wanted  at  the  guns  or 
to  assist  the  sailors,  and  those  who  can  not  be  advantage- 
ously employed  with  small  arms,  will  be  formed  as  a  re- 
serve between  decks. 

ARTICLE    XXXVIII— COURTS-MARTIAL. 

In  appointing  a  general  court-martial,  as  many  members 
will  be  detailed,  from  five  to  thirteen  inclusively,  as  can  be 
assembled  without  manifest  injury  to  the  service. 

The  decision  of  the  officer  appointing  the  court,  as  to 
the  number  that  can  be  assembled  without  manifest  injury 
to  the  service,  is  conclusive. 

A  President  of  the  court  will  not  be  appointed.  The 
officer  highest  in  rank  present  will  be  President. 


Courts-Martial  13^ 

Form  of  Order  appointing  a  general  court-martial;  the 
last  paragraph  omitted  when  the  court  can  be  kept  up 
with  thirteen  members. 

Head-Quarters, ,  etc. 

A  General  Court-martial  is  hereby  appointed  to  meet 

at ,  on  the  —  day  of ,  or  as  soon  thereafter  as 

practicable,  for  the  trial  of and  such  other  prisoners 

as  may  be  brought  before  it. 

Detail  for  the   Court: 

1. 8. 

2. 9. 

3. *      10. 

4. 11. 

5. 12. — 

6. 13. 

7. ,  Judge  Advocate. 

No  other  officers  than  those  named  can  be  assembled 
without  manifest  injury  to  the  service. 

By  order  of commandinjr . 


Assistant  Adjutant-General. 

In  the  detail  the  members  will  be  named,  and  they  will 
take  place  in  the  court,  in  the  order  of  their  rank.  A  de- 
cision of  the  proper  authority  in  regard  to  the  rank  of  the 
members  can  not  be  reversed  by  the  court. 

The  place  of  holding  a  court  is  appoited  by  the  author- 
ity convening  it. 

Application  for  delay  or  postponement  of  trial  must, 
when  practicable,  be  made  to  the  authoriry  convening 
the  court.  When  made  to  the  court,  it  must  be  before 
plea,  and  will  then,  if  in  the  opinion  of  the  court  well 
founded,  be  referred  to  the  authority  convening  the  court, 
to  decide  whether  the  court  should  be  adjourned  or  dis- 
solved, and  the  charges  reserved  for  another  court. 


140  Courts-MartiaL 

Upon  application  by  the  accused  for  postponement  on 
the  ground  of  the  absence  of  a  witness,  it  ought  distintly 
to  appear  on  his  oath,  1st.  that  the  witness  is  material, 
and  how;  2d.  that  the  accused  has  used  due  diligence  to 
procure  his  attendance;  and,  3d.  that  he  has  reasonable 
ground  to  beheve,  and  does  believe,  that  he  will  be  able 
to  procure  such  attendance  within  a  reasonable  time 
stated. 

The  President  of  a  court-martial,  besides  his  duties  and 
privileges  as  member,  is  the  organ  of  the  court,  to  keep 
order  and  conduct  its  business.  He  speaks  and  acts  for 
the  court  in  each  case  where  the  rule  has  been  prescribed 
by  law,  regulation,  or  its  own  resolution.  In  all  their  deli- 
berations the  law  secures  the  equality  of  the  members. 

The  16th  Article  of  War  does  not  confer  on  a  court- 
martial  the  power  to  punish  its  own  members.  For  dis- 
orderly conduct,  a  member  is  liable  as  in  other  offenses 
against  military  discipline;  improper  words  are  to  be 
taken  down,  and  any  disorderly  conduct  of  a  member  re- 
ported to  the  authorit}'  convening  the  court. 

The  Judge  Advocate  shall  summon  the  necessary  wit- 
nesses for  the  trial;  but  he  shall  not  summon  any  witness 
at  the  expenses  of  the  United  States,  nor  any  officer  of  the 
army,  without  the  order  of  the  court,  unless  satisfied  that 
his  testimony  is  material  and  necessary  to  the  ends  of 
justice. 

Every  court-matial  shall  keep  a  complete  and  accurate 
record  of  its  proceedings,  to  be  authenticated  by  the  sig- 
natures of  the  President  and  Judge  Advocate,  who  shall 
also  certify,  in  like  manner,  the  sentence  pronounced  by 
the  court  in  each  case.  The  record  must  show  that  the 
court  was  organized  as  the  law  requires  ;  that  the  court 
and  Judge  Advocate  were  duly  sworn  in  the  presence  of 
the  prisoner;  that  he  was  previously  asked  whether  he  had 


Courts^  Martial.  141 

any  objection  to  any  member,  and  his  answer  thereto.  A 
copy  of  the  order  appointing  the  court  will  be  entered  on 
the  record  in  each  case. 

Whenever  the  same  court-martial  tries  more  prisoners 
than  one,  and  they  are  arraigned  on  separate  and  distinct 
charges,  the  court  is  to  be  sworn  at  the  commencement  of 
each  trial,  and  the  proceedings  in  eacli  case  will  be  made 
up  separately. 

The  record  should  be  clearl}-  and  legibly  written;  as  far 
as  practicable,  v/ithout  erasures  or  interlineations.  The 
pages  to  be  numbered,  with  a  margin  of  one  inch  on  the 
left  side  of  each  page,  and  a  the  top  of  the  odd  and  bottom 
of  the  oven  pages;  through  this  last  margin  the  shoets  to 
be  stitched  together  ;  the  documents  accompanying  the 
proceedings  to  l)e  noted  and  marked  in  such  manner  as 
to  afford  an  easy  reference. 

No  recommendation  will  be  embraced  in  the  body  of 
the  sentence.  Those  members  only  who  concur  in  the  re- 
commandation  will  sign  it. 

The  legal  punishments  for  soldiers  by  sentence  of  a  court- 
martial  according  to  the  offense,  and  the  jurisdiction  of 
the  court,  are  —  death  ;  corporal  punishment  by  flogging; 
confinement  ;  confinement  on  bread  and  water  diet  ;  soli- 
tary confinemet;  hard  labor  ;  ball  and  chain,  forfeiture  of 
pay  and  allowances  ;  discharge  from  service  ;  and  repri- 
mands. Solitary  confinement,  or  confinement  on  bread 
and  water,  shall  not  exceed  fourteen  days  at  a  time,  with 
intervals  between  the  periods  of  such  confinement  not  less 
than  such  periods;  and  not  exceeding  eighty-four  days  in 
any  one  year. 

The  Judge  Advocate  shall  transmit  the  proceedings, 
without  delay,  to  the  officer  having  authority  to  confirm 
the  sentence,  who  shall  state,  at  the  end  of  the  proceed- 
ings in  each  case,  his  decision  and  orders  thereon. 


142  Working  Parties. 

The  original  proceedings  of  all  general  courts-martial, 
after  the  decision  on  them  of  the  reviewing  authority,  and 
all  proceedings  that  require  the  decision  of  the  President 
under  the  65th  and  89th  Articles  of  War,  and  copies  of 
all  orders  confirming  or  disapproving,  or  remitting  the  sen- 
tences of  courts-martial,  and  all  official  communications 
for  the  Judge  Advocate  of  the  army,  will  be  addressed  to 
*'The  Adjutant-General  of  the  Army,  War  Depajiment,^^ 
marked  on  the  cover,  "Judge  Advocated 

The  proceedings  of  garrison  and  regimental  courts- 
martial  will  be  transmitted  without  delay  by  the  garrison 
or  regimental  commander  to  the  department  head-quarters 
for  the  supervision  of  the  department  commander. 

The  power  to  pardon  or  mitigate  the  punishment  order- 
ed by  a  court-martial  is  vested  in  the  authority  confirming 
the  proceedings,  and  in  the  President  of  the  United  States. 
A  superior  military  commander  to  the  officer  confirming 
the  proceedings  may  suspend  the  execution  of  the  sen- 
tence when,  in  his  judgment,  it  is  void  upon  the  face  of  the 
proceedings,  or  when  he  sees  a  Tit  case  for  executive  clem- 
ency. In  such  cases,  the  record,  with  his  order  prohibit- 
ing the  execution,  shall  be  transmitted  for  the  final  orders 
of  the  President. 

Wheu*a  court-martial  or  court  of  inquiry  adjourns  with- 
out day,  the  members  will  return  to  their  respective  posts 
and  duties,  unless  otherwise  ordered. 

When  a  court  adjourns  for  three  days,  the  Judge  Advo- 
cate shall  report  the  fact  to  the  commander  of  the  post  or 
troops,  and  the  members  belonging  to  the  command  will 
be  liable  to  duty  during  the  time. 

ARTICLE  XXXIX— WORKING  parties. 

When  it  is  necessary  to  employ  the  army  at  work  on 
fortifications,  in  surveys,  in  cutting  roads,  and  other  con- 


Public  Property,  Money  and  Accounts.  143 

stant  labor  of  not  less  than  ten  days,  the  non-commis- 
sioned officers  and  soldiers  so  employed  are  enrolled  as 
extra-duty  men,  and  are  allowed  twenty-five  cents  a  day 
when  employed  as  laborers  and  teamsters,  and  forty  cents 
a  day  when  employed  as  mechanics. 

Extra-duty  pay  of  the  saddler  in  a  mounted  company 
will  be  charged  on  the  company  muster-roll,  to  be  paid  by 
the  Paymaster  and  refunded  by  the  Ordnance  Department. 
Extra-duty  pay  of  cooks  and  nurses  in  the  hospital  service 
will  he  paid  by  the  quartermaster,  in  the  absence  of  a 
medical  disbursing  officer,  and  refunded  by  the  Medical 
Department. 

A  day's  work  shall  not  exceed  ten  hours  in  summer,  nor 
eight  in  winter. 

ARTICLE  XL 

PUBLIC    PROPERTY,    MONEY,  AND  ACCOUNTS. 

All  officers  of  the  Pay,  Commissary  or  Quartermaster's 
Departments,  and  millitary  store-keepers,  shall,  previous 
to  their  entering  on  the  duties  of  their  respective  offices, 
give  good  and  sufficient  bonds  to  the  United  States  fully 
to  account  for  all  moneys  and  public  property  which  they 
may  receive,  in  such  sums  as  the  Secretary  of  War  shall 
direct;  and  the  officers  aforesaid  shall  renew  the  bonds 
every  four  years,  and  oftener  if  the  Secretary  of  War  shall 
so  require,  and  whenever  they  receive  a  new  commission 
or  appointment. 

The  sureties  to  the  bond  shall  be  bound  jointly  and  sev-'^- 
erally,  for  the  whole  amount  of  the  bond,  and  shall  satisfy 
the  Secretary  of  War  that  they  are  wortli  jointly  double 
the  amount  of  the  bond,  by  the  affidavit  of  each  surety, 
stating  that  he  is  worth,  over  and  above  his  debts  and 
liabilities,  the  amount  of  the  bond  or  such  other  sum  as 
he  may  specify,  and  each  surety  shall  state  his  place  of 
residence. 


144  Public  Property,  Money  and  Accounts. 

The  chiefs  of  disbursing  departments  wlio  submit  requi- 
sitons  for  mone}'-  to  be  remitted  to  disbursing  officers,- 
shall  take  care  that  no  more  money  than  actually  needed 
is  in  the  hands  of  any  officer. 

The  Treasury  Department  having  provided,  by  arrange- 
ment with  the  assistant  treasurers  at  various  points,  se- 
cure depositories  for  funds  in  the  hands  of  disbursing 
officers,  all  disbursing  officers  are  required  to  avail  them- 
selves, as  far  as  possible,  of  this  arrangement,  by  deposit- 
ing with  the  assistant  treasurers  such  funds  as  are  not 
Avanted  for  immediate  use,  and  drawing  the  same  in  con- 
venient sums  as  wanted. 

No  public  funds  shall  be  exchanged  except  for  gold  and 
silver.  When  the  funds  furnished  are  gold  and  silver,  all 
payments  shall  be  in  gold  and  silver.  When  the  funds 
furnished  ar(!' drafts,  they  shall  be  presented  at  the  place 
of  payment,  and  paid  according  to  law;  and  payments 
shall  be  made  in  the  funds  so  received  for  the  drafts,  unless 
said  funds  or  said  drafts  can  be  exchanged  for  gold  and 
silver  at  par.  If  any  disbursing  officer  shall  violate  any 
of  these  provisions,  he  shall  be  suspended  hy  the  Secre- 
tary of  War,  and  reported  to  the  President,  and  promptly 
removed  from  office  or  restored  to  his  trust  and  duties,  as 
to  the  President  may  seem  just  and  proper.  (Act  August 
6,  1846.) 

No  disbursing  officer  shall  accept,  or  receive,  or  transmit 
to  the  Treasury  to  be  allowed  in  his  favor,  any  receipt  or 
voucher  from  a  creditor  of  the  United  States,  without  hav- 
ing paid  to  such  creditor,  in  such  funds  as  he  received 
for  disbursement,  or  such  other  funds  as  he  is  authorized 
by  the  preceding  article  to  take  in  exchange,  the  full 
amount  specified  in  such  receipt  or  voucher  ;  and  every 
such  act  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  conversion  to  his  own 
use  of  the  amount  specified  in  such  receipt  or  voucher^ 


Public  Property,  Moaey  and  Accounts.  145 

And  no  officer  in  the  military  service  charged  with  the 
yafo-keeping,  transfer,  or  disbursement  of  public  money, 
shall  convert  to  his  own  use,  or  invest  in  any  kind  of  mer- 
chandise or  property,  or  loan  with  or  without  interest,  or 
deposit  in  any  bank,  or  exchange  for  other  funds,  except 
as  allowed  in  the  preceding  article,  any  public  money  in- 
trusted to  him  ;  and  every  such  act  shall  be  deemed  to  be 
a  felony  and  an  embezzlement  of  so  much  money  as  may 
be  so  taken,  converted,  invested,  used,  loaned,  deposited,  or 
exchanged.     (Act  August  6,  184(j.) 

Any  officer  who  shill  directly  or  indirectly  sell  or  disposa 
of,  for  a  premium,  any  Treasury  note,  draft,  warrant,  or 
other  public  security  in  his  hands  for  disbursement,  or  sell 
or  dispose  of  the  proceeds  or  avails  tlicreof  without  mak- 
ing returns  of  such  premium,  and  accounting  therefor  by 
charging  it  in  his  accounts  to  the  credit  of  the  United 
States,  will  forthwith  be  dismissed  bv  the  President.  (Act 
August  6,  1846.) 

If  any  disbursing  officer  shall  bet  at  cards  or  any  game 
of  hazard,  his  commanding  officer  shall  suspend  his  func- 
tions, and  require  him  to  turn  over  all  the  public  funds  in 
Ills  keeping,  and  shall  immediately  report  the  ease  to  the 
proper  bureau  of  the  War  Department. 

All  officers  are  forbid  to  give  or  take  any  receipt  in  blank 
for  public  money  or  property  ;  but  in  all  cases  the  voucher 
shall  be  made  out  in  full,  and  the  true  date,  place,  and  ex- 
act amount  of  money  in  words,  shall  be  written  out  in  the 
receipt  before  it  is  signed. 

When  a  signature  is  not  written  by  the  h.nidof  the  par 
ty,  it  must  be  witnessed. 

No  advance  cf  public  niouey  shall  be  made,  except  adT 

vances  to  disbursing  officers,  and  advances  by  order  of  thd^ 

War  Department  to  officers  on  distant  stations,  where  they 

cannot  receive  their  pay  and  emoluments  regularly  ;  but 

10 


i 


/ 


1 IG  Public  Froperfy,  31oncij  and  Accounts. 

in  all  cases  of  contracts  for  the  performance  of  any  service, 
or  the  delivery  of  articles  of  any  description,  payment 
shall  not  exceed  the  value  of  the  service  rendered,  or  of 
the  articles  delivered,  previously  to  such  payment. 

No  officer  disbursing  or  directing  the  disbursement  of 
nione;^  for  the  military  service,  shall  be  concerned,  directly 
or  indirectly,  in  the  purchase  or  sale,  for  commercial  pur- 
poses, of  any  article  intended  for,  maldng  a  part  of,  or  ap- 
pertaining to  the  department  of  the  public  service  in 
which  he  is  engaged,  nor  shall  take  or  apply  to  his  own 
use  any  gain  or  emolument  for  negotiating  or  transacting 
any  public  business  other  than  what  is  or  may  be  allowed 
by  law. 

No  wagon-master  or  forage-master  shall  be  interested 
or  concerned,  directly  or  indirectly,  in  any  wagcn  or  other 
means  of  transport  employed  by  the  United  States,  nor 
in  the  purchase  or  sale  of  any  property  procured  for  or 
belonging  to  the  United  States,  except  as  the  agent  of  the 
United  States. 

No  officer  or  agent  in  the  military  service  shall  purchase 
from  any  other  person  in  the  military  service,  or  make  any 
contract  with  any  such  person  to  furnish  supplies  or  ser- 
vices, or  make  any  purchase  or  contract  in  which  such  per- 
son shall  be  admitted  to  any  share  or  part,  or  to  any  ben- 
efit to  arise  therefrom. 

No  person  in  the  military  service  whose  salarj'',  pay,  or 
emoluments  is  or  are  fixed  by  law  or  regulations,  shall  re- 
ceive any  additional  pay,  extra  allowance,  or  compensa- 
tion in  any  form  whatever,  for  the  disbursement  of  public 
money,  or  any  other  service  or  duty  whatsoever,  unless  the 
same  shall  be  authorized  by  law,  and  explicitly  set  out  in 
the  appropriation. 

All  accounts  of  expenditures  shall  set  out  a  sufficient 
explanation  of  the  object,  necessity,  and  propriety  of  the 
expenditure. 


Public  Property,  Money  aifd  Accounts.  14 1 

The  facts  on  which  an  account  depend  must  be  stated 
and  vouched  by  the  certificate  of  an  officer,  or  other  sufli- 
eient  evidence. 

If  any  account  paid  on  the  certificate  of  an  officer  to 
the  facts  is  afterward  disallowed  for  error  of  fact  in  the 
certificate,  it  shall  pass  to  the  credit  of  the  disbursing-  offi- 
cer, and  be  charged  to  the  officer  who  gave  the  certificate. 

An  officer  shall  have  credit  for  an  expenditure  of  money 
or  property  made  in  obedience  to  the  order  of  his  com- 
manding officer.  If  the  expenditure  is  disallowed,  it  shall 
be  charged  to  the  officer  who  ordered  it. 

Disbursing  officers,  when  they  have  the  money,  shall  pay 
cavSh  and  not  open  an  account.  Heads  of  bureaus  shall 
takes  care,  by  timely  remittances,  to  obviate  the  nccessit}^ 
of  any  purchases  on  credit. 

When  a  disbursing  officer  is  relieved,  he  shall  certify 
the  outstanding  debts  to  his  successor,  and  transmit  an 
account  of  the  same  to  the  head  of  the  bureau,  and  turn 
over  his  public  money  and  property  appertaining  to  the 
service  from  which  he  is  relieved  to  his  successor,  unless 
otherwise  ordered. 

The  chief  of  each  military  bureau  of  the  War  Depart- 
ment shall,  under  the  direction  of  the  Secretary  of  War, 
regulate,  as  far  as  practicable,  the  employmen't  of  hired 
persons  required  for  the  administrative  service  of  his  de- 
partment. 

When  practicable,  persons  hired  in  the  military  service 
shall  be  paid  at  the  end  of  the  calendar  month,  and 
when  discharged.  Separate  pay-rolls  shall  be  made  for 
each  month.  "  i 

When  a  hired  person  is  discharged  and  not  paid,  a  cer-, 
tified  statement  of  his  account  shall  be  given  him. 

Property,  paid  for  or  not,  must  be  taken  up  on  the  re- 
turn, and  accounted  for  when  received. 


148  Public  Property,  Money  and  Accounts. 

No  officer  has  aiitliority  to  insure  public  property  or  mo- 
ney. 

Disbursing  officers  are  not  authorized  to  settle  with  heirs, 
executors,  or  administrators,  except  by  instructions  from 
the  proper  bureau  of  the  War  Department  upon  accounts 
duly  audited  and  certified  by  the  proper  accounting  offi- 
cers of  the  Treasury. 

Public  horses,  mules,  oxen,  tools  and  implements  shall 
be  branded  conspicuously  U.  S.  before  being  used  in  ser- 
vice, and  all  other  public  property  that  it  may  be  useful 
to  mark  ;  and  all  public  property  having  the  brand  of  the 
(J.  S.  when  sold  or  condemned,  shall  be  branded  with  iho 
letter  C. 

No  public  ])roperty  shall  be  used,  nor  labor  hired  for  the 
public  be  employed  for  any  private  use  whatsoever  not 
authorized  by  the  regulations  of  the  service. 

When    public  property   becomes  damaged,  except  by 
fair  wear  and  tear,  the  officer  accountable  for  the  property 
shall  report  the  case  to  the  commanding  officer,  who  shall 
appoint  a  board  of  survey  of  two  or  more  officers  to  ex- 
amine the  property  and  ascertain  the  cause  and  amount  of 
damage,  and  whether  by  anyfault  of  any  person  in  the  mi- 
litary service,  and  report  the  facts  and  their  opinion  to  him; 
which  report,   with  his  opinion  thereon,  lie  shall  transmit 
to  the  chief  of  the  department  to  which  the  property  ap- 
pertains, and  give  a  copy  to  the  officer  accountable  for  the 
property  and  to  the  person  chargeable  for  the  damage 
If  any  article  of  public  property  be  lost  or  damaged  by 
\neglect  or  fault  of  any   officer  or  soldier,  he  shall  pay  the 
Jvalue  of  such  article,  or  amount  of  damage,  or  cost  of  re- 
Ipairs,  and  be  i)roceeded  against  as  the  Articles  of  War  pro- 
Jfvide,  if  he  demand  a  trial  by  court-martial,  or  the  circum- 
■Fjitances  require  it. 

Charges  against  a  soldier  shall  be  set  against  his  pay 


r\ 


Public  Property,  Money  anfS  Accounts.  149 

on  the  miJRter-roll.  Charges  against  an  officer  to  bo  set 
against  his  pay  shall  be  promptly  reported  to  the  Secretary 
of  War.* 

If  any  article  of  public  property  be  embezzlecl,  or  by 
neglect  lost  or  damaged,  by  any  person  hired  in  tlie  pub- 
lic service,  the  value  or  damage  shall  be  charged  to  him, 
and  set  against  any  pay  or  money  due  him. 

Public  property  lost  or  destroyed  in  the  military  service 
must  be  accounted  for  by  affidavit,  or  the  certificate  of  a 
commissioned  officer,  or  other  satisfactory  evidence. 

Affidavits  or  depositions  may  be  taken  before  any  officer 
in  the  list,  as  follows,  when  recourse  cannot  be  had  to  any 
before  named  on  said  list,  which  fact  shall  be  certified  by 
the  officer  offering  the  evidence  ;  1st,  a  civil  magistrate 
•'ompetcnt  to  administer  oaths  :  2d,  a  judge  advocate  ; 
3d,  the  recorder  of  a  garrison  or  regimental  court-martial; 
4th,  the  Adjutant  of  a  Kegiment  ;  5th,  a  commissioned 
officer. 

When  military  stores  or  other  army  supplies  are  un- 
suitable to  the  service,  the  officer  in  charge  thereof  shall 
report  the  case  to  the  commanding  officer,  who  shall  refer 
the  report,  with  his  opinion  thereon,  to  the  bureau  of  the 
department  to  which  the  property  appertains,  for  the  or- 
der in  the  case  of  the  Secretary  of  Why.  Ikit  if,  from  the 
nature  or  condition  of  the  property  or  exigency  of  the  ser-  ^ 
vice,  it  be  necessary  to  act  without  the  delay  of  such  rH'^j^ 
forence,  in  such  case  of  necessity  the  commanding  officer 
shall  appoint  a  board  of  survey,  composed  of  two  or  more 
competent  officers,  to  examine  the  property  and  report  to 
him,  subject  to  his  approval,  what^disposition  the  public 
interest  requires  to  be  made  of  it  ;  which  he  shall  cause 
to   be  made,  and  report  the  case  to  the  proper  bureau  of 

*  Tf  the  pay  of  any  oilicer  ol  sokl  ier  is  wronsfully   withheld  for  arrears  or  liiilMlitu-j '.> 
ih>-  I'lii'cd  states,  a  civil  rcino.dy  is  provided  by  the  net  of  .Taim.i.ry  2.5,  iS28. 


( 


/ 


150  Fuhlic  Profjerty,  Money  and  Accounts. 

the  Wnr  Department  for  the  information  of  tlie  Secretary 
of  War.  These  cases  of  necessity  arise  when  the  property 
is  of  perisliable  nature,  and  cannot  be  kept,  or  when  the 
expense  of  keeping  it  is  too  great  in  proportion  to  it>: 
V  alue,  or  when  tlie  tj'oops,  in  movement,  would  be  compelled 
to  abandon  it.  Horses  incurably  unfit  for  aii<y  public  ser- 
vice may  also  constitute  a  case  of  necessity,  but  shall  be 
put  to  death  only  in  case  of  an  incurable  wound  or  conta- 
gious disorder. 

When  military  stores  or  other  army  supplies  are  re- 
ported to  the  War  Department  as  unsuitable  to  the  service, 
u  proper  inspection  or  survey  of  them  shall  be  made  by  art 
Inspector-General  or  such  suitable  officer  or  oRicers  as  the 
Secretary  of  War  may  appoint  for  that  purpose.  Separate 
inventories  of  the  stores,  according  to  the  disposition  to  be 
made  of  them,  shall  accompany  the  inspection  report:  as 
of  articles  to  be  repaired,  to  be  broken  up,  to  be  sold,  of 
no  use  or  value,  and  to  be  dropped,  &c.,  &c.  The  inspec- 
tion report  and  inventories  shall  show  the  exact  condition 
of  the  different  articles. 

Military  stores  and  other  army  supplies  found  unsuitable 
to  the  public  service,  after  inspection  by  an  Inspector- 
General,  or  such  special  inpection  as  may  have  been  direct- 
ed in  the  case,  and  ordered  for  sale,  shall  be  sold  for  cash 
at  auction,  on  due  public  notice,  and  in  such  market  as 
the  public  interest  may  require.  The  officer  making  the 
sale  will  bid  in  and  suspend  the  sale  when,  in  his  opinion 
bett(M"  prices  may  be  got.  Expenses  of  the  sale  will  be 
paid  from  its  proceeds.  The  auctioneer's  certified  account 
of  the  sales  in  detail,  and  the  vouchers  for  the  expenses  of 
the  sale,  will  be  reported  to  the  chief  of  the  department  to 
which  tlie  property  belonged.  The  net  proceeds  will  hv 
applied  as  the  Secretary  of  War  may  direct. 

No  officer  making  returns  of  property  shall  drop  from 


Public  Proioerty,  Money  and  Accounts.  151 

his  return  any  public  property  as  worn  out  or  unservice- 
able until  it  has  been  condemned,  after  proper  inspection, 
and  ordered  to  be  so  dropped. 

An  officer  issuing  stores  shall  deliver  or  transmit  to  the 
j'eceiving  officer  an  exact  list  of  them  in  duplicate  in- 
voices, and  the  receiving  officer  shall  return  him  dupli- 
cate receipts. 

When  an  officer  to  whom  stores  are  forwarded  has 
reason  to  suppose  them  miscarried,  he  shall  promptly 
inform  the  issuing  and  forwarding  officer,  and  the  bureau 
of  the  department  to  which  the  property  appertains. 

When  stores  received  do  not  correspond  in  amount  or 
quality  with  the  invoice,  they  will  be  examined  by  a  board 
of  survey,  and  their  report  communicated  to  the  proper 
bureau,  to  the  issuing  and  forwarding  officer,  and  to  tlie 
officer  authorized  to  pay  the  transportation  account.  Dam- 
ages recovered  from  the  carrier  or  other  party  liable,  will 
be  refunded  to  the  proper  department. 

On  the  death  of  any  officer  in  charge  of  public  property 
or  money,  the  commanding  officer  shall  appoint  a  board  of 
survey  to  take  an  inventory  of  the  same,  which  he  shall 
forward  to  the  proper  bureau  of  the  War  Department,  and 
he  shall  designate  an  officer  to  take  charge  of  the  said 
property  or  money  till  orders  in  the  case  are  received  from 
the  proper  authority. 

Whcil  an  officer  in  charge  of  public  property  is  removed 
from  the  care  of  it,  the  commanding  officer  shall  designate 
an  officer  to  receive  it,  or  take  charge  of  it  himself,  till  a 
successor  be  regularly  appointed.  Where  no  officer  can 
remain  to  receive  it,  the  commanding  officer  will  take  suit-j 
able  means  to  secure  it,  and  report  the  facts  to  the  proper] 
authority. 

Every  officer  having  public  money  to  account  for,  and" 
faiUng  to  render  his  account  thereof  quarter-yearly,  with 


/ 


152  Public  Property,  Money  avd  Accounts. 

the  vouchers  neccsparv  to  its  correct  and  prompt  settle- 
ment, within  three  niontlis  after  tlic  expiration  of  the 
quarter  if  resident  in  the  United  States,  and  within  six 
months  if  resident  in  a  foreigu'country,  will  bo  promptly 
dismissed  by  the  President,  unless  he  shall  explain  the 
default  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  President.  (Act  January 
31,  1823.) 

Ever}'  officer  intrusted  with  public  money  or  property 
shall  render  all  prescribed  returns  and  accounts  to  the 
bureau  of  the  department  in  which  he  is  servinc^,  where 
all  such  returns  and  accounts  shall  pass  through  a  rigid 
administrative  scrutin}'  before  the  money  accounts  are 
transmitted  t(»  the  proper  offices  of  the  treasury  Depart- 
ment for  settlement. 

The  head  of  the  bureau  shall  cause  his  decision  on  each 
account  to  be  endorsed  on  it.  lie  shall  bring  to  the 
notice  of  the  Secretary  of  War  all  accounts  and  matters  of 
account  that  require  or  merit  it.  When  an  account  is 
suspended  or  disallowed,  the  bureau  shall  notify  it  to  the 
officer,  that  he  may  have  early  opportunity  to  submit  ex- 
planations or  take  an  appeal  to  the  Secretary  of  War. 

When  an  account  is  supended  or  disallowed  in  the 
proper  office  of  the  Treasury  Department,  or  explanation  or 
evidence  required  from  the  officer,  it  shall  be  })romptly 
notified  to  him  by  the  head  of  the  military  bureau.  And 
ail  vouchers,  evidence,  or  explanation  returned  by  him  to 
the  Treasury  Department  shall  pass  through  the  bureau. 

Chiefs  of  the  disbursing  departments  shall,  under  the 
direction  of  the  Secretary  of  War,  designate,  as  far  as 
practicable,  the  places  where  the  principal  contracts  and 
^purchases  shall  be  made  and  supplies  procured  for  distri- 
bution. 

All  purchases  and  contracts  for  supplies  or  sevices  for 
\e  army,  except  personal   services,  when  the  public  exi- 


Public  Propertif,  Money  and  Accounts.  153 

ji^e.ncies  do  not  require  the  immcdiato  delivery  of  the  article 
or  performance  of  tlie  service,  shall  be  made  by  advertising}^ 
a  sufificient  time  previously  fur  proposals  respecting  the 
name. 

The  officer  advertisino-  for  proposals  shall,  when  the  in- 
tended contract  or  purchase  is  considerable,  transmit  forth- 
with a  copy  of  the  advertisement  and  report  of  the  case  to 
the  proper  bureau  of  the  War  Department. 

Contracts  will  be  made  with  the  lowest  responsible  bid- 
der, and  purchases  from  the  lowest  bidder  who  produces  the 
})roper  article.  But  when  such  lowest  bids  are  unreason- 
able, they  will  be  rejected,  and  bids  again  invited  by  pub- 
lic notice;  and  all  bids  and  advertisements  shall  be  sent  to 
the  bureau. 

When  sealed  bids  are  required,  the  time  of  opening  them 
shall  be  specified,  and  bidders  have  privilege  to  be  present 
at  the  opening. 

When  immediate  delivery  or  performance  is  required  by 
the  public  exigency,  the  article  or  service  required  may 
be  procured  by  open  purchase  or  contract  at  the  places, 
and  in  the  mode  in  which  such  articles  are  usually  bought 
and  sold,  or  such  services  engaged,  between  individuals. 

Contracts  shall  be  made  in  quadruplicate;  one  to  be  kept 
by  the  officer,  one  by  the  contractor,  and  two  to  be  sent 
to  the  military  bureau,  one  of  which  for  the  office  of  the 
Second  Comptroller  of  the  Treasury. 

The  contractor  shall  give  bond,  with  good  and  sufficient 
securit}',  for  the  true  and  laithful  performance  of  his  con- 
tract, and  each  surety  shall  state  his  place  of  residence. 

An  express  condition  shall  be  inserted  in  contracts  thai 
no  member  of  Congress  shall  be  admitted  to  any  share  oi 
part  therein,  or  any  benefit  to  arise  therefrom. 

No  contract  shall  be  made  except  under  a  law  authoriz- 
ing it,  or  an  appropriation  adequate  to  its  fulfillment,  except 


154:  rublic  Froperty,  Money  and  Accounts. 

contracts  by  the  Secretary  of  War  for  the  subsistence  or 
clothinp^  of  the  army,  or  the  Quartermaster's  Department. 

It  is  the  duty  of  every  commanclini^  officer  to  enforce  a 
rigid  economy  in  tlie  public  expenses. 

The  commander  of  a  geographical  district  or  department 
shall  require  abstracts  to  be  rendered  to  him,  at  least  onc(3 
in  each  quarter,  by  every  officer  under  his  orders  who  is 
charged  with  the  care  of  public  property  or  the  disburse 
ment  of  public  money,  showing  all  property  received, 
issued,  and  expended  by  the  officer  rendering  the  account, 
and  the  property  remaining  on  hand,  and  all  moneys,  re- 
ceived, paid,  or  cona-acted  to  be  paid  by  him,  and  the 
balances  remaining  in  his  hands  ;  and  where  such  officer 
is  serving  under  any  intermediate  commander,  as  of  the 
post,  regiment,  Sec,  the  abstracts  shall  be  revised  by  such 
commander  ;  and  both  the  accounting  officer  and  the  com- 
manding officer  shall  accompany  the  abstracts  with  full 
explanations  of  every  circumstance  that  may  be  necessary 
to  a  complete  understanding,  by  the  commander  of  the 
department,  of  all  the  items  on  the  abstracts.  These  ab- 
stracts, where  the  accounting  officer  is  serving  in  more 
than  one  staff  department,  will  be  made  separately  for 
each.  , 

The  commander  of  the  department  shall  promptly  cor- 
rect all  irregularities  and  extravagancies  which  ho  may 
discover.  lie  shall  also  forward,  as  soon  as  practicable, 
the  money  abstracts  to  the  bureau  of  the  War  Department 
to  which  the  accounts  appertain,  with  such  remarks  as 
maybe  necessary  to  explain  his  opinions  and  action  thereon. 

All  estimates  for  supplies  of  property  or  money  for  the 
public  service  within  a  department  shall  be  forwarded 
through  the  commander  of  the  department,  and  carefully 
reviseKl  b}?  him.  And  all  such  estimates  shall  go  through 
the  immediate  commander,  if  such  there  be,  of  the  officer 


Public  Proimiy,  Money  and  Accounts.  150 

rendering  the  estimate,  as  of  tlic  post  or  regiment,  who 
shall  be  required  by  the  department  commander  to  revise 
the  estimates  for  the  service  of  his  own  command. 

The  administrative  control  exercised  by  department 
commanders  shall,  when  troops  are  in  the  field,  devolve  on 
the  commanders  of  divisions  ;  or,  when  the  command  is 
less  than  a  division,  on  the  commander  of  tlie  whole. 

No  land  shall  be  purchased  for  the  United  States  except 
under  a  law  authorizing  such  purchase. 

No  public  money  shall  be  expended  for  the  purchase  of 
any  land,  nor  for  erecting  armories,  arsenals,  forts,  forti- 
fications, or  other  permanent  public  buildings,  until  the 
written  opinion  of  the  Attorney-General  shall  be  had  in 
favor  of  the  validity  gf  the  title  "^to  the  land  or  site,  nor,  if 
ihe  land  be  within  any  State  of  the  United  States,  until  a 
cession  of  the  jurisdiction  by  the  Legislature  of  the  State. 

No  permanent  buildings  for  the  army,  as  barracks,  quar- 
ters, hospitals  store-houses,  offices,  or  stables  or  piers,  or 
wharves,  shall  be  erected  but  by  order  of  the  Secretary  of 
War,  and  according  to  the  plan  directed  by  him,  and  in 
consequence  of  appropriations  made  by  law.  And  no  al- 
teration shall  be  made  in  any  such  public  building  with- 
out; authorit}'  from  the  War  Department. 

Complete  title  papers,  with  full  and  exact  maps,  plans, 
and  drawings  of  the  public  lands  purchased,  appropriated, 
or  designed  for  permanent  military  fortifications,  will  be 
collected,  recorded,  and  filed  in  the  Bureau  of  the  Corps  of 
Engineers;  of  the  public  lands  appropriated  or  designated 
for  armories,  arsenals,  and  ordnance  depots,  will  be  col- 
lected, recorded,  and  filed  in  the  Ordnance  Bureau;  of  allj 
other  land  belonging  to  the  United  States,  and  under  tb< 
charge  of  the  War  Department  for  barracks,  posts,  canton- 
ments ;  or  other  military  uses,  will  be  collected,  recorded, 
and  filed  in  the  ofiice  of  the  Quartermaster-General  of  the 
army. 


I 


156         Quartermaster's  Department.  .Barracks,  3)C. 

A  copy  of  tlie  survc.}'  of  the  land  at  each  post,  fort,  ar- 
senal, and  depot,  furnished  from  the  proper  bnroau,  will 
be  carefully  preserved  in  the  office  of  the  commanding 
officer. 

ARTICLE  XLT. 

QUARTKRMASTKjrs     DEPARTMENT. 

Tills  department  provides  the  quarters  and  transporta- 
tation  of  the  army;  storage  and  transportation  for  all  army 
supplies  ;  army  clothing  ;  camp  and  garrison  equipage  ; 
cavalry  and  artillery  horses  ;  fuel ;  forage  ;  straw,  and 
stationery. 

The  incidental  expenses  of  the  army  paid  tlirongh  the 
Quartermaster's  Department  include  per  diem  to  extra- 
duty  men:  postage  on  public  service  ;  the  expenses  of 
courts-martial,  of  the;  pursuit  and  apprehension  of  deser- 
ters, of  the  burials  of  tjlliccrs  and  soldieis,  of  hired  escorts, 
of  t?xpresses,  interpreters,  spies,  and  guides,  of  veterinary 
surgeons  and  medicines  for  horses,  and  of  supplying  posts 
with  water;  and  generally  the  proper  and  authorized  ex- 
penses for  the  movements  and  operations  of  an  army  not 
expressly  assigned  to  any  other  department. 

BARRACKS    AXJ)    QUARTKIIS. 

Under  this  head  are  included  the  permanent  buildings 
for  the  use  of  the  arm}',  as  barracks,  quarters,  hospitals, 
store-houses,  offices,  stables. 

When  barracks  and  quarters  are  to  be  occupied,  they 
will  be  allotted  by  th(?  Quartermaster  at  the  station,  under 
the  control  of  the  commanding  officer. 

Merchantable  hard  wood  is  the  standard;  the  cordis 
128  cubic  feet. 

No  otlicer  shall  occupy  more  than  his  quarters,  except 
by  order  of  the   commanding  officer  when  there  is  an  ex- 


Barracks  aud  Quarters.  167 

cess  of  quarters  at  the  station;  which  order  the  quarter- 
master shall  forward  to  the  Qaarterniaster-Gcneral,  to  be 
laid  before  the  Secretary  of  AVar.  l)ut  the  amount  of 
quarters  shall  be  reduced  pro  rata  by  the  commanding  of- 
licer  wiien  the  number  of  officers  and  troops  make  it  ne- 
cessary; and  when  the  public  buildings  are  not  sufficient 
to  quarter  the  troops,  the  commanding-  o(!icer  shall  report 
to  the  commander  of  the  department  for  authority  to  liire 
quarters,  or  other  necessary  orders  in  the  case.  The  de- 
partment commander  shall  report  the  case,  and  his  orders 
therein,  to  the  Quartermaster-General. 

A  mess-room,  and  fuel  for  it,  are  allow^ed  only  when  a 
majority  of  the  officers  of  a  post  or  regiment  unite  in  a 
mess;  never  to  less  than  three  officers,  nor  to  any  who  live 
in  hotels  or  boarding-houses.  Fuel  for  a  raess-room  shall 
not  be  used  elsewhere,  or  for  any  other  purpose. 

Fuel  issued  to  officers  or  troops  is  public  property  for 
their  use;  what  they  do  not  actually  consume  shall  be  re- 
turned to  the  quartermaster  and  taken  up  on  his  quarterly 
return . 

In  November,  December,  January,  and  February,  the 
fuel  is  increased  one  fourth  at  stations  from  39th  degree 
to  the  43d  degree  north  latitude,  and  one  third  at  stations 
north  of  the  43d  degree. 

Fuel  shall  be  issued  only  in  the  month  when  due. 

In  allotting  quarters,  officers  shall  have  choice  according 
to  rank,  but  the  commanding  officer  may  direct  the  officers 
to  be  stationed  convenient  to  their  troops. 

An  officer  may  select  quarters  occupied  by  a  junior;  but, 
having   made  his  choice,  he   must  abide  by  it,  and  shall 
not  again  at  the  post  displace  a  junior,  unless  himself  dh 
placed  by  a  senior. 

The  set  of  rooms  to  each  quarters  v/ili  be  assigned  by^ 
the  quartermaster,  under  the  control  of  the  commanding 
officer;  attics  not  counted  as  rooms. 


/ 


158  Army  Transportation. 

Officers  can  not  choose  rooms  in  different  sets  of  quarters, 
When  public  quarters  can  not  be  furnished  to  officers 
at  stations  without  troops,  or  to  enlisted  men  at  general 
or  department  head-quarters,  quarters  will  be  commuted 
at  a  rate  fixed  by  the  Secretar}^  of  War,  and  fuel  at  the 
inarket  price  delivered.  When  fuel  and  quarters  are  com- 
juuted  to  an  officer  by  reason  of  his  employment  on  a  civil 
work,  the  commutation  shall  be  charged  to  the  appropria- 
tion for  tlic  work.  No  commutation  of  rooms  or  fuel  is 
allowed  for  offices  or  messes. 

An  officer  is  not  deprived  of  his  quarters  and  fuel,  or 
commutation,  at  his  station,  by   temporary    absence  on 

duty. 

Officers  and  troops  in  the  field  are  not  entitled  to  com- 
mutation for  quarters  or  fuel. 

An  officer  arriving  at  a  station  shall  make  requisition  on 
the  quartermaster  for  his  (piarters  and  fuel,  accompanied 
by  a  copy  of  the  order  putting  him  on  duty  at  the  station. 

If  in  command  of  troops,  his  requisition  shall  be  for  the 
whole  and  designate  the  number  of  officers  of  each  grade, 
of  non-commissioned  officers,  soldiers,  servants,  and  wash- 
erwomen. 

Bunks,  benches,  and  tables  provided  for  soldiers'  bar- 
racks and  hospitals,  are  not  to  be  removed  from  them,  ex- 
cept by  the  quartermaster  of  the  station,  or  order  of  the 
commanding  officer,  and  shall  not  be  removed  from  the 
station  except  by  order  of  the  Quartermaster-General. 

ARMY   TRANSPORTATION. 

When  troops  are  moved,  or  officers  travel  with  escorts 
or  stores,  the  means  of  transport  provided  shall  be  for  the 
whole  command.  Proper  orders  in  the  case,  and  an  exact 
return  of  the  command,  including  officers'  servants  and 
company  women,  will  be  furnished  to  the  quartermaster 
~  "     is  to  provide  the  transportation. 


A/ my  Transportation.  159 

The  baggage  to  be  transported  is  limited  to  camp  and 
;z;arrison  equipage  and  officers'  baggage.  Officers' baggage 
shall  not  exceed  (mess-chest  aad  all  personal  effects  in- 
eluded)  as  follows: 

1)1  the  field..  .  .  Changing  stations. 

General  officers 125  pounds 1000  pounds. 

Field  officers 100     "         800'" 

Captains 80     ''  tOO      '' 

Subalterns 80     "         600      " 

These  amounts  shall  be  reduced  pi^o  rata  by  the  com- 
manding officer  when  necessary,  and  may  be  increased  by 
the  Quartermaster-General  on  transports  by  water,  when 
proper,  in  special  cases. 

The  regimental  and  company  desl#prescribed  in  army 
regulations  will  be  transported;  also  for  stafif  officers,  the 
books,  papers,  and  instruments  necessary  to  their  duties; 
and  for  medical  officers,  their  medical  chest.  In  doubtful 
cases  under  this  regulation,  and  whenever  baggage  exceeds 
the  regulated  allowance,  the  conductor  of  the  train,  or  of- 
ficer in  charge  of  the  transportation,  will  report  to  the 
commanding  officer,  who  will  order  an  inspection,  and  all 
excess  to  be  rejected. 

Estimates  of  the  medical  director,  approved  by  the  com- 
manding officer,  for  the  necessary  transportation  to  be 
provided  for  the  hospital  service,  will  be  furnished  to  the 
quartermaster. 

The  sick  will  be  transported  on  the  application  of  the 
medical  officers. 

Certified  invoices  of  all  public  stores  to  be  transported 
will  be  furnished  the  quartermaster  by  the  officer  having 
cargo  of  them.  In  doubtful  cases,  the  orders  of  the  com- 
manding officer  will  be  required. 

Where  officers'  horses  are  to  be  transported,  it  must  be 
authorized  in  the  orders  for  the  movement. 

/ 


I 


1 00  Forage. . .  Straw. 

The  batcgage  trains,  anibulunces,  and  all  the  means  of 
transport  continue  in  charge  of  the  proper  ofTicers  of  the 
Qurtermaster's  Department,  under  the  control  of  the  com- 
manding officers. 

FORAGE. 

The  forage  ration  is  fourteen  pounds  of  bay  and  twelve 
pounds  of  oats,  corn,  or  barley. 

Forage  shall  be  issued  to  officers  only  la  the  month 
when  due,  and  at  their  proper  stations,  and  for  the  horses 
actually  kept  by  them  in  service,  not  exceeding  in  num- 
ber as  follows:  In  time  of  war,  Major-General,  seven  horses; 
Brigadier-General,  five;  Colonels  who  have  the  cavalry 
allowance,  five;  other  Colonels,  four;  Lieutenant-Colonels 
and  Majors  who  hsj^e  the  cavalry  allownce,  four;  other 
Lieutenant-Colonels  and  Majors,  three;  Captains  who  havo 
the  cavalry  allowance,  three;  all  other  ofticers  entitled  to 
forage,  two;  and  in  time  of  peace,  general  and  field  officers, 
three  horses;  officers  below  the  rank  of  field  oflTcers  in  the 
regiments  of  dragoons,  cavalry,  and  mounted  riflemen,  two 
horses  ;  all  other  officers  entitled  to  forage,  one  horse. 

No  officer  shall  sell  forage  issued  to  him.  Forage  issued 
to  public  horses  or  cattle  is  public  property;  what  they  do 
not  actually  consume  to  be  properly  accounted  for. 

STRAW. 

In  barracks,  twelve  pounds  of  straw  per  month  for  bed- 
ding will  be  allowed  to  each  man,  servant,  and  company 
woman. 

The  allowance  and  change  of  straw  for  the  eick  is  regu- 
lated by  the  surgeon. 

One  hundred  pounds  per  month  is  allowed  for  bedding 
to  each  horse  in  public  service. 

Straw  not  actually  used  as  bedding  shall  be  acco anted 
for  as  other  public  property. 


Slationenj. 


161 


STATIONERY. 

Issues  of  sta-tionary  are  made  quarterly,  in   amouut  as^ 
follows: 


7 

'- 

5 
A 

1 

7. 

i 

3 

CorauianJor  of  ail  annj'^,  deparimont  or  division  (what  may  be  iicco? 
sarv  ibr  himself  and  stafl'for  thRir  public  dutv%) 

!-2 

1 
1 

'a 
'-i 

5tj 
10 

-I' 
•3 

1 
1 
■'4 

r. 

4 

3 
2 

3 

i 

1 

1 
i 

Couiuiander  of  a  brigade  for  himself  and  stall"      

•1 

Officer  commanding  a  regiment  or  post  of  not  less  than  Ave  companies, 
for  himself  a nd  staff 

•> 

Officer  commanding  a  post  of  more  than  two  and  less  than  five  companies. 
Commanding  ollicer  of  a  post  of  two  companies 

5 

1 

Commanduig  officer  of  a  post  of  one  company  or  le-ss,.  and  commanding 

A  Lieutenant-Colonel  or  Major  not  in  command  of  a  regiment  or  post 

Officers  of  the  Tnspector-Creneral's,    Pay,   and  Qnarterma.ster's  Depart- 
ments [the  pre.scribed  blank  books  and  printed  forms,  and  the  station 

1 

All  officers,  including  Chaplains,  not  enumerated  above,   when  on  duiv 
and  not  supplied  by  their  respective  departments " 

'^' 

Steel  pens,  with  one  holder  to  12  pens,  may  ])c  issued 
in  place  of  quills,  and  envelopes  in  place  of  envelope  paper, 
at  the  rate  of  100  to  the  quire. 

When  an  officer  is  relieved  in  command,  he  shall  trans- 
fer the  office  stationery  to  his  successor. 

To  each  office  table  is  allowed  one  inkstand,  one  stamp, 
one  paper-folder,  one  sand-box,  one  wafer-box,  and  as  many 
lead  pencils  as  may  be  required,  not  exceeding  four  peV^i 
annum. 

Necessary  stationery  for  military  courts  and  boards  wij 
be  furnished  on  the  requisition  of  the  recorder,  approve 
by  the  presiding  officer. 

The  commander  of  an  array,  department,  or   divil  .  ,  ^ 
may  direct  orders  to  be  printed  when   the  requisite  ^Sis 
patch  and  the  number  to  be  distributed  make  it  neces.^arv. 
11 


1 62       Expenses  of  Courts-Martial .  .  Extra-duty  men. 

The  necessity  will  be  set  out  in  the  order  for  the  printing, 
or  certified  on  the  account. 

Regimental,  company,  and  post  books,  and  printed 
blanks  for  the  officers  of  Quartermaster  and  Pay  Depart- 
ments, will  be  procured  by  timely  requisition  on  the  Quar- 
termaster-GenQral. 

EXPENSES   OF  COURTS-MARTIAL. 

An  officer  who  attends  a  general  court-martial  or  court 
of  inquiry,  convened  by  authority  competent  to  order  a 
general  court-martial,  will  be  paid,  if  the  court  is  not  held 
at  the  station  where  he  is  at  the  time  serving,  one  dollar  a 
day  while  attending  the  court  and  traveling  to  and  from 
it  if  entitled  to  forage,  and  one  dollar  and  twenty-five  cents 
a  day  if  not  entitled  to  forage. 

The  Judge  Advocate  or  Recorder  will  be  paid,  besides, 
a  per  diem  of  one  dollar  and  twenty-five  cents  for  every 
day  ho  is  necessarily  employed  in  the  duty  of  the  court. 
When  it  is  necessary  to  employ  a  clerk  to  aid  the  Judge 
Advocate,  the  court  may  order  it;  a  soldier  to  be  procured 
when  practicable. 

A  citizen  witness  shall  be  paid  his  actual  transporta- 
tion or  stage  fare,  and  three  dollars  a  day  while  attending 
the  court  and  traveling  to  and  from  it,  counting  the  travel 
at  fifty  miles  a  day. 

The  certificate  of  the  Judge  Avocate  shall  be  evidence 
of  the  time  of  attendance  on  the  court,  and  of  the  time  he 
was  necessarily  employed  in  the  duty  of  the  court.  Of  the 
time  occupied  in  traveling,  each  officer  will  make  his  own 
(Certificate. 

EXTRA-DUTY  MEN. 

Duplicate  rolls  of  extra-duty  men,  to  be  paid  by  the 
'Quartermaster's  Department,  will  be  made  monthly,  and 
certified  by  the  quartermaster,   or  other  officer  having 


\ 


Postage . .  Mounted  Officers . .  Allowance  of  EquiiMge.  163 

charge  of  the  work,  and  countersigned  by  the  command- 
ing officer.  One  of  these  will  be  transmitted  direct  to  the 
Quartermaster-General,  and  the  other  filed  in  support  of 
the  pay-roll. 

PUBLIC    POSTAGE. 

Postage  and  dispatches  by  telegraph,  on  public  business, 
paid  by  an  officer,  will  be  refunded  to  him  on  his  certificate 
to  the  account,  and  to  the  necessity  of  the  communication 
by  telegraph.  The  amount  for  postage,  and  for  telegraph 
dispatches,  will  be  stated  separately. 

HORSES    FOR   MOUNTED    OFFICERS. 

In  the  field,  or  on  the  frontier,  the  commanding  officer 
may  authorize  a  mounted  officer,  who  can  not  otherwise 
provide  himself  with  two  horses,  to  take  them  from  the 
public  at  the  cost  price,  when  it  can  be  ascertained,  and 
when  not,  at  a  fair  valuation,  to  be  fixed  by  a  board  of 
survey,  provided  he  shall  not  take  the  horse  of  an}'  trooper. 
A  horse  so  taken  shall  not  be  exchanged  or  returned. 
Horses  of  mounted  officers  shall  be  shod  b}^  the  public 
farrier  or  blacksmith. 

ALLOWANCE    OF    CAMP   AND    GARRISON    EQUIPAGE. 


A  General 

Field  or  staff  officer  above  the  rank  of  Captain 

Other  stafif  officers  or  Captains 

Subalterns  of  a  company,  to  every  two 

To  every  15  foot  and  13  mounted  men 


By, 


/ 


1G4       Alloicance  of  Camp  and  Garrison  Equipage. 

Bed-sacks  are  provided  for  troops  in  garrison,  and  iron 
pots  may  be  furnished  to  tliem  instead  of  canip  kettles. 
Requisitions  will  be  sent  to  the  Quartermaster-General  for 
the  authorized  flags,  colors,  standards  guidons,  drums, 
fifes,  bugles  and  trumpets. 

Commanders  of  companies  draw  the  clothing  of  their 
men,  and  the  camp  and  garrison  equipage  for  the  officers 
and  men  of  their  company.  The  camp  and  garrison 
equipage  of  other  officers  is  drawn  on  their  own  receipts. 

Wlien  clothing  is  needed  for  issue  to  the  men,  the  com- 
pany commander  will  procure  it  from  the  quartermaster 
on  requisition,  approved  by  the  commanding  officer. 

Ordinarily  the  company  commander  will  procure  and 
issue  clothing  to  his  men  twice  a  year  ;  at  other  times, 
when  necessary  in  special  cases. 

Such  articles  of  clothing  as  the  soldier  may  need  will  be. 
issued  to  him.  When  the  issues  equal  in  value  his  allow- 
ance for  tlie  year,  further  issues  are  extra  issues,  to  be 
charged  to  him  on  the  next  muster-roll. 

Officers  receiving  clothing,  or  camp  and  garrison  equip- 
age, will  render  quarterly  returns  of  it  to  the  Quartermas- 
ter-General. 

Commanders  of  companies  will  take  the  receipts  of  their 
men  for  the  clothing  issued  to  them,  on  a  receipt  roll,  wit- 
nessed by.  an  officer,  or  in  the  absence  of  an  officer,  by  a 
non-commissioned  officer;  the  witness  to  be  witness  to  the 
fact  of  the  issue  and  the  ackowledgment  and  signature  of 
the  soldier.  The  several  issues  to  a  soldier  to  be  entered 
separately  on  the  roll,  and  all  vacant  spaces  on  the  roll,  to 
be  filled  with  a  cipher.  This  roll  is  the  voucher  for  the 
issue  to  the  quarterly  return  of  the  company  commander. 
Extra  issues  vvill  be  so  noted  on  the  roll. 

Each  soldier's  clothing  account  is  kept  by  the  company 
:*ommander  in   a  companj^  book.     This  account  sets  out 


Returns  in  the  Ouarternia^ftrs  Department.         1G5 

only  the  money  value  of  the  clotliinf^  which  he  received  at 
each  issue,  for\vhich  his  receipt  is  entered  in  the  book,  and 
witnessed  as  in  the  preceding  paragraph. 

AVhen  a  soldier  is  transferred  or  detached,  the  amount 
due  to  or  by  him  on  account  of  clothing  \\\\\  be  stated  on 
his  descriptive  hst. 

When  a  soldier  is  discharged,  the  amount  due  to  or  by 
him  for  clothing  will  be  stated  on  the  duplicate  certificates 
given  for  the  settlement  of  his  accounts. 

Deserters'  clothing  will  be  turned  into  store.  The  in- 
voice of  it,  and  the  quartermaster's  receipt  for  it,  will  state 
its  condition,  and  the  name  of  the  deserter. 

The  inspection  report  on  damaged  clothing  shall  set  out 
with  the  amount  of  damage  to  each  article,  a  list  of  such 
arrticles  as  are  fit  for  issue,  at  a  reduced  price  stated. 

Commanding  officers  may  order  necessary  issue  of  cloth- 
ing to  prisoners  and  convicts,  taking  deserters'  or  other 
damaged  clothing  when  there  is  such  in  store. 

In  all  cases  of  defliciency,  or  damage  of  any  article  of 
clothing,  or  camp  or  garrison  equipage,  the  officer  account- 
able for  the  property  is  required  b}^  law  "  to  show  by  one 
or  more  depositions  setting  forth  the  circumstances  of  the 
case,  that  the  deficienc}^  was  by  unavoidable  accident  or 
loss  in  actual  service,  without  any  fault  on  his  part,  and  in 
case  of  damage,  that  due  care  and  attention  were  ex- 
erted on  his  part,  and  that  the  damage  did  not  result 
from  neglect. 


RETURNS    IX   THE    QUARTERMASTERS    DEPARTMENT. 

All  officers  and  agents  having  money  and  property 
the  Department  to  account  for,  are  required  to  make  t 
monthly  and  quarterly  returns  to  the  Q.uartermaster-Gei^ 
oral  prescribed  in  the"^  regulations  of  the  Quartermaster*- 
Department. 


r 


166         Returns  in  the  Quartermaster'' s  Department. 

Monthly  returns,  to  be  transmitted  within  five  days  after 
the  month  to  which  they  relate,  viz:  A  summary  state- 
ment (Form  1);  report  of  persons  and  things  (Form  2), 
cte,;  return  of  animals,  wagons,  harness,  etc.  (Form  6^; 
report  of  forage  (Form  6);  an  estimate  of  funds  for  one 
month  (Form  9)  will  be  sent  with  the  monthly  returns. 
It  will  be  for  the  current  month,  or  such  subsequent  month 
as  may  give  time  to  receive  the  remittance.  Other 
special  estimates  will  be  transmitted  when  necessary. 

Quarterly  returns,  to  be  transmitted  within  twenty  days 
after  the  quarter  to  which  they  relate,  viz  :  An  account 
current  of  money  (Form  10),  with  abstracts  and  vouchers, 
as  shown  in  Forms  11  to  22  ;  a  return  of  property  (Form 
23)  with  abstract  and  vouchers  ;  and  a  quarterly  state- 
ment of  the  allowances  paid  to  officers. 

A  distinct  account  current  will  be  returned  of  money 
received  and  disbursed  under  the  appropriation  for  "  con- 
tingencies of  the  army." 

When  persons  and  articles  hired  in  the  Quartermaster's 
Department  arc  transferred,  a  descriptive  list  will  be  for- 
warded with  them  to  the  quartermaster  to  whom  they  are 
sent. 

Officers  serving  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department  will 
report  to  the  Quartermaster-General  useful  information  in 
regard  to  the  routes  and  means  of  transportation  and  of 
supplies. 


Quartermaster's    Department. 


16T 


^ 


i 

ZII 

""V"V  4)'V ' 

:  :-5  : 

-^ 

:  •««  1 

•  :  o  ' 

iiSi 

•  •  fc.^ 

ill! 

ISB^ 

gg° 

^<i:=ir 

11  si 

1      «Oj^.= 

S  0)  o  « 

g   t.   -JD 

flS^ja    . 

^S^«i 

J2  u  O     . 

i 

>>>>>»►-' 

i 

i     «»« 

! 

1      i 

1                                                                                                    i 
j                                                                                                    i 

j                                                                       I 

j                                                                       1 

j  Tj^T 

M  : 

^i 

1     ^  C  i-     • 

a    ; 

1  |SI; 

73  : 

;    S-a  o  : 

1  i 

i  ^^^  i 

1  t!j3  51  : 

ill^ 

1: 

lis?; 

oQ  : 

i  pni: 

t)  : 

'  5'2-5  : 

5  : 

!  -^  'S  3  • 

o  <u  ~    . 

4)  a 

ili!l 

=  s 

1  SI'sl 

«i 

i     §aJ«>« 

e]  "> 

:   o  o  o 

"3 

:HHH 

« 

I 

2  «  b 

C  0  y 


cjaO' 


02 


«3  3 


|3       I 

43^  fS 


^2 


2  ®  <"    -S  ^ 

•5    IT   ©        °    g 


al^ 


/ 


lo8 


Qauaiermaster's   Deparbnenl. 

.      1     2 


: —    - 1.  r 


2  I  «-il^5iI 


iir- 


111 


c^   i     Jco 


Xu(l 


01 


uio.i.^ 


1 1 
"5  =. 


£-3 


i  -joiiiuiiu  gittunn-yj     •-  ■ 


o  ^  ^      O* 


5   ra 


c  io  5s 

o  =;  rt 


'd 

3 

t4-l 

^ 

O 

1 

^ 

-^ 

X 

c 

ie 

Ch 

^ 

•rt 

3 

u 

w 

fl 

e3 

•r. 

*" 

C 

O 

5! 

> 

C 

t4-l 

1 

'11 

O 

■*;:: 

"■> 

n 

o 

s 

i> 

w 

;» 

!:r 

o 

O 

c 

4J 

c 

•r" 

~-> 

o 

j: 

C 

"^ 

^ 

ci 

c 

o 

cr. 

o 

-::S 

t- 

>-. 

-J 

*j 

'^ 

^ 

aj 

u 

n 

l-H 

^ 

Qiiaiier master  6  Departmen  t . 


U)0 


5 
S 

o  - 

CO 
S     • 

c  1f 

a 

18   horse   purchased  ;    avcr- 

a,u;e  cost  $ — 
Wagons  purchased  at — 

s 

H 

CO 

^  o 

■xuTiO'43^;(l  '>,^  sjipis; 

go 

so.ui!;!  iiuu  si\:o<r 

*-  ^ 

K  "^ 

S.lOUIwO^Jv^ 

K  t*"- 

c 

•sdooi^! 

^."i 

s.ir)uonT',.:)c; 

c   - 
1'  : 

•ydniQ^ 

S0i|.-pi:S  noy-v\\ 

JO  S)OS  0[.oUlS 

'ss3n.it^7:f   pt'OT 

S   : 
<i  : 

JO  s:jos  9puis 

svii^O 

•"  'r 

f!.".,:)ui![uquiv 

-£  ^ 

su().Tti:,\\ 

'S! 

U,»X-() 

'ss 

S'lUl^^ 

.i 

•rf.)s.u)H 

1 
i 

o 

;        c: 

:     c 

1=1  1-= 

3         CJ         o 

^      P^      E-i 

S  :    ^ 

PI. 

mi 

il  1 

5 
c 

12; 

•0]i:a 

) 

/ 


no 


I. 

.8     * 

5?  00 


\ 


Quartermaster'' s  D 

1           i 

Hay  purchased  at ,      5" 

at     ,  per  100  lbs.            Si 
Corn  purchased  at ,      ^ 

and  hauled  at    ,      S;, 

per  bush. 
Fodder    delivered     at 

the    post,   at         per 

100  lbs. 

o 

a 

— 

001   J.Jd    'Jappo^^ 

f/i      ; 

'- 

1 

■s|)uuua 
001    .rod     'Avii 

c'      : 

S 

«»     ; 

loqbnq   jad   sjkq 

fR 

»>     : 

•sqi  <je 

§         : 

:            : 

«> 

i 

3 

•2 

s 

•joppoj 

1 

3 

1,640 
1,640 

•X^H 

1,350 

2,240 

2,100 

33,000 
38,690 

•«,TiO 

•a 

£3 
3 
o 

:  •     :        :     :     : 

■ujo;) 

6,480 
23,400 

18,360 

18,360 
158,400 

225,000 

hs' 

•siL'uimv 

ss  s     K  1    .;   g 

•saiMiM 

i    i :    :      ;    :    :    i 

•sjsjoH 

S-    -      *     :     .    ^ 

2 

3 

•u>)xo 

:  :     :        ;    S     :    S 

•KOinjM 

:  :     :        :    i     :    i 

•sosjoH 

:    "'S   '^-      iS   §     ;    § 

•a 

.2 

a 

fcs 

Field  and  staff  officers.... 
Company  A,  1st  Dragoons. 

•'        B,  2d 

K,  let  Artillery, 
Qr.  Marter's  Depanment, 

5 

:     c 
:    ^ 

Quartermaster's  Department.  ITI 

No.  9. 

Estimate  of  funds  required  for  the  service  of  the  Quartermaster  s  Departmenl 
at ,  by ,  in  the  month  of ,  186  . 

Dolls.  Cts. 

1  For  Fuel.' 

2  Forage 

3*         Straw 

4  Stationery 

5  Materials  for  building.     (State  what  and 

for  what  purpose 

6  Hire  of  mechanics.  (State  for  what  work) 

7  Hire  of  laborers.     (State  for  what  work) 

8  Hire  of  teamsters.  (State  on  what  service) 

9  Pay  of  extra-duty  men .     (State  for  what 

work 

10  Pay  of  wagon  and  forage  master 

11  Hire  of  clerks,  guides,  escorts,  expenses 

of  courts-martial,  of  burials,  of  appre- 
hending deserters,  and  other  inci- 
dental expenses 

12  Hire  or  commutation  of  officer's  quarters 

13  Hire  of  quarters  for  troops,  or  ground  for 

encampment  or  use  of  military  stations 

14  Hireof  store  houses,  &c.  (For  what  use) 

15  Mileage  to  officers 

16  Army  transportation,  viz: 

Of  troops  and  their  baggage 

Of   Quartermasters',   subsistence,    ord- 
nance and  hospital  stores 

IT  Purchase  of  horses  and  mules  (Q.  M.  D.) 

18  Purchase  of  wagons  and  harness    do.. . 

19  Purchase  of  horses  for  mounted  troops: 

Horses  for  Company Dragoons. . 

Horses  for  Company Artillery,  &c. 

20  Outstanding  Debts " 

Deduct  actual  or  probable  balance  on  hand. . . 


/ 


(lucuiermasler's  Dqmrlmcnf. 


\ 


5        ft 


I  ! 


Iz;   ^  >i 


4?  S 


■^  :.H 


c|=|-?.l^ 


c;  S  -r-  i  9  S  2 


o  ?  -S  ;  aJ  : 
rt  ~  o    ••;:;    • 

|li  i^ ; 

^r  :|  i 

O'  -5 .33  •  aj  ^ 


€^ 


fl 


€^ 


5  a 


a  :^ 


Ms 

2.S 


II 


Quadermac^ter^  Deparlment. 


178 


<   1 


:z5      :■ 


> 
si 
a: 

<; 

'f. 

c 

Av^H  :s3 

s)^'0  :J 

a.io;-)  :  _2 

£ 

5 

•suy 

■  l-^-^T 

sp.ioo 

< 

g 

•S4n 

•snocT 

o   : 
.  .2  .■ 

3    ; 
o  'A 

-11 

13   : 

•a^VQ 

r^    qS      >i 


^ '?  'S 


2  ^  Ch 

is  ^s 

m   ±,   zi 


/ 


174 


Quartermaster's  Department. 


io 


N 


\ 


^ 


O         JO 


^      .    I-T3 


a     « 

rt"c  o 


8^ 

o  o 


o  «  «  3 


Quartermasters  Department. 


175 


g. 
V 

^ 

e 


^   1  ^ 
11^ 


5 


«    I 


5    X 

<d      en 


^ 


i. 


d5 


SI 

4 


o  o   I 
^       i 


-     I 


1T6 


Quarter  maker's  Department. 


\ 


"1 

■J.I 

^ 

i 

II  ■" 

1 

,-.^-5 
iP 

ci    '■ 

„...!^l":'P-l i- 

•s.u!][oa        1 

p  5"  i 

•s^uoj  1 1 

•At:p  .lO     1 
CliUOlU  ^  1 

^^^^^  .3^^^       

•s.ivnon  1 

c   ^J 

ll 

•s.^ija  1 

•^^  ^ 

sq:HlOH  j 

2  vi 

OX  1 

%  1 

uio.i^T  1 

5^' " 

1                   ' 

111 
^    III 

1 

o  i-J 

:J                  1                  i 

"! 

p 

5    1 


%1 


•;:  £  c. 


Quartermaster's  Department. 


177 


„-c.c^- 

rt 

im 

? 

=^ 

> 

iisi 

?i 

ft 

« 

"Sg^fl 

^  g  3 
e  y  <n 


i?i 


Sag 

eS  eS-2 


«  OS   3 

c  a"- 

4)  2  u 


c  c  ; 
<u  c 


178 


Quartermaster^  Depa rtmenl , 


m   I 


isa 


(Sa 


a-  t-  b 

■-'  a;  ::2 


ill 


1^  ,'S 


<5 

o 

<y> 

1 

fc-g 


is      ^ 


Z3i 


I  i 

2-5 


SS8 


t:  "c  3    H 

Q  5  <a      O 


Quarter  masters''  Department 


179 


a;  ^ 


W.2     " 
Is    £ 

c  5o      a> 


IS    5  S3 


0^    .?      ii 


5    ^    •= 


a  ^ 

<  I 

a  .2 

-^  CO 

-  j2 


00         gS 

,-    IS  .a 

I       (u  a 


.ceo 


<t  •  I  -• 
>  t-  I  a) 

S  'S  b  fl 

$1      "O 


1 1 


"s. 


^1 

i 

s    ^" 

P5 

1 

Cf    CO 

"' 

rt  S.2 

< 

-S 

^ 

2^a^ 

•^ 

£^ 

'r. 

a. 
1 

iif 

§ 

If 

<1 

s 

^ 

!•§ 

0 

11 

§. 

«  3 

Q.?^ 

fe 

Is 

^ 

3      c 

0 

•S 

C3 

s 

o 

i 


C 

a 


«2  b  o  i  « 

c 
c 

H  _ 

^  r  S.      c  ci, 


9  t^rH 

r-    i^  —  ♦-    >> 


ci  cH 


C5  O  T-4  CNJ 


*: 

^ 

"rf 

1 

'Oi 

0 

a 

cc 

rt 

H 

>- 

Kg 

SiS 

(-i 

«*-i 

hn 

6    . 
to  > 

J 

0 

0 
^ 

"T? 

K  ^ 

Vi 

2   3 

cd 

3 

^ 

ois 

rf 

Sp^ 

3 

"o 

lu 

J3H  CC-  73 

(^ 

180 


I 


Quartermaster 'S  Department. 

i 

<B 

1 

Q 

ti 

1 

c          [ 

•00 

.— 1    . 

■       :       ••       i      E      e 

c  >           ; 

1         •       o        o 

f 

!       :       :       :      1      ^       . 

^     ^    "S    ■§    :i    is     fe 

5         J         O         o         o!         e«         a/ 

6        ^ 

>5      ^      O      O      M      W      !?; 

t 

::::::• 

1 

^ 

•          ;          •        -O          :          ;          ; 

1 

43 

•c      -e      "5       £        :        • 

S  -1 

a 

S      2     ^     -H       : 
g     S     §     g      :      : 

M           ^ 

-         P<        ^        ^         ^         J3         ^, 

fe      fe      S3      S      S      §      5^ 

g  i 

^           ^ 

to               «■ 

c      c      D<      a      »       «       4^ 

«   j' 

5      ! 

««     '^     s     g     §     §     § 

w 

-    -    -    s    s 

:::::: 

H       o 

tj        •        •        ■        ■      •x? 

11 

1      I 

t      i      i      i     g     i     o 

•^        " 

r-              ""                •                t             «4             ,„             « 

"   2   1    :    ;   ^    i    i 

"^          «           C          t^         «          M          M 

1 

fe     =     fe     5     S     (15    u 

tt       U       O       W       P=       F=       P= 

^  1 

6    J~ 

:      :      :     ^      :      : 

^   ^ 

:      :     ^     o      :      : 

2 

■            '.         J3          ^           '            • 

^ 

;       :       :      3     ^       :       : 

•0 

K 

N  i  1  1  M 

•^     m     Z     ^       :       : 

1 

;  1  i  !  !   i    i 

s 

(< 

:     -c      ^     2      a       :       : 

s 

:     «j     -o     c«     g      .      . 

■g 

^ 
g 

3 
J?; 

J 

i.     •     5     1     S      ':      ':     ^ 

a 

P 

HHOoDHHfeP^ 

« 

^ggSSS'^"' 

'-'                 g 

J 

o  a 


7'  6.H 

I  II 

I  II 

-  II 


^5 
va 
82 


I     ^ 


£      E        Sa 


o 

"S3 
CO 

II 

I  >. 


Quartermaster's  Department 


181 


t 


i'- 


s  g 


i  " 


17 


eg 

j 

JO  sptinoj 

1    j 

anee. 
Hay. 

JO  spuuoj 

1  allow 
Oats. 

JO  spunoj 

Tota 
Barley 

JO  spunoj 

1           !    o 

8     1 3P 

JO  sptinoj 
poj  spuno  J 



73 

nS 

;  1 

i 

1: 

||i    ^^qjospimoj 
:=  *|  1  -s^ijo  JO  spuuoj 
^o  i  -Xaij-eq  spnnoj 

— 

fi      i-a.ioo  jospuuoa 

•saoi't'Bi  JO  joqraii^ 

•sXup  JO  a3]ran]^ 

o 
3 

3 

•sivramB  -so^i  I^':^ox 

•uaxo  JO  .loqiunj^ 

•S9[uiii  JO  aoqumj^  j 

•  S9s.ioq  JO  jaqran^ 

II 

'uoT^iamb 

8i  JO  9^«a  1 

tti  5 


^  to 


o  ^ 
C  73 


c3  d 

DO     3 

<u  o 


id  o 

O    M 

073 

fa 

s  o 


;>.73  ^ 


2    Ti: 


ae 


O     M     O 

^  fl  o 

pi  5  o 

•^  c  a  cj 
?iS  8 


C.5 

Is 

.O 


182 


Quarternmsters' 

'3 


Department. 


;ujuu  •K>|ii(iq  ijinii! 


.lodisd  ■ja|iA\o(l-nuj 


.lOUllD   'X1!A\    "UJI^'^i 


•.MllUillU    KIl'.l'l 


s);iyiis  .lodvd  oS'bjmt!! 


liib  .io(Ii!(l  Jfiiiii.iA" 


.ii)ilo»i(>A  J(J   u.s 


'k.- 


•H        § 


s 

S  CO 


•^  .-i2 

i<j 

!L, 

2^-3 

^ 

IB 

s 

I 

h 


'■"  «  .: 


-wodoiiujo  s.indR,i 


•odT!)josao;)T,i 


iiv;)s    III  s;'niino 


•s.ioj«A\  JO  saoiinf* 


5'\(!iib  JO  .i;)<[Uinx 


•jwdcd 


.I'idi:u 
>lros|()i..|  .jt»snjiiif) 


•j.)d 
■ud  janaijo  sojin?j 


£3  s  3 


o   ■  g  o 


^^   •"   05   t." 


m 


QuarLermaatefs 


Deparlment. 


<  2  5  ~ 

c^4  tslT' 


£3 


C3' 

P 

!^ 

1_ 

^ 

9 

CO 

!= 

cr» 

' 

S 

p 

? 

P 

^ 

P- 

1 

CJ' 

Oq'a 

•-^ 

o 

c  5. 

P 

cr 

2.2 

P 

o 

o 

D.-3 

^5 

55 

o 

S3 

8 

a- 

en 

o 

g^ 

? 

c* 

o 

^ 

CC 

p 

O 

r-      c  :a 


Pr  = 


re  3" 


>p>°.i 


mil 

So  s  •    2 


183 


W 


i 


184  Subsistence  Department. 

ARTICLE  XLII. 

SUBSISTENCE    DEPAETMENT SUPPLIES,  &C. 

Subsistence  stores  for  the  army,  unless  in  particular  and 
urgent  cases  the  Secretary  of  War  shall  otherwise  direct 
shall  be  procured  by  contract,  to  be  made  by  the  Com- 
inissar3^-General,  on  public  notice,  to  be  delivered  on  in- 
spection in  the  bulk,  and  at  such  places  as  shall  be  stipu- 
lated ;  the  inspector  to  give  duplicate  inspection  certifi- 
cates(see  Form  No.  15,)  and  to  be  a  legal  inspector  where 
there  is  such  officer. 

When  subsistence  is  received  under  contract,  the  com- 
missary will  receipt  for  it  on  the  inspection  certificates 
(see  form  No.  15.)  He  will  deliver  one  of  these  to  the 
contractor,  and  forward  the  other  to  the  Commissary- 
General,  with  a  report  on  the  quality  of  the  provisions 
and  the  condition  of  the  packages. 

Whenever  subsistence  stores  are  purchased,  the  adver- 
tisement and  bids,  and  a  copy  of  the  bill  of  purchase,  with 
a  statement  of  the  cause  of  purchase,  will  be  forwarded  by 
the  purchasing  officer  to  the  Commissary-General.  This 
rule  does  not  appl}^  to  the  ordinary  purchase  of  hospital 
supplies.  Fork,  salt  beef,  and  Hour  must  be  inspected  be- 
fore purchase  by  a  legal  inspector,  where  there  is  such  an 
officer.  Duplicate  certificates  of  inspection  (sec  form  No 
15)  will  be  taken  as  sub  vouchers  to  the  vouchers  for  the 
payment. 

Fresh  beef,  when  it  can  be  procured,    shall  be  furnished 
as  often  as  the  commanding   officer   may   order,   at   least 
^wice  a  week,    to   be  procured  by  the  commissary,  when 
racticable,  by  contract. 


'  THE    RATION. 


The  ration  is  three-fourths  of  a  pound  of  pork  or  bacon, 
or  one  and  a  fourth  pound  of  fresh  or  salt  beef ;  eighteen 


•  Subsistence  Dejmrtment.  185 

ounces  of  bread  or  flour,  or  twelve  ounces  of  bard  bread,  or 
one  and  a  fourth  pound  corn  meal;  and  at  the  rate,  to  one 
hundred  rations,  of  eight  quarts  of  peas  or  beans,  or,  in 
lieu  thereof,  ten  pounds  of  rice  ;  six  pounds  of  coffee  ; 
twelve  pountds  sugar  ;  four  quarts  of  vinegar  ;  one  and  a 
half  pound  tallow,  or  one  and  a  fourth  pound  adamantine, 
or  one  pound  sperm  candles  ;  four  pounds  of  soap,  and 
two  quarts  of  salt. 

On  a  campaign,  or  on  marches,  or  on  board  of  trans- 
ports, the  ration  of  hard  bread  is  one  pound. 

ISSUES. 

Returns  for  issues  to  companies  will,  when  practicable, 
be  consolidated  for  the  post  or  regiment.  (Sec  form  14.) 
At  the  end  of  the  month,  the  issuing  commissary  will  make 
duplicate  abstracts  of  the  issues,  which  the  commanding 
officer  will  compare  with  the  original  returns,  and  certify 
(see  Form  2).  This  abstract  is  a  voucher  of  the  issue  for 
the  monthly  return. 

Issues  to  the  hospital  will  be  on  returns  by  the  medical 
officer,  for  such  provisions  only  as  are  actually  required 
for  the  sick  and  the  attendants.  The  cost  of  such  parts 
of  the  ration  as  are  issued  will  be  charged  to  the  hospital 
at  contract  prices,  and  the  hospital  will  be  credited  by  the 
whole  number  of  complete  rations  due  through  the  month 
at  contract  or  cost  prices  (see  Note  page  186,)  ;  the  bal; 
ance,  constituting  the  Ilosjntal  Fund,  or  any  portion  of  it, 
may  be  expended  by  the  commissary,  on  the  requisition 
of  a  medical  officer,  in  the  purchase  of  any  article  for  the 
subsistence  or  comfort  of  the  sick  not  authorized  to  be 
otherwise  furnished.  At  large  depots  or  general  hospitals, 
this  fund  may  be  partly  expended  for  the  benefit  of  de- 
pendent posts  or  dteachments,  on  requisitions  approved 
by  the  medical  director  or    senior  surgeon  of  the    district. 

The  articles  purchased  for  the  hospital,  as  well  as  those 


4 


18G  Subsistence  Department.  * 

issued  from  (he  siibs^istcncc  storehouse,  will  ho,  included  in 
the  Surg'con's  certificate  of  issues  to  the  hospital,  and 
borne  on  the  monthly  return  of  provisions  received  and 
issued.  Vouchers  for  purchases  for  the  liospital  must 
either  be  certKied  b}'  the  Surgeon  or  accompanied  by  his 
requisition. 

Abstracts  of  the  if=;sucs  to  the  hospital  will  be  made  by 
the  Commi>sary,  certified  by  thj  burgeon,  and  counter- 
signed by  the  conmianding  officer. 

In  order  that  the  authorized  women  of  companies  may 
draw  their  rations  while  temporarily  separated  from  their 
companies,  the  officer  comnumding  the  company  must 
make  a  report  to  the  commanding  officer  of  the  post  where 
the  women  may  be  lefr,  designating  such  as  are  to  draw 
rations  as  attached  to  his  company.  Their  rations  are  not 
commuted,  and  they  can  only  draw  them  at  a  military  post 
where  there  are  supplies. 

Issue  to  voliuileers  and  militia,  to  sailors,  to  marines  to 
citizens  employed  by  any  of  the  departments,  or  to  Indians, 
will  be  cntertd  on  separate  abstracts  to  the  monthh'  return. 

An  extra  issue  of  15  lbs  of  tallow,    or  10    of  sperm  can- 

NoTK— Mode  of  ascertaining  the  hospital  ration  :  100  complete 
rations,  consist,  of,  say  cost. 

32  rations  of  fresh  beef  is  40  1l)s  at  4  cts $  1  60 

68         '•        pork,    is  51  lbs  at  G  cents 3  00 

*  100         "         jlour,  is  1:2  lbs  at   2  cents 2  25 

flOO         "         Lear.s,  is  8 quarts  at  4  cents. . .  .32   ) 
100         "        ricG,  is  10  lbs.  at  G  cents GO  ) 

100         "         coffee,  is  G  Ib.s.  at  9  cents 0  54 

100         "         sugar,  is    12  lbs.  at  8  cents 0  96 

100         ''         vinegar,  is  4  quarts  at  5  cents 0  20 

100         "         candles,  is  U  lbs.  at  12  cents 0  18 

100         "         soap,  is  4  lbs?  at  D  cents 0  24 

100         "        salt,  is  2  quarts  at  3  cents 0  06 

•    Cost  of  one  hundred  rations $9  56 

cents  5  mills  ^  ration. 


0  46 


Subshfencc  Deparhncrd.  187 

diC?,  "^^  montli,  may  be  niaclc  to  the  principal  guard  of  each 
caiiip  and  garrison,  on  the  order  of  the  commanding  offi- 
cer. Extra  issues  of  soap,  candles  and  vinegar,  are  per- 
mitted to  tlie  hospital,  when  the  Surgeon  does  not  avail 
himself. of  the  commutation  of  the  hospital  rations,  ov 
when  there  is  no  hospital  fund  ;  salt  in  small  quantities 
may  be  issued  for  public  horses  and  cattle.  When  the 
officers  of  the  ^fedical  Department  find  anti-scorhutics  ne- 
cessary for  the  health  of  the  troops,  the  commanding  offi- 
cer may  order  issues  of  fresh  vegetables,  pickled  onions, 
sour  krout,  or  molasses,  with  an  extra  quantity  of  rice 
and  vinegar.  (Potatoes  arc  usually  issued  at  the  rate  of 
one  pound  per  ration,  a,nd  onions  at  the  rate  of  three 
bu^^hels  in  lieu  of  one  of  beans.)  Occasional  issues  (extra) 
of  molasses  arc  made — two  quarts  to  one  hundred  rations 
— and  of  dried  api)les  of  from  1  to  U  bushels  to  100  ra- 
tions. Troops  at  sea  arc  recommended  to  draw  rice  and 
an  extra  issue  of  molasses  in  lieu  of  beans.  When  anti- 
scorbutics are  issued,  the  medical  officer  will  certify  the 
necessity,  and  tic  circumstances  which  cause  it  upon  the 
abstract  of  extra  issues. 

When  men  leave  their  company,  the  rations  they  have 
drawn,  and  left  with  it,  will  be  deducted  from  the  next 
return  for  the  company  ;  a  like  rule  when  men  are  dis- 
charged from  the  hospital  will  govern  the  hospital  return. 

RECriUITIXO    SERVICE. 

When  subsistence  can  not  be  issued  by  the  Commissa 
Hate  to  recruiting  parties,  it  will  be  procured  by  the  offi 
cor  in  charge,  on  written  contracts  for  complete  rations, 
or  wholesome  board  and  lodging. 

co.m:^iutations  oi-'  rations. 

When  a  soldier  is  detached  on  duty,  and  ft 
cable  to  carry  his  subsistence  with  him,  it  will  be  com- 
muted at  sevcnty-fivc  cents  a  day,  to  be  paid  by  the  commis- 


$ 


188  Subsistence  DcjMrtment. 

surj  when  due,  or  in  advance,  on  the  order  of  the  com- 
manding officer.  The  officer  dataching  the  soldier  will 
certify,  on  the  voucher,  that  it  is  impracticable  for  him  to 
carry  his  rations,  and  the  voucher  will  show  on  its  fiice 
the  nature  and  extent  of  the  duty  the  soldier  was  ordered 
to  i)erform. 

The  expenses  of  a  soldier  placed  temporarily  in  a 
private  hospital,  on  the  advice  of  a  senior  Surgeon  of  the 
post  or  detachment,  sanctioned  b}^  the  commanding  officer, 
will  be  paid  by  the  subsistence  department,  not  to  exceed 
seventy-five  cents  a  day. 

The  ration  of  a  soldier  stationed  in  a  city,  with  no  op- 
portunity of  messing,  will  be  commuted  at  forty  cents. 
The  rations  of  the  non-commissioned  regimental  staff  and 
ordnance  sergeants,  when  they  have  no  opportunity  of 
messing,  and  of  soldiers  on  furlough,  or  stationed  where  ra- 
tions connot  be  issued  in  kind,  may  be  commuted  at  the 
cost  or  value  of  the  ration  at  the  post. 

When  a  soldier  on  duty  has  necessarily  paid  for  his  own 
subsistence,  he  may  be  refunded  the  cost  of  the  ration. 
When  more  than  the  cost  of  the  ration  is  claimed;  the  ac- 
count must  be  submitted  to  the  Commissary  General. 

The  abstracts  of  issues  will  show  the  corps  or  detach- 
ment.    When  abstracts  require  more  than  one  sheet,  the 
sheets  will  be  numbered  in  scries,  and  not  pasted  together; 
the  total  at  the  foot  of  each   carried  to  the   head  of  the 
next,  &c.,  &c. 
^      All  lists   of  subsistence  shall  run  in  this  order;  meat, 
^^read-stuff,  rice  and  beans,  coffee,  sugar,  vinegar,  candles, 
^■pap,  salt,  anti-scorbutics,  purchases  for  hospital,   forage 
^Br  cattle. 

^B  No  charge  for  printing  blanks  as  forms  will  be  allowed. 
WJr  A  book  will  be  kept  by  the  commissary  at  each  post,  in 
r  which  will  be  entered  the  monthly  returns  of  provisions 


Subsistence  Department .  '  189 

received  and  issued.  It  will  show  from  whom  the  purchases 
liave  been  made,  and  whether  paid  for.  It  is  called  the  Com- 
missary's book,  and  will  not  be  removed  from  the  post. 

When  any  officer  in  the  Commissariat  is  relieved,  ho 
will  close  his  property  accounts;  but  money  accounts  will 
be  kept  open  till  the  end  of  the  quarter,  unless  he  ceases 
to  do  duty  in  the  department. 

Commissaries  of  subsistence  in  charge  of  principal  de- 
pots will  render  quarterly  statements  of  the  cost  and 
quality  of  the  ration,  in  all  its  parts,  at  their  stations. 

Form  of  Commissary^s  receipt  to  Contractors. 

County  of ,      ) 

State  of -,  j" 

Personally  appeared  before  me, ,  inspector  for  said  county, 

and  made  oath  that,  at  the  request  of  the  parties  concerned,  he 
inspected  the  quantity  of  provisions  below  enumerated,  delived    as 

supplies  for  the  troops  at ,  on  the  contract  of ,   for   the 

year ,  and  found  them  to  be  the  quantity  and  quality  under- 
mentioned: 

—  barrels  of  corn-fed  pork,  excluding  the  parts  directed  in  the 
contract,  and  in  quality  as  therein  designated. 

—  barrels  of  superfine  flour. 

—  bushels  of  good  sound  beans. 

—  gallons  of  good  cider  or  wine  vinegar. 

—  pounds  of  good  hard  soap. 

—  pounds  of  tallow  candles  with  cotton  wicks. 

—  bushels  of  clean  dry  salt. 

S.  T.,  Inspector. 
Sworn  and  subscribed  before  me,  j 

this day  of ,  .         j 

A.  B.,  Justice  of  the  Peace. 

Received, ,  10th  August,  1840,  the  provisions  above  enume- 
rated. '  C.  D.,  Lieut,  and  A.  0.  S. 


190 


Subsidence  ■Deparimmi 


I" 
ft? 


^ 


i 

•4 
3 

1 

O 

•ipts-    1 

•diM)-!   1 

•s.>i|nii!:)   1 

•.iuz,yu!A    1 

•.ui;jiij^   1 

■•'•'.D'JD   1 

■uoill   1 

•sunoH   1 

•.lllo|,^    1 

•>1-H).f    1 

■J.tiKl    iis.w.,!-  1   ' 

siinitiM  JO  .io([iuiij^ 

•sXcp  JO  JDquunN 

•iwtoi 

1 

1 

•uoaio.w  JO  .locumi^ 

uoK  JO  -loqumM 

o 

14 

o 

H 

2 

s^ 


•=  s 


<u.2 

^J2 


Subsistence  Department. 

1 

W 

rj  6  c  o  6  d 

ca 

^'O'CrS'O'O 

'rt 

<^ 

a      '^ 

d 

a       g 

_o 

«>      •    c^      .      •      . 

-rj    ==>          O    O   O 

>> 

ci 

c'^  c"^'^'^ 

« 

;~, 

rt        5 

d 

<<-i 

o 

o 

'fi          d 

o  - 

•73 

2    .-^ 

c 

oj  z  ^6  .^6 

W 

j_p       o        o 

3        CI        CO 

o                          o 

o      >— •      >— • 

o  ^                                  •- 

q3     .  ~~'    .  ■— '    . 

2  -                             c: 

,  o  ^  o  -^  o 

o 

^Q  ^p  ^Q 

^■^                   :=: 

^  '^    O^    <D 

-H-i                                                                CJ 

I          &          ^ 

«i^-<                          H 

.,-4        ;i;        *>^ 

■*  00  o  CI  r^  <>1 

Ci  1-                Cl  Ci  CO                O  t^  C-1 

d  w 

<M  ^  o  ;c  i>i  C5 

,—  o  --  CO  '^t  CI  CO        M  -^.  r-  -o 

3'S 

(M   »-(    «2   r-(   CO  — ' 

lO  o  ro  0-:  Tji  -<  CO  Tt^       co  r-.  co  o 

CC  O  !M  O  (TM  O 

1-  o  r-  o  o  I-  '^  o?  «o  CO  o  r-.  ,-1 

P 

1      1      1      1      1      1 

1     1     1     1     1     •     1     1     1     I     I     1     1 

^       o      o 

CO-TlOCiCIOOOOOOCO 

.— 1           rH           I— t 

'"' 

r-(    r^    JO     .-.    l^   TP 

I— .   r— 1   1—    CJ)   1^                                                   I.       -^ 

1/: 

o  »-  i=  as  o  o 

COCOCOOCO         <-lO                COOM 

gSl 

(X)  Tfl  -H  t— 1  I—  (M 

'O  00  lO  CO  r-H  —        CD  •>!              c:i  ro 

r-.  O  OJ  ri<  T*l  1^ 

l^  r-i  O  ^  C5  CO  O  C5  CO  O  O  QO  -O 

C    tfj  ^ 

, 

I-  .J    O 

O  ^  c 

1^  CO  05  <M  CO  C-l 

oocc^-^cot^-^Oior-t-coQO 

\ti          ^         r>\ 

r-  O  CO  C»  CM  1^  ^  l^  CO  O  r-l  Tt.  CO 

"  d 

a       ^      t-- 

C^10COCiC<li— (i— 1          f-Hi— 1 

•'-' 

-O           CI           CI 

— 1         — J         -^ 

1,-4              CVI              t^t 

5^2 

.— I        «o       o 

hf   — 

uO  Ci  >-0  t— 1  lO  -X) 

^          '-'^ 

.^'-  C 

CM   0-5  CM   O  (M  CM 

o          t^ 

1-H  (M  O  CO  CO  (M 

O  O  >-0  O  C5  lO  O  O  O  'M  iC  O  ?0 

Oi          t— 1          CO 

iO  O  c-1  -O  O  O  O   ^  CM  O  r-l  ^  CO 

o  c 

CO          C3          CI 

l^h-r—  t-Or— I^H           1— ( 

t'.  -^ 

,__,_. ^  1  ^                                  1^.1  .AJ 

o  o  -o  c^i  'O  O 

CC  CO  '-0  O  CO          ^  '.-5                 CO  CM 

C   x" 

CC  «0  Cs  O  '>«  CD 

if:ooioocr^-HO<r3        ^^co 

.^  T3 

c^  o  cs  ■'f  C<J  -^ 

I-  ri  O  CO  C5  CO  O  Ci  -O         O  CO  CO 

£J  S 

1     1     1     •     1     1 

1     1     1     1     1     1     •     1     t     I     I     •     • 

II 

O        CI        o 

CO  CO  Ci  ^  OC  C^  ■*  O  i-O  lO  CI  CO  -^ 

.o      o      CO 

CDOOr^CMCMi-Hi-HrHi— 1 

•o         ^        rt< 

rr   r-1   r-l   r-l   CM 

c 

O  r-H  O  i-l  O  i~l 

..  5    .....•••    • 

:  :  \^  :  \  '•  :  ■  -^  m  '■  ■ 

o 

o       o      o 

•    .    .  5    .   •    :    .    ;  rf  o    •    • 

%-• 

o      o      o 

•   C   •-         ^-   *^     :  o   ;-   t;j:^      .     • 

^^ 

1— 1          r-«          r-« 

tutMrnuM 

"o 

PLiCQfiwP-,      •MDHCJ7:i*OXCO 

i 

JO  suojiv.ipuDsnoiii  OUQ 

191 


192  Medical  Department. 

ARTICLE  XLTII. — medical  department. 

The  medical  supplies  for  the  army  are  prescribed  in  the 
standard  supply  table. 

When  it  is  necessary  to  purchase  medical  supplies,  and 
recourse  can  not  be  had  to  a  medical  disbursing  officer, 
they  may  be  procured  by  the  quartermaster  on  a  special 
requisition. 

When  any  requisition  for  medical  supplies  is  not  accord- 
ing to  the  supply  table,  the  reason  therefor  must  be  set 
out. 

In  every  case  of  special  requisition,  a  duplicate  of  the 
requisition  shall,  at  the  same  time,  be  transmitted  to  the 
Surgeon  General. 

Medical  purveyors  will  make  to  the  Surgeon-General,  at 
the  end  of  each  fiscal  quarter,  returns  in  duplicate  of  medi- 
cal supplies  received,  issued,  and  remaining  on  hand,  stat- 
ing to  whom  or  from  whom,  and  where  issued  or  received; 
other  medical  officers  in  charge  of  medical  supplies  make 
similar  returns  of  them  annually,  on  the  31st  December; 
and  all  officers  when  relieved  from  the  duty  to  which  their 
returns  relate.  The  returns  will  show  the  condition  of  the 
stores,  and  particularly  of  the  instruments,  bedding,  and 
furniture. 

The  senior  medical  officer  of  a  hospital  will  distribute 
the  patients,  according  to  convenience  and  the  nature  of 
their  complaints  into  wards  or  divisions,  under  the  parli- 
^  cular  charge  of  the  several  assistant  surgeons  and  will 
^k  visit  them  himself  each  day,  as  frequently  as  the  state  of 
^Bthe  sick  may  require,  accompanied  by  the  assistant,  ward- 
^■master,  and  nurse. 

^■^  His  prescriptions  of  medicine  and  diet  are  written  down 

^T  at  once  in  the  proper  register,  with  the  name  of  the  patient 

r  -  and  the  number  of  his  bed;  the  assistants  fill  up  the  diet 

table   for  the  day,  and  direct  the  administration  of  the 


Medical   Department.  193 

prescribed  medicines.  He  will  detail  an  assistant  surgeon 
to  remain  at  the  hospital  day  and  night,  when  the  state  of 
the  sick  requires  it. 

At  surgeon's  call  the  sick  then  in  the  companies  will  be 
conducted  to  the  hospital  by  the  first  sergeants,  who  will 
each  hand  to  the  surgeon,  in  his  company  book,  a  lisf  of 
all  the  sick  of  the  company,  on  which  the  surgeon  sliall 
state  who  are  to  remain  or  go  into  hospital;  who  are  to 
return  to  quarters  as  sick  or  convalescent;  what  duties  the 
convalescents  in  quarters  are  capable  of;  what  cases  are 
feigned  ;  and  any  other  information  in  regard  to  the  sick 
of  the  company  be  may  ha\:e  to  communicate  to  the  com- 
pany commander. 

Patients  in  hospital  are,  if  possible,  to  leave  their  arms 
and  accoutrements  with  their  companies,  and  in  no  case 
to  take  ammunition  into  the  hospital. 

The  senior  medical  officer  of  each  hospital,  post,  regi- 
ment, or  detachment,  will  keep  the  following  records,  and 
deliver  them  to  his  successor  :  a  register  of  patients  ;  a 
prescrijjtion  book;  a  diet  book  ;  a  case  book;  a  meteorolo- 
gical register,  copies  of  his  requisitions,  annual  returns, 
and  quarterly  reports  of  sick  and  wounded;  and  an  order 
and  letter  book,  in  which  will  be  transcribed  all  orders  and 
letters  relating  to  his  duties. 

Medical  officers,  where  on  duty,  will  attend  the  officers 
and  enlisted  men,  and  the  servants  and  laundresses  au- 
thorized by  law;  and  at  station  where  other  medical  at- 
tendance can  Qot  be  procured,  and  on  marches,  the  hired 
men  of  the  army,  and  the  families  of  officers  and  soldiers. 
Medicines  will  be  dispensed  to  all  persons  entitled  to  medi- 
cal attendance;  hospital  stores  to  enlisted  men. 

In  passing  a  recruit  the  medical  officer  is  to  examine  him 

stripped;  to  see  that  he  has  free  use  of  all  his  limbs;  that 

his  chest  is   ample  ;   that  his  hearing,    vision, and  speech 

13 


( 


) 


194  Medical  Department. 

are  perfect:  that  he  has  no  tutnors,  orulceratc  d  or  exten- 
sively cicatrized  legs;  no  rupture  or  chronic  cutaneous  af- 
fection; that  he  has  not  received  any  contusion,  or  wound 
of  the  head,  that  ma}^  impair  his  faculties  ;  that  he  is  not 
aiirunkard,  is  not  subject  to  convulsions  ;  and  has  no  in- 
fectious disorder,  nor  any  other  that  ma.y  unlit  liim  for 
military  service. 

A  board  of  not  less  than  three  medical  officers  will  be 
appointed  from  time  to  time  by  the  Secretary  of  War,  to 
examine  applicants  for  appointment  of  assistant  surgeons, 
and  assistant  surgeons  for  promotion.  And  no  one  shall 
be  so  appointed  oi*  promoted  until  so  examinc^d  and  found 
qualified. 

The  Secretary  of  War  will  designate  the  applicants  lo 
be  examined  for  appointment  of  assistant  surgeon.  They 
must  be  between  21  and  28  years  of  age.  The  board  will 
report  their  respective  merits  in  the  several  branches  of 
the  examination,  and  their  relative  merit  from  the  whole; 
agreably  whereto,  if  vacancies  happen  within  two  years 
thereafter,  they  will  receive  appointments  and  take  rank 
in  the  medical  corps. 

STANDARD  SUPPLY  TABLE. 

MEDICINES. 

AcaciaB lb.  4;  Aluminis lb.  1 

Acidi  acetici lb.  Vi  Ammoniaci lb.  i 

arseniosi  (arsenic) . . . . oz.  |;  Aminonia3  carbonatis oz.  8 

benzoic! oz.  1; muriatis lb.  J 

citrici lb.  1:  Anthemidis lb.  1 

muriatici lb,  ^  Antimonii  et  "potasse  tart,  (in 

nitric! lb.   1;      crystals oz.  3 

sulphurici lb.  1\  Argent!  nitratis oz.  2 

aroinatici.  .  .lb.  0.;  Arnicae lb.  1 

tannici oz.  2;  Asafcetidas oz.  4 

tartaric! lb.  2:  Bismuth!  subnitratis oz.  4 

JEtheris  sulphurici  loti lb.  2iCamphorae lb.  2 

Alcoholis cong.  6;  Cantharidis oz.  2 

Aloes oz.  4;  Cardamomi oz.  8 


Medical  Department. 


195 


Catechu lb.  ^  j 

Gerae  flav39 lb.  2: 

Cerati  rcsince lb.  2i 

siinplicis lb.  8i 

zincL  carbonatis lb.  2 i 

Collodii oz.  2| 

Colombia ^.  ^ : 

Copaibae lb.  b\ 

Creasoti oz.  2i 

Creta)  proeparatse ft).  1 ; 

Oupri  sulphatis oz.  2: 

Diosmse 5).  ^  i 

Emplastri  adhaasivi yds.  .*)! 

Emplastvi  cantharidis lb.  3: 

ferri lb.  1  i 

hydrargyii lb.  ^1 

Extract!  belladonmTe oz.  2'; 

colycynthidis  comp.oz.  8', 

conii oz.  1  • 

glycyrrhizoe ft).  6| 

hyosciami oz.  2\ 

piperis  fluid! oz.  1 : 

sarsaparillaj  flu!d!.  .ft),  2; 

Valerianae  fluid!. . .  .oz.  8i 

Ferri  iodidi oz.  2] 

pulvei is oz.  2\ 

et  quiniie  citratis.  . .  .oz.  4; 

sulphatis oz.  2i 

Garabogise oz.  ^ ; 

Gentianic ft).  1  j 

Glycyrrhiza? ft>.  1; 

Guaiaci  resinae ft).  ^; 

Hydrarg.  chloridi,  corrosivi.  .oz.  ^i 

mitis  (cal.)ft).  1 ; 

cum  creta ft).  \\ 

iodid! oz.  1 ! 

oxidi  rubri oz.  1  i 

lodin! oz.  1 

Lin! tt).  4 

Liquoris  ammonia? ft).  4 

ferri  iodidi ft>.  1 

potasse  arsenitis.  .  .oz.  2 

Bodaa  chloriuatae . .  bot,  6 


Magnesia . 


.sulphatis. 


...ft).2fi 

Massie  piluhjc  hydrargyri.  . .  .oz.  8 

Mellis  despumati lb  2 

Morphia:  sulphatis drm.  2 

Myrrhie ft).  ^ 

Olei  anisi oz.  1 

....  cajeputi oz.  1 

....  caryophylli oz.  ] 

....  cinnamomi oz.  1 

....  menthae|_piperitac oz.  2 

....  morrhue bot.  8 

olivai. bot.  8 

....  origan! oz.  4 

. . .  .ricine qt.  bot.  12 

. . .  .terebenthinas qt.  bot.  4 

....  tiglii drm.  2 

Opii lb.  2 

Picis  abietis ft).  1 

Plumb!  acetatis ft).  1 

Potassse  acetatis ft)  1 

brcarbonatis  ■•'*....  ft).  1 

bitartratis ft).  8 

chloratis ft).  A 

nitratis ft).  1 

sulphatis ft).  \ 

Potass!  cyanureti drm.  J 

iodidi oz.  8 

Pruni  virginianse. .  .  .*. ft).  2 

Pulveris  capsici ft).  1 

cinchonas ft).  1 

cubebai ft).  1 

ipecacuanha} ft).  1 

et  opi.R).  I 

jalapaj ft).  I 

lini ft).  8 

I The! ft).  1 

i sabinae oz,  2 

: sinapsis  nigra3 ft).  6 

i ulmi ft).  U 

j  Quassia; ft)-  \ 

:  Quinre  sulphatis oz.  2  to  12 

Rhei t>.  \ 


/^ 


196 


Medical  Dejyartment. 


Sacchari 

Saponis , 

Scillre 

Senegre 

SennaB 

8erpentaria3 

Sodffi  bicarbonatis 

boratis 

ct  potassa3  tartratis . . . 

Spigeliffi 

Spiritus  ammonias  aromatici 

setheris  compositi . . 

nitf ici 

lavandulas  compositi 


,  ft).  201 villi  gallici bot.  24 

.  ft).    4i  Strychnia) drm.   1 

oz.   4i  Sulphuris  loti fti. 

oz.    4;  Syrupi  scillro ft). 

.ft).   1;  Tinctura)  aconiti  radicis  ...  .ft). 

.ft),  ^i chloroformi ft). 

.ft).   2: colcliici  scminis. . .  .ft) 

.ft),    ^i digitalis ft). 

.ft).  3i ergota?. ft). 

ft),   ^i feni  cloridi ft). 

oz.  2!  Unguenti  hydrargyri ft). 

.ft).   ^; nitratisft). 

.ft).    2:  Veratrias drm. 

.ft).    1;  Zinci  sulphatis oz* 


INSTUMENTS    TO    EACH   MILITARY    POST. 


Cupping  glasses  or  tins No. 

Dissecting  (with  costatome 

and  enterotome sets 

Lancets,  spring  (four  extra 

fleams  to  each  lancet.  . .  .No. 
Lancets,  thumb  (witli  case)  No. 

Obstetrical sets 

Pocket sets 

PuUies ■ sets 

Scarificators No. 

Splints  (assorted  and  packed 

in  one  ca«e) sets 

Stethoscope No. 


12 


Stomach  pump,  and  case .  .  sets   1 

Syringes,  enema  (one  4  oz. 
one  1 2  oz No.  2 

Syringes,  vagina   (2  glass  1 

metallic) No.   3 

Syringes,  penis,  (2  glass,  6 
metallic No.   8 

Teeth  extracting  (key  and 
three  claws,  gum  lancet, 
straight  and  curved  for- 
ceps)   sets   1 

Tourniquets  (field  4,  spiral  1  No.  6 

Trusses,  hernia No.  3 


) 


In  addition  to  the  above,  each  medical  officer  will  be  supplied  with 
a  complete  set  of  amputating  and  trephining  instruments,  a  case  for 
general  operations  and  a  pocket  case,  which  he  will  retain  in  his  im- 
mediate possession  so  long  as  he  remains  in  the  army,  and  for  the 
complete  and  serviceable  condition  of  which,  at  all  times,  he  will 
he  held  responsible. 


Medical   Department,  19T 

Form  12.    Army  of  the  United  States. 

(Coat  of  Arms.) 

Certificate  of  Disability  for  Discharge. 

A.  B.,  of  Captain s'  comp;iny  (. .),  of  the    regiment   of 

United  States ,  was  enlisted  by of  the regiment 

of ,  at ,  on  the day  of to  serve years;  he  was 

born  in ,  in  the  State  of ,  is years  of  age,    feet 

.  . .  .inches  high,  .  . .  complexion, eyes, hair,  and  by  occu- 
pation when  enlisted During  the  last  two  months  said 

soldier  has  been  unfit  for  duty days. 

(The  Company  commander  will  here  add  a  statement  of  all  th e/ac(^ 
known  to  him  concerning  the  disease  or  wound,  or  cause  of  disability 
of  the  soldier;  the  time,  place,  manner,  and  all  the  curcumstances 
under  which  the  injury  occurred,  or  disease  originated  or  appeared; 
the  duty,  or  service,  or  situation  of  the  soldier  at  the  time  the  injury 
was  received  or  disease  contracted,  or  supposed  to  be  contracted,  and 
whatever  facts  may  aid  a  judgment  as  to  the  cause,  immediate  or  re- 
mote, of  the  disability,  and  the  circumstances  attending  it.  ) 

CD.,  Commanding  Company. 

CONTRACT    WITH    A    PRIVATE    PHYSICIAX. 

This  contract,  entered  into  this day  of ,  18 — , 

at ,  State  of ,  between ■  ,  of  the 

United  States  Army,  and  Dr. ,  of ,  in 

the  State  of ,  witnesseth,  that  for  the  consideration 

hereafter  mentioned,  the  said  Dr. promises 

and  agrees  to  perform  the  duties  of  a  medical  officer, 
agreeably  to  the  Army  Regulations,  at (and  to  fur- 
nish the  necessary  medicines).     And  the  said promises 

and  agrees,  on  behalf  of  the  United  States,  to  pay,  or  cause 

.to  be  paid,  to  the  said  Dr. the  sum  of dollars 

for  each  and  every  month  he  shall  continue  to  perform  the 
services   above  stated,  which  shall  be  his  full  compensa- 
tion, and  in  lieu  of  all  allowances  and  emoluments  whatso-  ^^ 
ever  fexcejjt  that  for  medicines  furnished,  ichich  shall  be  at  thy'^ 


( 


/ 


198  Medical  Department. 

rate  of  —  per  cent,  on  his  monthly  pay,  to  be  determined  by 
the  Surg  con- General.)  This  contract  to  continue  till  deter- 
mined by  the  said  doctor,  or  the  commanding  officer  for 
the  time  being,  or  the  Surgeon-General. 

[Seal.  ] 

Signed,  sealed,  and  delivered  ) 
in  presence  of  ) 

[Seal. J 

I  certify  that  the  number  of  persons  entitled  to  medical 

attendance,  agreeably  to  regulations,  at ,  is ,  and 

that  no  competent  pliysician  can  be  otained  at  a  lower 
rate.  ,  Commanding  Officer. 

Certificate  to  he  given  a  soldier  at  the  time  of  his  discharge. 
I  CERTIFY  that  the  within  named ,  a 


) 


of  Captain company  ( — )  of  the regiment 

of ,  born  in ,  in  the  state  of ■,  aged 

years, feet inches  high, complexion, 

eyes, hair,  and  by  profession  a ,   was  enlisted 

by ,  at  ,  on  the day  of 

eighteen  hundred  and ,  to  serve  for years,  and  is 

now  entitled  to  a  discharge  by  reason  of . 

The  said •  was  last  paid  by  Paymaster 

to  include  the  —  day  of ,  eighteen  hundred 


and ,  and  has  pay  due  from  that  time  to  the  present 

date. 

There  is  due  to  him dollars  retained  pay. 

There  is  due  to  him dollars  on  account  of  clothing 

not  drawn  in  kind. 

He  is  indebted  to  the  United  States dollars,  on  ac- 
count of  extra  clothing,  etc. 


Medical  Department. 


199 


lie  is  indebted  to 
dollars. 


laundress  at 


IS 


The  contract  price  of  the  ration  at 
Given  in  duplicate  at ,  this  —  day  of- 


ccnts. 
18—. 


— ,  Commanding  Company. 

Nl)TR — When  a  soldier  transfers  his  certificates,  the  transfer  must 
t)u  made  on  them,  witnessed  by  a  commissioned  ofiicer.  when  prac- 
ticable or  by  some  other  reputable  person  known  to  the  Paysmaster. 

MOUNING  REPORT  OF  THE  SURQEON  OF  A  REGIMENT.    POST.  OR    GARRION. 


• 

1 

s 
5 

3 

3 

5j 

i 

"5 

1 

i 

c 
1) 

1 

t 

3 

'3 
S 

Remarks.  " 

* 

1 

"El 
5 

'4 

1 

'5- 
'i 

1 

1 

73 

ci 
o- 
C3 

» 

-9 

m 

/^ 


200 


Medical    Deparlm ent. 


SPECIAL  REQUISITION  FOR  SUrrLIES  OF  MF.DICINES,  &C. 

Requisition  for  Medicines  {hospital  stores,  S^c.,)  required  at ,for . 

Acet.  plumbi,  lb.  i. 
Pul\'»  cinchonae,  lb.  x. 
&c..  ^'C, 

I  certify  that  the  medicines  above  required  are  necassary  for  tho 
sick  at ,  in  consequence  of  [here  state  wliether  from  loss,  dam- 
age, &c.,  &c.],  and  tliat  the  requisition  is  agreeable  to  the  supply 
table.  ,  Surgeon t 


Approved : 
lieceived,  - 


18—   of 


■ ,  Commanding  officer. 

the  articles  above  enumerated. 

;  Surgeon. 


Return  of  the  Medical  Offi cers  of  the  Regular   Army.-  Volunteer   Corps,  and 

Militia,  including  Physicians  employed  under  contract,    serving  in   department^ 

No, — ,  for  the  month  of ,  18--. 


No. 


) 


Na 


Rank 


Post  or 
Station. 


With  what 
troops  serv'g. 


Remark 


Surgeon. 


Note.— Tlie  names  will  be  anMtiftfid  in  the  following  order:  1st,  Medical  Ollicers  of 
the  Rc,i;ular  Army;  2d.  Those  of  Volnnteer  corps  and  JMilitia;  3d,  Private  Piiysicians. 
In  the  column  of  'Remarks"  will  be  noted  all  changes  in  the  position  of  Medical  Oflicers 
and  private  physicians,  whether  on  diiiy  or  on  leave  of  absence,  giving  the  number,  date 
and  sotirce  of  the  order  directing  or  air.horizing  siicli  change,  the  time  of  the  dcparuire 
of  tlie  olli.'-iu-.s  from  their  post,  and  the  dale  of  tlietr  return  to  duty.  If  to  a  new  post  its  posi- 
tion must  he  indicated  by  referencrc  lo  some  known  point,  as  miles  north  from 
The  rcmai  Its  opposite  the  names  of  Private  physicians  will  state  in  addition  to  the  above 
the  name  and  rank  of  the  party  making  the  coniract,  the  date  thereof,  the  monthly  com  - 
)eusatiou,  and  the  date  of  their  dibchargc  from  service. 


Pay  Department.  201 

ARTICLE  XLW — pay  department. 

The  troops  will  be  paid  in  such  manner  that  the  arrears 
shall  at  no  time  exceed  two  months,  unless  the  circum- 
stances of  the  case  render  it  unavoidable,  which  the  pay- 
master charged  with  the  payment  shall  promptly  report 
to  the  Paymaster-General. 

The  Paymaster-General  shall  take  care,  by  timely  remit- 
tances, that  the  paymasters  have  the  necessary  funds  to 
pay  the  troops  and  shall  notify  the  remittances  to  the 
paymasters  and  commanding  officers  of  the  respective  pay 
districts. 

The  payments,  except  to  officer^s  and  discharged  soldiers, 
shall  be  made  on  muster  and  pay  rolls;  those  of  com- 
panies and  detachments;  signed  by  the  company  or  de- 
tatchment  commanders  ;  of  the  hospital,  signed  by  the 
surgeon";  and  all  muster  and  pay  rolls,  signed  by  the 
mustering  and  inspecting  ofiicer. 

When  a  compan}''  is  paraded  for  payment,  the  officer 
in  command  of  it  shall  attend  at  the  pay-table. 

When  a.  receipt  on  a  pay-roll  or  account  is  not  signed 
by  the  hand  of  the  party,  the  payment  must  be  Vvitnessed. 
The  witness  to  be  a  commissioned  officer  when  practi- 
cable. 

Double  rations  are  allowed  to  the  Major-General  com 
manding  the  army,  and  to  every  officer  commading  in 
chief  a  separate  army  actually  in  the  field;  to  the  generals 
commanding  the  eastern  and  western  geographical  div- 
isions; to  the  quartermaster-general  and  adjutant-general; 
to  the  colonels  or  other  officers  commanding  military  geoj 
graphical  departments;  to  the  commandant  of  each  per-1 
manent  or  fixed  post  garrisoned  with  troops,  and  the^ 
armories  and  arsenals  commanded  by  commissioned  of- 
fficers. 

No  officer  or  soldier  shall  receive  pay  or  allowances  fQ*^"^ 


202         Corps  of  Engineers. — Ordnance  Dqyartment. 

a.ny  time  during  which  he  was  absent  without  leave,  unless 
a  satisfactory  excuse  for  such  absence  be-  rendered  to  his 
commanding  officer,  evidence  of  which,  in  case  of  an  offi- 
cer, shall  be  annexed  to  his  pay  account. 

Every  deserter  shall  forfeit  all  pay  and  allowances  du(> 
at  the  time  of  desertion.  Stoppages  and  fines  shali  be 
paid  from  his  future  earnings,  if  he  is  apprehended  and 
continued  in  service;  otherwise,  from  his  arrears  of  pay. 

No  paymaster  or  other  offil^er  shall  be  interested  in  the 
purchase  of  any  soldier's  certificate  of  pa^  duo,  or  other 
claim  against  "the  United  States. 

The  raymastor-General  shall  transmit  to  the  Second 
Auditor,  in  the  month  of  May,  a  statement  exhibiting  the 
total  amount  during  the  year  up  to  the  31st  December 
preceding,  of  stoppages  against  officers  and  soldiers  on  ac- 
count of  ordnance  and  ordnance  stores,  that  the  amount 
may  be  refunded  to  the  proper  appropriations.  These 
stoppages  will  be  regulated  by  the  tables  of  cost  publish- 
ed by  the  chief  of  the  Ordnance  Department,  and  shall 
have  precedence  of  all  other  claims  on  the  pay  of  officers 
or  soldiers. 

The  following  returns  are  to  be  transmitted  to  the  Pay- 
master-General alter  each  payment  : 

1.  Estimate  for  succeeding  months, 

2.  Abstracts  of  payments  accompanied  by  the  vouchers. 

3.  General  account  current,  in  duplicate. 

4.  Monthl}-  statements  of  funds,  disbursements,  etc, 

^  The  accounts  and  vouchers  for  the  expenditures  to  the 
regular  army  must  be  kept  separate  and  distinct  from 
Bhose  to  volunteers  and  militia. 

The  duties  of  these  corps  usully  relate  to  the  construc- 
x4on  of  permanent  and   field  fortifications;   works  for   the 


ARTICLE  XLV. 

CORPS    OF    ENCIN^EEPvS    AND   TOPOGRAPHICAL  ENGINEERS. 


Ordnance  Department.  *  203 

attack  and  dcfcnso  of  places;  for  the  passage  of  rivers;  for 
the  movements  and  operations  of  armies  in  the  field,  and 
such  reconnaissances  and  surveys  as  may  be  required  for 
these  objects,  or  for  any  other  duty  which  may  be  assign- 
ed to  them.  By  special  direction  of  the  President  of  the 
United  States,  officers  of  engineers  may  be  employed  on 
any  other  duty  whatsoever.     (See  63d  Article  of  War.) 

In  any  work  carried  on  under  the  direction  of  the  chief 
of  cither  corps,  his  authority  must  be  obtained  for  the 
erection  of  any  temporary  buildings  required  in  the  pro- 
gress of  the  work,  or  the  purchase  of  any  vessel  or  boat, 
or  for  furnishing  medicines  or  medical  attendance  to  hired 
men,  and  to  determine  the  number  and  ^vagcs  of  clerks, 
foremen,  and  overseers. 

ARTICLE  XLVI. — ordnance  department. 

The  Ordnauce  department  has  charge  of  the  arsenals 
and  armories,  and  furnishes  all  ordnance  and  ordnance 
stores  for  the  military  service. 

The  general  denomination,  *'  Ordnance  and  Ordnance 
Stores,"  comprehends  all  cannon  and  artillery  carriages 
and  equipments;  all  apparatus  and  machines  for  the  ser- 
vice and  manoeuvres  of  artilery;  all  small  arms  and  accou- 
trements and  horse  equipments;  all  ammunition,  and  all 
tools  and  materials  for  the  ordnauce  service. 

The  purchases  and  contracts  for  cannon,  projectiles, 
powder,  small  arms,  and  accoutrements  are  made,  or  spec- 
ially ordered  by  the  chief  of  ordnance,  under  the  direction 
of  the  Secretary  of  War. 

In  each  case  the  inspector  shall  give  to  the  contractorj 
triplicate  inspection  certificates,  and  transmit  to  the  ord- 
nance bureau  an  inspection  report. 

The  inspecting  officer  shall  transmit  to  tlie  ordnance 
bureau  a  cansolidated  report,  in  July  of  their   inspections- 


204  ^  Ordnance  Department. 

of  ordnance  and  projectiles  during  the  year  ending  30tli 
June,  and  quarterly  and  annual  reports  of  their  inspection 
of  small  arms,  barrels,  c^cc.  Inspectors  shall  retain  copies 
of  their  inspection  reports,  to  be  turned  over  to  their  suc- 
cessors; at  an  armoiy,  the  quarterly  and  annual  inspection 
reports  are  signed  by  the  superintendent  and  master 
armorer. 

The  inspectors  of  small  arms  will  procure  necessary  as- 
sistants from  the  national  armories.  No  assistant  shall 
inspect  oftener  than  twice  in  succession  the  arms  made 
at  the  same  private  establishment.  The  inspector  will 
have  the  accepted  arms  boxed  and  sealed  in  his  presence. 
In  time  of  peace,  ordnance  and  ordnance  stores  are  to 
be  issued  from  the  arsenals  and  armories  only  by  author- 
it}^  '  from  the  ordnance  bureau  of  the  War  Department; 
in  war,  to  supply  troops  in  service,  on  the  order  of  any 
general  or  field  officer  commanding  an  army,  garrison  or 
detachment;  provided,  in  issues  to  the  militia,  that  they 
shall  have  been  regularly  mustered  into  the  service,  and 
the  requisition  be  approved  by  the  mustering  and  inspect- 
ing officer  of  the  United  States,  or  a  general  or  field  officer 
commanding  in  the  regular  service.  In  case  of  an  issue 
not  specially  directed  from  the  ordnance  bureau,  the  order 
for  the  issue  will  be  promptly  transmitted  to  the  bureau 
by  the  issuing  officer. 

The  arms  and  accoutrements  required  by  an   officer   for 

his  own  use  in  the  public  service  may  be  issued  to  him  on 

fclfc.  payment  of  the  regulated  price,  to  be  passed  to  the  credit 

^^nf  the  proper  appropriation  at  the  ordnance  bureau. 

Wk    Requisitions  for  ordnance  and  ordnance  stores   for  com- 

«3anies  or  posts  may,  in  urgent  cases,  be  sent  direct  to  the 

^^Adjutant-General's  office,  a  duplicate  being  forwarded   at 

^  the  same  time  to  department  head-quarters.     Requisitions 

n,^^^for  supplies  for   arsenals  and   armories  are  sent  direct  to 


Ordnance   Department.  205 

When  arms,  accoutrement?,  and  equipments  need  re- 
pairs that  cannot  bo  made  by  the  troops,  the  commanding 
officer  may  send  them  to  be  repaired  to  the  most  conven- 
ient arsenal. 

The  commander  of  each  company  or  detachment  will  be 
accountable  for  all  ordnance  and  ordnance  stores  issued 
to  his  command.  The  commandqr  of  each  post  will  be 
accountable  for  all  ordnance  and  ordnance  stores  at  the 
post,  not  issued  to  the  company  or  detachment  comman- 
ders, or  not  in  charge  of  an  officer  of  ordnance  or  a  store- 
keeper. Ordnance  sergeants  will  account  for  ordnance 
property  only  where  there  is  no  commissioned  officer  of 
the  army  or  store-keeper. 

AVhen  charges  on  account  of  ordnance  stores  are  made 
against  a  soldier,  the  property  return  shall  give  his  name 
and  the  pay-roll  or  account  in  which  the  charge  is  made. 

Arm  chests  are  to  be  preserved    and   accounted   for. 

Every  officer  commanding  a  regiment,  corps,  garrison,, 
or  detachment  shall  make,  at  the  end  of  February,  April, 
June,  August,  October  and  December,  a  report  to  the 
chief  of  ordnance,  stating  all  damages  to  arms,  equipments, 
and  impliments  belonging  to  his  command,  noting  those 
occasioned  by  negligence  or  abuse,  and  naming  the  officer  or 
soldier  by  whose  negligence  or  abuse  the  said  damages 
were  occasioned,  from  which  reports  the  necessary  instruc- 
tions shall  be  issued  to  the  armories  and  the  ordnance 
inspectors  to  correct  defects  in  the  manufacture. 

Hired  men  in  the  ordnance  service  (except  slaves)  shall 
be  engaged  on  daily  wages,  except  men  on  piece  work 
and  paid  only  for  such  days  or  parts  of  days  as  the^ 
actually  work.  Working  "time,  by  daylight  only,  shal 
average  ten  hours  throughout  the  year.  When  men  ar 
paid  for  extra  time  or  night-work,  the  necessity  shall  b 
explained  on  the  pay-roll. 


6 

Ordnance  Department, 

1 

rk   i 

'B< 

s  s 

o<^    • 

o       >^ 

^g-S 

9^2  ?: 

CO       o 

■a* 

iO    «_ 

g 

•<< 

f^oj  « 

S 

^-       rt" 

M 

ei 

of  infan 
officers 
Rifleme 

fl.2:;: 

iT) 

|-s-^ 

o 

•soSpia:).iBO  {i^q-^ojTsnw 

-i) 

(VJ             1    c^l 

? 

1  o 

■i 

•poxtj  ';oqs  Mpdg     ^ 

:     1- 

<3 

CD 

•sSuiis  unr) 

Oi 

» 
-^ 

rC^ 

V 

•so:>t;[d  ^laq  (jsi^av 

•i 

•HpiTsqqtJOS  ;)ouo/(ujj 

5    ^ 

1 

•s;pq  xoq  oSpu^.it!3 

C5 

•soxoq  oSpi.^jT^o 

spioAVSS^jooyjo  p,iuoo-uoj>q; 

c; 

o 

•f»;oidiuoD  'sp>isnj\[ 

•rioS^ijitJo  updo     <=^ 

.. 

•uouuBO  3ST?iq  'jpdg  j  "^    ; 

C<1 

13 

o 

H 

fl        I 


a 

to  '^ 

C 


•r  cy  ^:e  ^ 

to    c3    .S 

tS   -  « 

oo  r 

<1^  CO     ^ 

-ilt 


CO    p 
CO     »- 


_   s 


M 


11  <i 
I- 


o 


<u 


^  o 


2^  ^  o  >; 
a  "  12; 


<2^ 


I  -s 


^ 


PC5 


I    i 


53  W3 

r 


Recruiting  Service.  201 

ARTICLE  XLVII. 


R  E  C  R  U  I  T  I  x\  G      5  r.  R  ^•  I  C  E  . 

The  recruiting  service  will  l)e  conducted  by  tjie  Adji;- 
tant-General,  under  the  direction  of  the  Secretary  of  War. 

Field  officers  will  be  detailed  to  superintend  the  recruit- 
ing districts,  and  lieutenants  to  take  charge  of  the  re- 
cruiting parties.  The  recruiting  service  will  form  a  spe- 
cial roster.  The  Adjutant-General  will  detail  the  field 
officers,  and  announce  in  orders  the  number  of  lieutenants 
to  be  detailed  from  each  regiment  by  the  Colonel.  When 
the  detail  is  not  according  to  the  roster,  the  special  rea- 
son of  the  case  shall  be  reported  and  laid  before  the  Sec- 
retary of  War. 

A  recruiting  party  will  consist  generally  of  one  lieuten- 
ant, one  non-commissioned  officer,  two  privates,  and  a 
drummer  and  fifer.  The  parties  will  be  sent  from  the 
princical  depots,  and  none  but  suitable  men  selected. 

Officers  on  the  general  recruiting  service  are  not  to  be 
ordered  on  any  other  duty,  except  from  the  Adjutant  Gen- 
eral's office. 

As  soon  as  a  recruiting  station  is  designated,  the  super- 
intendent sends  estimates  for  funds  to  the  Adjutant-Gen- 
eral, and  requisitions  on  the  proper  departments  (through 
the  Adjutant-General)  for  clothing,  camp  equipage,  arms, 
and  accoutrements. 

Funds  and  supplies  of  clothing,  camp  and  garrison  equi- 
page, arms  and  accoutrements,  when  ordered,  will  be  sent 
direct  to  each  station. 

Subsequent  supplies  for  the  station   in   his  district  a 
procured  by  the  superintendent  on  c^solidated  estimate 
these  are  made    quarterly   for   funds,   and   every  G  or  1 
months  for  clothing,   equipage,  arms  and   accoutrements 
Estimates  for  funds  will  be  in  the  following:  form  : 


208 


Recruiting  Service. 


Estimate  of  Recruiting  Funds  required  for  the 

during  the  quarter  ending  18 


Names. 

Rank. 

g 

a 

c 
.2 

\  mount   ex- 
pended lasi 
quarter. 

Amoimt  on 
hand. 

Amount 
required. 

Remarks 

m    \ 

»     1   CIS. 

t;   1  CIS. 

b    1    i:is. 

Total  nmoiint  rpniiirod 

Super  inUndenl. 

For  siib.=?istence  to  recruiting  stations,  sec  regulations  of 
the  subi-istence  department.  When  army  rations  are  is- 
sued for  recruits,  savings  on  the  ration  shall  be  applied 
for  their  benefit,  as  in  companies. 

The  superintendents  will  transmit  to  the  Adjutant-Gen- 
eral consolidated  monthly  returns  of  the  recruiting  parties 
under  tlieir  superintendence,  according  to  directions  on 
the  print(Ml  blanks,  accompanied  by  one  copy  of  the  en- 
listment of  each  recruit  enlisted  within  the  month. 

AVhen  recruits  should  be  sent  to  regiments,    a    superin- 
tendent will  report  to  the  Adjutant-General  for  instructions 
When  recruits  are  sent  from  a  depot  or  rendezvous  to  a 
regiment  or  post,  a  muster  and  descriptive  rolt,  and  an    ac- 
count of  clothing  of  the  detachment   will    be   given  to  the 
^  officer  assigned  to  the  command  of  it.     And  a    duplicate 
^Lof  the  muster  and  descriptive  roll  will  be  forwarded  to  the 
^■Adjutant-General  by  the  superintendent,  who  will  note  on 
^■it  the  names  of  all  rtie  officers  on   duty   with   the    detach- 
^ment,  and  the  day  of  its  departure  from  the  depot. 
W       The  superintendent  will  report  all  commissioned  or  non- 


X 


RccruUing  Service.  209 

commissioned  officci's  who  may  be  incapable  or  negligent 
in  the  discharge  of  their  functions. 

When  a  rendezvous  is  closed,  the  superintendent  will 
give  the  necessary  instructions  for  the  safe  keeping  or  dis- 
posal of  the  property,  so  as  not  to  incur  expense  for  storage. 

Tours  of  inspection  by  superintendents  will  be  made 
only  on  instructions  from  the  Adjutant-General's  office. 
Officers  on  the  recruiting  service  will  not  be  sent  from 
place  to  place  without  orders  from  the  same  source. 
Recruiting  officers  will  in  no  case  absent  themselves  from 
their  stations  without  authority  from  the  superintendent. 

They  will  not  allow  any  man  to  be  deceived  or  inveigled 
into  the  service  by  false  representations,  but  will  in  person 
explain  the  nature  of  the  service,  the  length  of  the  term, 
the  pay,  clothing,  rations,  and  other  allowances  to  which 
a  soldier  is  entitled  by  law,  to  every  man  before  he  signs 
the  enlistment. 

With  the  sanction  of  the  superintendents,  recruiting 
officers  may  insert,  in  not  exceeding  two  newspapers,  brief 
notices  directing  attention  to  the  rendezvous  for  further 
information . 

Any  free  white  male  person  above  the  age  of  18  and 
under  the  age  of  35  years,  being  at  least  5  feet  4|  inches 
high,  effective,  able  bodied,  sober,  free  from  disease,  of 
good  character  and  habits,  and  with  a  competent  knowl- 
edge of  the  English  language,  may  be  enlisted.  This  reg- 
ulation, so  far  as  respects  the  height  and  age  of  the  recruit, 
shall  not  extend  to  musicians  or  to  soldiers  who  may  "  re- 
eyilist,"  or  have  served  honestly  and  faithfully  a  previous 
enlistment  in  the  army. 

No  man  having  a  wife  and   child   shall   be  enlisted  in 

time  of  peace 'without  special  authority  obtained  from  the 

Adjutant-General's  office,  through  the  superintendent.  This 

rule  does  not  applv  to  soldiers  who  "  re-enlistP 

It 


/" 


) 


210  Recruiting   Service. 

No  person  under  the  age  of  21  years  is  to  be  enlisted 
without  the  written  consent  of  his  parent,  guardian  or 
master.  The  recruiting  officer  must  be  very  particular  in 
ascertaining  the  true  age  of  the  recruit. 

If  a  minor  who  has  no  parent  or  guardian  offer  to  en- 
list, a  guardian  (who  must  not  be  any  one  connected  with 
the  recruiting  party)  may  be  appointed  by  the  proper 
legal  authority. 

After  the  nature  of  the  service  and  terms  of  enlistment 
have  been  fully  explained  to  the  recruit,  the  officer  before 
the  enlistments  are  filled  up,  will  read  to  him,  and  offer 
for  his  signature,  the  annexed  declaration,  to  be  appended 
to  each  copy  of  his  enlistment : 

I,    ,    desiring  to  enlist  in  the  Army  of  the  United 

States  for  the  period  of   years,   do  declare  that  I 

am  ....  years  and  ....  months  of  age  ;  that  I  have  nei- 
ther wife  nor  child  ;  that  I  have  never  been  discharged 
from  the  U.  S.  service  on  account  of  disability,  or  l)y  sen- 
tence ot  a  court-martial,  or  by  order  before  the  expiration 
of  a  term  of  enlistment  ;  and  I  know  of  no  impediment  to 
my  serving  honestly  and  faithfully  as  a  soldier  for  —  years. 

Witness 

If  the  recruit  be  a  minor,  his  parent,  guardian,  or  mas- 
ter must  sign  a  consent  to  his  enlisting,  which  will  be  ad- 
ded to  the  preceding  declaration,  in  the  following  form: 

I. .  .  .,  do  certify  that  I  am  the  (father,  only  surviving 
parent,  legal  master,  or  guardian,  as  the  case  may  he)  of. . . ., 
that  the  said  ....  is  ....  years  of  age;  and  I  do  hereby 
freely  give  my  consent  to  his  enlisting  as  a  soldier  in  the 
Army  of  the  U.  States  for  the  period  of  . .  .  years. 

Witness:  ..." 


N 


The  forms  of  declaration,  and  of  consent  in   case   of  a 
minor,  having  been  signed  and  witnessed,  the  recruit  will 


Recruiting  Service.  211 

then  be  duly  examined  by  the  recruitin,u*  officer,  and  sur- 
geon if  one  be  present,  and  if  accepted,  the  20th  and  87th 
Articles  of  War  will  be  read  to  liim;  after  which  he  will  be 
allowed  time  to  consider  the  subject  until  his  mind  appears 
to  be  fully  made  up  before  the  oath  is  administered  to  him. 

As  soon  as  practicable,  and  at  least  within  six  davs 
after  his  enlistment,  the  following  oath  will  be  administered 
to  the  recruit: 

"  1,  A. ..  B. ..  do  solemnly  swear  or  affirm  (as  the  case 
may  be)  that  I  will  bear  true  allegiance  to  the  United 
States  of  America,  and  that  I  will  serve  them  honestly  and 
faithfully  against  all  their  enemies  or  opposers  whatsoever, 
and  observe  and  obey  the  orders  of  tlie  President  of  the 
United  States,  and  the  orders  of  the  officers  appointed  over 
me,  according  to  the  rules  and  articles  for  the  government 
of  the  armies  of  the  United  States."  (See  10th  Art.  of  War.) 

Under  the  article  of  war  above  cited,  and  the  acts  of 
Congress  approved  September  IGth,  1850,  and  July  29th, 
1854,  a  justice  of  the  peace,  the  chief  magistrate  "^of  any 
town  or  cit}' corporate  (not  being  an  officer  of  the  Army), 
a  notary  public,  or,  when  recourse  can  not  be  had  to  such 
civil  magistrates,. a  judge  advocate,  may  administer  the 
above  oath. 

It  is  the  duty  of  the  recruiting  officer  to  be  present  at 
the  examination  of  the  recruit  by  the  medical  officer. 

Recruiting  officers  will  not  employ  private  physicians 
without  authority  from  the  Adjutant-General's  Office,  for 
the  special  purpose  of  examining  the  recruits  prior  to  their 
enlisting. 

If  it  be  necessary,  as  in  case  of  sickness,  to  employ  a 
physician,  the  recruiting  officer  may  engage  his  services 
by  contract  on  reasonable  terms,  "  by  the  Visit,"  or  by  the 
iironth.  If  by  the  month,  the  examination  of  the  recruits 
must  be  stated  in  the  contract  as  part  of  his  duty.  In 
vouchers  for  medical  attendance  and  medicines,  the  name 


^ 


212  Recruiting  Service. 

of  each  patient,  date  of,  and  charge  for  each  visit,  and  for 
medicine  furnished,  must  be  given,  and  the  certificate  of 
the  physician  added,  that  the  rates  cliargcd  are  the  usual 
rates  of  tlie  place. 

Enlistments  must,  in  all  cases,  be  taken  in  triplicate. 
The  recruiting  officer  will  send  one  copy  to  the  Adjutant- 
General  with  his  quarterl}'  accounts,  a  second  to  the  super- 
intendent with  his  monthly  return,  and  a  third  to  the  depot 
at  the  time  the  recruits  are  sent  there.  In  case  of  soldiers 
re-enlisted  in  a  regiment,  or  of  regimental  recruits,  the 
third  copy  of  the  enlistment  will  be  sent  at  its  date  to  reg- 
imental head-quarters  for  file. 

When  ordnance  sergeants  re-enlist,  the  recruiting  ofiQcer 
will  immediately  send  the  second  copy  of  the  enlistment 
direct  to  the  Adjutant-General,  and  the  third  copy  to  the 
station  of  the  ordnance  sergeant  lor  file. 

A  non-commissioned  officer,  musician,  or  private  soldier, 
who  may  re-enlist  into  his  company  or  regiment  within 
two  months  before,  or  one  month  after  the  expiration  of 
his  term  of  service,  shall  receive  a  bounty  of  three  months' 
extra  pay — that  is  to  say,  the  pay  he  was  receiving  as  pay 
of  his  grade,  and  as  additional  pay  for  length  of  service 
and  for  certificate  of  merit.  Tliis  bounty  shall  bo  paid  by 
the  recruiting  oOicer  at  the  time  of  enlistment,  and  noted 
on  the  descriptive  list.  Ordnance  sergeants  and  hospital 
stewards  are  non-commissioned  officers  entitled  to  the 
bounty  in  the  case  provided. 

The  recruiting  officer  will  sec  that  the  men  under  his  com- 
mand are  neat  in  their  personal  appearance,  and  will  require 
:,  the  permanent  party  to  wear  their  military  dress  in  a  be- 
;'  coming  manner,  especially  when  permitted  to  go  abroad. 

The  instruction  of  the  recruits  will  commence  at  the  ren- 
dezvous from  the  moment  of  enlistment.  The  general  su- 
perintendent will  see  that  all  recruiting  officers  give  par- 
ticular attention  to  this  subject. 


Recruiting  Service.  213 

Every  officer  commanding  a  recruiting  party  will  pro- 
cure the  necer^sary  transportation,  forage,  fuel,  straw,  and 
stationery,  taking  the  requisite  vouchers. 

The  transportation  of  recruits  to  depots,  and  from  one 
recruiting  station  to  another,  will  be  paid  from  the  recruit- 
ing funds;  transportation  of  officers  and  enlisted  men  on 
th(?  recruiting  service  wiirbe  paid  in  the  same  manner, 
except  when  first  proceeding  to  join  that  service  or  return- 
ing to  their  regiments  after  having  been  relieved. 

No  expense  of  transportation  of  officers  will  be  admitted 
that  do  not  arise  from  orders  emanating  from  the  Adjutant- 
GeneraFs  Office,  except  they  be  required  to  visit  branch 
or  auxiliary  rendezvous  under  their  charge,  when  they  will 
be  allowed  the  stage,  steam  boat,  or  rail  road  fare,  por- 
terage included. 

Whenever  an  officer  is  relieved  or  withdrawn  from  the 
recruiting  service,  he  will  forward  to  the  Adjutant-Gene- 
ral the  evidence  of  the  disposition  he  may  make  of  the 
funds,  according  to  the  regulations  and  the  special  orders 
he  may  have  received,  and  report  the  fact  to  the  superin- 
tendent, or  to  his  colonel  if  on  regimental  recruiting  service. 

The  rent  of  the  recruiting  rendezvous  is  paid  from  the 
recruiting  funds.  The  terms  of  the  contract  will  be  imme- 
diately reported  to  the  Adjutant-General. 

Officers  on  recruiting  service  will  make  timely  requisi- 
tions for  printed  blanks,  direct,  as  follows: 

To  the  Adjutant-General. — For  enlistment;  re-enlistment; 
muster-rolls;  muster  and  descriptive  rolls;  monthly  returns; 
tri-monthly  reports;  recruiting  accounts  current;  accounts 
clothing  issued;  posters  or  handbills;  forms  of  declaration,^ 
and  consent  for  minors. 

To  the  Quartermaster-General. — For  estimates  of  clothing,! 
camp  and  garison  equipage;  clothing  receipt-rolls;  quar- 
terly returns  of  clothing,  camp  and  garrison  equipage. 

No  blanks  of  the  above  kinds  will   be   used   except  the 


214  Recruiling   Service. 

printed  forms  furiHshcd.  Blanks  of  the  other  kinds,  when 
required,  must  be  ruled. 

Ijlanks  for  the  regimental  recruiting  service  are  furnished 
to  the  company  commanders. 

The  articles  of fiirmiwe  which  may  be  absolutely  neces- 
sary at  a  recruiting  station  may.be  procured  by  the  officer 
in  charge  of  the  rendezvous,  on  the  special  authority' of 
the  superintendent. 

Necessary  stationery  will  be  purchased  monthly  or  quar- 
terl}^  not  to  exceed  per  quarter  at  each  station  six  quires 
of  paper,  twenty-four  quills,  or  twenty-four  steel  pens  and 
two  holders,  half  an  ounce  of  wafers,  one  paper  of  ink 
powder,  one  bottle  of  red  ink,  four  ounces  of  sealing-wax, 
one  quire  of  cartridge  paper  or  one  hundred  envelopes,  one 
fourth  quire  of  blotting  paper,  and  one  piece  of  tape. 

Such  blank  books  as  may  be  necessary  are  allowed  to 
the  general  superintendent  and  at  permanent  recruting 
depots;  also  one  descriptive  book  for  the  register  of  recruits 
at  each  permanent  station. 

The  following  are  the  accounts,  returns,  &c.,  to  be  ren- 
dered by  officers  on  recruiting  service: 

To  the  Adjutant-General. 

Recruiting  Accounts  current,  quarterly,  with  abstract 
(Form  A)  and  voucher  (Form  B),  and  one  set  of  enlist- 
ments. An  account  will  be  rendered  by  every  officer  who 
may  receive  funds,  whether  he  makes  expenditures  or  not 
during  the  quarter. 

A  quarierly  return  of  stationer}',  books,  fuel,  and  such 
other  property  as  may  have  been  purchased  with  the  re- 
cruiting funds. 

A  monthly  summary  statement  of  money  to  be  transmited 
on  the  last  day  of  the  month.     (See  Form  No.  1,    Quarter- 
master's Department.) 
.     A  muster  role  of  all  enlisted  me  at  the  rendezvous,  inclu- 


Recruiting  Service.  215 

ding  the  names  of  all  who  may  have  joined,  died,  deserted 
been  transfered  or  discnarged,  during  the  period  embra- 
ced in  the  muster-roll. 

Tri-montliJy  repor/sof  the  state  of  therecrnitingserv-ice,ac 
cording  to  the  prescribed  form. 

To  Ihe  Superintendent. 

Amontluy  return  of  recruits  and  of  the  recruiting  party, 
accompanied  with  one  copy  of  the  enlistment  of  every  re- 
cruit enlisted  within  the  month. 

Duplicate  muster-rolls  for  j'iay  of  the  permanent  recruit- 
ing party,  which  maybe  sent  direct  to  the  nearest  pay- 
master, when  authorized  by  the  superintendent.  A  trip- 
licate of  this  roll  will  be  retained  at  the  station. 

Muster  and  descriptive  rolls  and  an  account  of  clothing,  of 
every  detachment  of  recruits  ordered  to  the  principal 
depot  or  to  any  regiment  or  post. 

Copy  or  the  quarterly  abstract  of  expenditures,  to  be 
forwarded  within  three  days  after  the  expiration  of  each 
quarter.  , 

Quarterly  estimates  for  funds. 

Estimates  for  clothing,  and  camp  and  garrison  equipage, 
and  for  arms  and  accoutrements,  for  six  or  twelve  months, 
or  for  such  times  as  may  be  directed  by  the  superinten- 
dent. 

Copy  of  the  quarterly  return  of  clothing,  equipage,  &c. 

To  the  Quartermaster- General. 
A  quartoiy  7'cturn  of  clothing,  and   camp    and  garrison 
equipage,  and  of  all  quartermasters'  property  in   his   pos- 
session. 

To  the  Ordnance  Dq)artment. 
A  quarterly  return  of  arms,  accoutrements,  ammunition 
and  of  all  ordnance  stores. 

On  all  vouchers  for  premiums  for  bringing  recruits,  and 
fees  for  oaths  of  enlistment,  the  names  of  the   recruits  fof 


216  Recruiting  Service. 

whom  the  expenditure  i<  made  must  be  given.  The 
vouchers  majMje  made  in  form  of  consolidated  receipt- 
rolls,  authenticated  by  the  officer's  certifficate  that  they 
are  correct. 

The  fee  usually  allowed  for  administering  the  oath  of 
enlistment  being  twenty-five  cents  for  each  recruit,  when 
a  greater  amount  is  paid,  the  officer  must  certify  on  the 
voucher  that  it  is  the  rate  allowed  by  the  law  of  the  State 
or  Territory. 

To  each  voucher  for  notices  inserted  in  newspapers,  a 
copy  of  the  notice  will  be  appended. 

Enlistments  must  be  filled  up  in  a  fair  and  legible  hand, 
The  realname  of  the  recruit  must  be  ascertained,  correctly 
spelled,  and  written  in  the  same  way  wherever  it  occurs; 
the  Christian  name  must  not  be  abreviated.  Numbers 
must  be  written,  and  not  expressed  by  figures.  Each  en- 
listment must  be  endorsed  as  follows: 
No.  — . 

A B , 

enlisted  at 


January  — ,  18- 

By  Lt.  C D- 

—  Ke^riment  of 


) 


The  number  in  each  month  to  correspond  with  the  names 
alphabetically  arranged. 

Whenever  a  soldier  re-enters  the  service,  the  officer  who 
enlisted  him  will  endorse  on  the  enlistment,  next  below 
his  own  name  and  regiment,  "second  (or  third)  enlist- 
ment," as  the  case  may  be,  together  with  the  name  of  the 
regiment  and  the  letter  of  the  company  in  which  the  sol- 
dier last  served,  and  date  the  discharge  from  former  en- 
listment. This  information  the  recruiting  officer  must 
obtain,  from  the  soldier's  discharge,  which  he  should  in  all 
cases  be  required  to  exhibit.     (See22d  Art,  of  War.) 


Beer  lilting  Service.  21% 

The  name  of  tlie  Slate,  as  well  as  the  town,  where  each 
recruit  is  enlisted,  will  be  recorded  on  all  muster,  pay  and 
descriptive  rolls. 

The  recruits  are  to  Ije  dressed  in  uniform  according  to 
their  respective  arms,  and  will  be  regularly  mustered  and 
inspected.  They  are  to  be  well  drilled  in  the  infantry 
tactics,  through  the  school  of  the  soldier  to  that  of  the 
battalion,  and  in  the  exercise  of  field  and  garrison  pieces. 
Duty  is  to  be  done  according  to  the  strict  rules  of  service. 

The  general  superintendant  will  cause  such  of  the  re- 
cruits as  are  found  to  possess  a  natural  talent  for  music  to 
be  instructed  (besides  the  drill  of  the'  soldier)  on  the  fife, 
bugle,  and  drum,  and  other  military  instruments;  and 
boys  of  t^relve  3'ears  of  age,  and  upward,  may,  under  his 
direction,  be  enlisted  for  this  purpose.  But  as  recruits 
under  eighteen  years  of  age  and  under  size  must  be  dis- 
charged, if  they  are  not  capable  of  learning  music,  care 
should  betaken  to  enlist  those  only  who  have  a  natural 
talent  for  music,  and  if  practicable,  they  should  be  taken 
on  trial  for  some  time  before  being  enlisted. 

Regiments  will  be  furnished  with  field  music  on  the 
requisition  of  their  commanders,  made  from  time  to  time, 
direct  on  the  general  superintendent;  and  when  requested 
by  regimental  commanders,  the  superintendents  will  en- 
deavor to  have  suitable  men  selected  from  the  recruits, 
or  enlisted,  for  the  regimental  bands. 

To  give  encouragement  to  the  recruits,  and  hold  out  in- 
ducement to  good  conduct,  the  commanding  officer  of  the 
depot  may  promote  such  of  them  to  be  lance-corporals 
lance-sergeants  as  exhibit  the  requisite  qualifications,  noj 
exceeding  the  proper  proportion  to  the  number  of  recruitj 
at  the  depot.  These  appointments  will  be  announced  ii 
orders  in  the  usual  w^ay,  and  will  be  continued  in  force^ 
until  they  join  their  regiments,  unless  sooner  revoked.  No 
allowance  of  pay  or  emoluments  is  to  be  assigned  to  tU< 


218  Recruiting  Service. 

appointments:  they  arc  onl}^  to  be  considered  as  recom- 
mendations to  the  captains  of  companies  and  colonels  of 
regiments  for  the  places  in  which  the  recruits  may  have 
acted;  but  such  non-commissioned  oificers  are  to  be  treat- 
ed with  all  tha  respect,  and  to  have  the  authority  which 
may  belong  to  the  stations  of  sergeant  and  corporal. 

Fermanent  parties  at  depots,  and  recruitinrj  jnriies,  will 
be  mustered,  inspected,  and  paid  in  the  same  manner  as 
other  soldiers.  Recruits  will  be  mustered  for  pay  only  at 
depots,  and  when  paid  there,  one  half  of  their  monthly 
pay  will  be  retained  until  they  join  their  regiments. 

The  Kulcs  and  Articles  of  War  arc  to  be  read  to  the  re- 
cruits in  depots  ever}^  month  after  the  inspection;  and  so 
much  thereof  as  relates  to  the  duties  of  non-commissioned 
officers  and  soldiers  will  be  read  to  them  every  week. 

Recruits  are  not  to  l^e  put  to  any  labor  or  work  which 
w^ould  interfere  with  their  instruction,  nor  are  they  to  be 
employed  otherwise  than  as  soldiers,  in  the  regular  duties 
of  garrison  or  camp. 

Every  detachment  ordered  from  a  depot  to  any  regiment 
or  post,  shall,  immediatel}^  preceding  its  departure,  be 
critically  inspected  by  the  superintendent  or  commanding 
officer  and  surgeon;  and,  when  necessary,  a  Board  of  In- 
pectors  will  be  convened. 

Recruits  received  at  a  military  post  or  station  shall  be 
carefull}^  inspected  by  the  commanding  officer  and  sur- 
geon, on  the  third  day  after  their  arrival;  and  if,  on  such 
inspection,  any  recruit,  in  their  opinion,  be  unsound  or 
othewise  defective  in  such  degree  as  to  disqualify  him  for 
the  duty  of  a  soldier,  then  a  Board  of  Inspectors  will  be 
a=^scmbled  to  examine  into  and  report  on  the  case. 

Boards  of  Inspectors  for  the  examination  of  recruits  will 
be  composed  of  three  senior  regimental  officers  present  on 
duty  with  the  troops,  including  the  commanding  officer 
and  the  senior  medical  officer  of  the  army  present. 


JRecruiling  Service.  219 

In  all  cases  o^  rejection,  the  reasons  therefor  will  be  stat- 
ed at  large  in  a  special  re2:)ort  by  the  board;  which,  to- 
gether with  the  surgeon's  certificate  of  disability  for 
service,  will  be  forwarded  by  the  superintendent  or  com- 
mandant of  the  post  direct  to  the  Adjutant-General.  If  the  re- 
commendation of  the  board  for  the  discharge  of  the  recruit 
be  approved,  the  authority  will  be  endorsed  on  the  certifi- 
cate, which  will  be  sent  back  to  be  filled  up  and  signed  by 
the  commanding  officer,  who  will  return  the  same  to  the 
Adjutant-Gonerars  Ofiice. 

The  board  will  state  in  the  report  whether  the  disability, 
or  other  cause  of  rejection,  existed  before  his  enlistment, 
and  whether,  v\ith  proper  care  and  examination,  it  might 
have  been  then  discovered. 

An  officer  intrusted  with  the  command  of  recruits  order- 
ed to  regiments,  will,  on  arriving  at  the  place  of  destina- 
tion, forward  the  following  papers. 

1.  To  the  Adjutant-General  and  the  Superintendent,  each, 
a  descriptive  roll  and  an  account  of  clothing  of  such  men 
as  may  have  deserted,  died,  or  been  left  on  the  rout^e  from 
any  cause  whatever;  with  a  special  report  of  the  date  of 
his  arrival  at  the  post,  the  strength  and  condition  of  the 
detachment  when  turned  over  to  the  commanding  officer, 
and  all  circumstances  worthy  of  remark  Avhich  may  have 
occured  on  the  march . 

To  the  Commanding  Officer  of  the  regiment  or  post,  the 
muster  and  descriptive  roll  furnished  him  at  the  time  of 
setting  out,  properly  signed  and  completed  by  recording 
the  names  of  the  recruits  j^re^ent,  and  by  noting  in  the 
column  for  remarks,  opposite  the  appropriate  spaces,  the 
time  and  place  of  death,  desertion,  apprehension,  or  other 
casualty  that  may  have  occured  on  the  route. 

Should  an  officer  be  relieved  in  charge  of  a  detachment 
en  route,  before  it  reaches  its  destination,  the  date  and 
place,   and  name  of  the  officer  by  whom   he   is   relieve( 


220  Recruiting  Service. 

must  be  recorded  on  tlie  detaclimeiit  roll.  Without  the 
evidence  of  such  record,  no  charge  for  extra  pay  for  cloth- 
ing accountability  of  a  detachment  equal  to  a  company 
will  be  allowed. 

The  "original  muster  and  descriptive  roll"  of  every  de- 
tachment, with  remarks  showing  the  fmal  disposition  of 
each  recruit,  and  the  regiment  and  letter  of  the  company 
to  which  he  may  be  assigned,  will  be  signed  by  the  com- 
manding officer,  and  forwarded  to  the  Adjutant-General. 

The  regimental  recruiting  will  be  conducted  in  the  man- 
ner prescribed  for  the  general  service.  . 

Every  commander  of  a  regiment  is  the  superintendent 
of  the  recruiting  service  for  his  regiment,  and  will  en- 
deavor to  keep  it  up  to  its  establishment:  for  which  pur- 
pose he  will  obtain  the  necessary  funds,  clothing,  etc.,  by 
requisition  to  the  Adjutant-General. 

At  every  station  occupied  by  his  regiment,  or  any  part 
of  it,  the  colonel  will  designate  a  suitable  ofiicer  to  attend 
to  the  recruiting  duties;  which  selection  will  not  relieve 
such  officer  from  his  company  or  other  ordinary  duties. 
The  ofiicer  thus  designated  will  be  kept  constantly  furnish- 
ed with  funds,  nnd,  when  necessary,  with  clothing  and 
camp  equipage. 

The  regimental  recruiting  ollicer  will,  with  the  approba- 
tion of  the  commanding  officer  of  the  station,  enlist  all 
suitable  men.  lie  will  be  governed,  in  rendering'  his  ac- 
counts and  returns,  by  the  rules  prescribed  for  the  gen- 
eral service;  and  when  leaving  a  post,  will  turn  over  the 
funds  in  his  hunds  to  the  senior  company  ofiicer  of  his 
regiment  present,  unless  some  other  be  appointed  to  re- 
ceive them. 


^ 


ARTICLES  OF  WAR, 


AX   ACT   FOR   ESTABLISHING    IIULES   AXU   ARTICLES    FOR   TUE    GOVERNMENT 
OF   THE   ARMIES   OF  THE   UNIIED   STATES.-- 

Sectiox  1.  Be  it  enaded,  h>/  the  Senaie  and  House  of  Repre; m'.cdives  of  the 
United  States  of  America,  in  Coiigress  assembled,  That  from  and  after  the 
passing  of  this  act,  the  following  shall  he  the  rules  and  articles  by 
which  the  armies  of  the  United  States  shall  be  governed  : 

Article  1.  Every  officer  now  in  the  army  of  the  United  States  shall, 
in  six  months  from  the  passing  of  this  act,  and  every  officer  who 
shall  hereafter  be  appointed  shall,  before  he  enters  on  the  duties  of 
his  office,  subscribe  these  rules  and  regulations. 

Art.  2.  It  is  earnestly  recomnieiidid  to  all  officers  and  soldiers  dil- 
igently to  attend  divine  service  ;  and  all  officers  who  shall  liehavc  in- 
decently or  irreverently  at  any  place  of  divine  v/orship  shall,  if  com- 
missioned officers,  be  brought  before  a  general  court-martial,  there  to 
be  publicly  and  severely  reprimanded  by  the  president ;  if  non-com- 
missioned officers  or  soldiers,  every  person  so  offending  shall,  for  his 
first  offense,  forfeit  one  sixth  of  a  dollar,  to  be  deducted  out  of  his 
next  pay;  for  the  second  offense,  he  shall  not  only  forfeit  a  like  sum, 
but  be  confined  twenty-four  hours  ;  and  for  every  like  offense,  shall 
suffer  and  pay  in  like  manner;  which  money,  so  forfeited,  shall  be  ap- 
plied, by  the  captain  or  senior  officer  of  the  troop  or  company,  to  the 
use  of  the  sick  soldiers  of  the  company  or  troop  to  which  the  offen- 
der belongs. 

Art.  3.  Any  non-commisiioncd  officer  or  soldier  who  shall  use  any 
profane  oath  or  execration,  shall  incur  the  penalties  expressed  in  the 
foregoing  article  ;  and  a  commissioned  officer  shall  forfeit  and  pay 
for  each  and  every  such  offense,  one  dollar,  to  be  applied  as  in  the 
preceding  article. 

Art.  4.  Every  chaplain  commissioned  in  the  army  or  armies  of  the 
United  State^;,  v.ho  shall  absent  himself  from  the  duties  assigned him^ 
(excepting  in  cases  of  sickuess  or  leave  of  absence),  shall,  on  convic- 
tion thereof  before  a  court-martial,  be  fined  not  exceeding  one' 
month's  pay,  besides  the  loss  of  his  pay  during  his  absence  ;  or  be 
ischarged,  as  the  said  court-martial  shall  judge  proper. 

^Adopted  by  Act  approved  March  6,  1861,  for  the  government  of  the  Army  of  the  Confed- 
erate States,  substituting  the  words  "  Coafedenite  States*'  instead  of  the  'HJnited  Sta***-" 


222  Arlides  of  War. 

Art.  5.  Any  ofticer  or  soldier  who  shall  use  contemptuous  or  dis- 
respectful words  against  the  President  of  the  United  States,  against 
the  Vice  President  thereof,  against  the  Congress  of  the  United  States, 
or  against  the  Chief  Magistrate  or  Legislature  of  any  of  the  United 
States,  in  which  he  may  be  quartered,  if  a  commissioned  ofticer,  shall 
be  cashiered,  or  otherwise  punished,  as  a  court-martial  shall  direct  ; 
if  a  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier,  he  shall  sufter  such  punish- 
ment as  shall  be  inflicted  on  him  by  the  sentence  of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  G.  Any  officer  or  soldier  who  shall  behave  himself  with  con- 
tempt or  disrespect  toward  his  commanding  officer,  shall  be  punished 
according  to  the  nature  of  his  offense,  by  the  judgment  of  a  court- 
martial. 

Art.  7.  Any  officer  or  soldier  who  shall  begin,  excite,  cause,  or 
join  in,  any  mutiny  or  sedition,  in  any  troop  or  company  in  the  ser- 
vice of  the  United  States,  or  in  any  party,  post,  detachment,  or  guard, 
shall  suffer  death,  or  such  other  punishment  as  by  a  court-martial 
shall  be  inflicted. 

Art.  8.  Any  officer,  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier,  who,  be- 
ing present  at  any  mutiny  or  sedition,  does  not  use  his  utmost  en- 
deavor to  suppress  the  same,  or,  coming  to  the  knowledge  of  any  in- 
tended mutiny,  does  not,  without  delay,  give  information  thereof  to 
his  commanding  officer,  shall  be  punished  by  the  sentence  of  a  court- 
martial  with  death,  or  otherwise,  according  to  the  nature  of  his  of- 
fense. 

Art.  9.  Any  officer  or  soldier  who  shall  strike  his  superior  officer, 
or  draw,  or  lift  up  any  weapon,  or  offer  any  violence  against  him, 
being  in  the  execution  of  his  office,  on  any  pretense  whatsoever,  or 
shall  disobey  any  lawful  command  of  his  superior  oflicer,  shall  suf- 
fer death,  or  such  other  punishment  as  shall,  according  to  the  na- 
ture of  his  offense,  be  inflicted  upon  him  by  the  sentence  of  a  court- 
martial. 

Art.  10.  Every  non-commissioned  ofticer  or  soldier,  who  shall  en- 
list himself  in  the  service  of  the  United  States,  shall,  at  the  time  of 
his  so  enlisting,  or  within  six  days  afterward,  have  the  Articles  for 
the  government  of  the  armies  of  the  United  States  read  to  him,  and 
shall,  by  the  officer  who  enlisted  him,  or  by  the  commanding  officer 
of  the  troop  or  company  into  Avhich  he  was  enlisted,  be  taken  before 
the  next  justice  of  the  peace,  or  chief  magistrate  of  any  city  or  town 
corporate,  not  being  an  oTlicer  of  the  army,  or  where  recourse  cannot 
•  be  had  to  the  civil  magistrate,  before  the  judge  advocate,  and  in  his 
presence  shall  take  the  following  oath  or  affirmsition  :  ''  I,  A.  B  ,  do 
solemnly  swear  or  affirm  (as  the  case  may  be),  that  I  will  bear  true 
>%^legiance  to  the  United  States  of  America,  and  that  I  will  serve  them 


Articles  of  War.  223 

honestly  and  faithfully  against  all  tlieir  enemies  or  oppose rs  whatso-- 
ever  ;  and  observe  and  obey  the  orders  of  the  President  of  the  United 
States,  and  the  orders  of  the  officers  appointed  over  mo,  accordiog  to 
the  Rules  and  Articles  for  the  government  of  the  armies  of  the  United 
States."  Wbich  justice,  magistrate  or  judge  advocate  is  to  give  to 
the  officer  a  certificate,  signifying^that  the  man  enlisted  did  take  the 
said  oatl\  or  affirmation. 

Art.  11.  After  a  non-commissioned  oflicer  or  soldier  shall  have  been 
duly  enli.sted  and  sworn,  he  shall  not  be  dismissed  the  service  with- 
out a  discharge  in  writing  ;  and  no  discharge  granted  to  him  shall 
he  sufiticient  which  is  not  signed  by  a  held  officer  of  the  regiment  to 
which  he  bel(mgs,or  commanding  officer,where  no  field  officer  of  the 
regiment  is  pre.-ont  ;  and  no  discharge  shall  be  given  to  a  non-com- 
missioned oflicer  or  soldier  before  his  term  of  service  has  expired, but 
by  order  of  the  President,  the  Secretary  of  War.  the  commanding 
officer  of  a  department  or  the  sentence  of  a  general  court-martial, nor 
shall  a  commissioned  officer  be  discharged  the  service  but  by  order 
of  the  President  of  the  United  States,  or  by  .sentence  of  a  general 
court-martial. 

Art.  12.  Every  colonel,  or  other  officer  commanding  a  regiment, 
troop  or  company,  and  actually  quartered  with  it,  may  give  furloughs 
to  non-commissioned  officers  or  soldiers,  in  such  numbers,  and  for  so 
long  a  time,  as  he  shall  judge  to  be  most  consistent  v»'ith  the  good 
of  the  service  ;  and  a  captain  or  other  inferior  officer,  commanding 
a  troop  or  company,  or  in  any  garrison,  fort,  or  barrack  of  the  United 
States,  (his  field  officer  being  absent),  may  give  furloughs  to  non- 
commissioned officers  or  soldiers,  for  a  time  not  exceeding  twenty 
days  in  six  months,  but  not  to  more  than  2  persons  to  be  absent  at  the 
same  time,  excepting  some  extraordinary  occasion  should  require  it. 

Art.  13.  x\t  every  muster,  the  commanding  officer  of  each  regi- 
ment, troop,  or  company,  there  present,  shall  give  to  the  commissary 
of  musters,  or  other  officer  who  musters  the  said  regiment,  troop  or 
company,  certificates  signed  by  himself,  signifying  how  long  such 
officers,  as  shall  not  appear  at  the  said  muster,  have  been  absent, 
and  the  reason  of  their  absence.  In  like  manner,  the  commanding 
officer  of  every  troop  or  company  shall  give  certificates,  signifying 
the  reasons  of  the  absence  of  the  non-commissioned  offi^cers  and  pri- 
vate soldiers;  which  reasons  and  time  of  absence  shall  be  inserted  ii  ' 
the  muster-rolls,  opposite  the  names  of  then'cspectivc  absent  officers 
and  soldiers.  The  certificates  shall,  together  with  the  muster-rolls, 
be  remitted  by  the  commissary  of  musters,  or  other  officer  muster- 
ing, to  the  Department  of  War,  as  speedily  as  the  distance  of  tlie 
place  will  admit.- 


^  A 


/ 


224  Articles  of  War. 

Art.  14.  Every  officer  wlio  shall  be  convicted  bofore  a  general 
court-martial  of  having  signed  a  false  certificate  relating  to  the  ab- 
sence of  cither  officer  or  private  soldier,  or  relative  to  his  or  their 
pay,  shall  be  cashiered. 

Art.  15.  Every  otHcer  who  shall  knowingly  make  a  false  muster 
of  man  or  horse,  and  every  officer  or  commissary  of  musters  who 
shall  willingly  sign,  direct  or  allow  the  signing  of  muster-rolls 
wherein  such  false  muster  is  contained,  shall,  upon  proof  made  there- 
of, by  two  witnesses,  before  a  general  court-martial,  be  cashiered, 
and  shall  be  thereby  utterly  disabled  to  have  or  hold  any  office  or 
employment  in  the  service  of  the  United  States. 

Art.  IG,  Any  commissary  of  musters,  or  other  officer,  who  shall 
be  convicted  of  having  taken  money,  or  other  thing,  by  way  of  grati- 
fication, on  mustering  any  regiment,  troop,  or  company,  or  on  sign- 
ing muster-rolls,  shall  be  displaced  from  his  office,  and  shall  be 
thereby  utterly  disabled  to  have  or  hold  any  office  or  employment  in 
the  service  of  the  United  States. 

Art.  17.  Any  officer  who  shall  presume  to  muster  a  person  as  a 
soldier  who  is  not  a  soldier,  shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  having  made 
a  false  muster,  and  shall  suffer  accordingly. 

Art.  18.  Every  officer  who  shall  knowingly  make  a  false  return 
to  the  Department  of  War,  or  to  any  of  his  superior  officers,  author- 
ized to  call  for  such  returns,  of  the  state  of  the  regiment,  troop,  or 
company,  or  garrison,  under  his  command;  or  of  the  arms,  ammuni- 
tion^ clothing,  or  other  stores  tlicieunto  belonging,  shall,  on  con- 
viction thereof  l)eforc  a  court-martial,  be  cashiered. 

Art.  19.  The  commanding  officer  of  every  regiment,  troop,  or  in- 
dependent company,  or  garrison,  of  the  United  States,  shall,  in  the 
beginning  of  every  month,  remit,  through  the  proper  channels,  to 
the  Department  of  War,  an  exact  return  of  the  regiment,  troop,  in- 
dependent company,  or  garrison,  under  his  command,  specifying  the 
names  of  the  officers  then  absen^  from  their  posts,  with  the  reasons 
for  and  the  time  of  their  absence.  And  any  officer  who  shall  be  con- 
victed of  having,  through  neglect  or  design,  omitted  sending  such 
returns,  shall  be  punished,  according  to  the  nature  of  his  crime,  by 
the  judgment  of  a  general  court-martial. 

Art.  20.  All  officers  and  soldiers  who  have  received  pay,  or  have 
teen  duly  enlisted  in  the  service  of  the  United  States,  and  shall  be 
convicted  of  having  deserted  the  same,  shall  suffer  death,  or  such 
other  punishment  as,  by  sentence  of  a  court-martial  shall  be  in- 
flicted.    [Modified  by  Act  29th  May,  1S30.] 

Art.  21.  Any  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldiei:  who  shall,  with- 
out leave  from  his  commanding  officer,  absent  himself  from  his  troop, 


Articles  of  War.  226 

company,  or  detatchmcnt,  shall,  upon  being  convicted  thereof,  be 
punished  according  to  the  nature  of  his  offense,  at  the  discretion  of 
a  court-martial. 

Art.  22.  No  non-commissioned  oftlcer  or  soldier  shall  enlist  him- 
self in  any  other  regiment,  troop,  or  company,  without  a  regular  dis- 
charge from  the  regiment,  troop,  or  company  in  which  he  last  served, 
on  the  penalty  of  being  reputed  a  deserter,  and  suiiering  accordingly. 
And  in  case  any  officer  shall  knowingly  receive  and  entertain  such 
non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier,  or  shall  not,  after  his  being  dis- 
covered to  be  a  deserter,  immediately  confine  him,  and  give  notice 
thereof  to  the  corps  in  which  he  hist  served,  the  said  officer  shall,  by 
a  court  martial,  be  cashiered. 

Art.  23.  Any  officer  or  soldier  who  shall  be  convicted  of  having 
advised  or  persuaded  any  other  officer  or  soldier  to  desert  the  service 
of  the  United  States,  shall  suffer  death,  or  such  other  punishment  as 
ishall  be  inflicted  upon  him  by  the  sentence  of  the  court-martial. 

Art.  24.  No  officer  or  soldier  shall  use  any  reproachful  or  provok- 
ing speeches  or  gestures  to  another,  upon  pain,  if  an  officer,  of  being 
put  in  arrest;  if  a  soldier,  confined,  and  of  asking  pardon  of  the  par- 
ty offended,  in  the  presence  of  his  commanding  officer. 

Art.  25.  No  officer  or  soldier  shall  send  a  challenge  to  another 
officer  or  soldier,  to  fight  a  duel,  or  accept  a  challenge  if  sent,  upon 
pain  if  a  commissioned  officer,  of  being  cashiered;  if  a  non-commis- 
sioned officer  or  soldier,  of  sufiering  corporeal  punishment,  at  the 
discretion  of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  26.  If  any  commissioned  or  non-commissioned  officer  com- 
manding a  guard  shall  knowingly  or  willingly  suffer  any  person 
whatsoever  to  go  forth  to  fight  a  duel,  he  shajl  be  punished  as  a 
challenger;  and  all  seconds,  promoters,  and  carriers  of  challenges,  in 
order  to  duels,  shall  be  deemed  principals,  and  be  punished  accord- 
ingly. And  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  every  officer  commandhig  an  army, 
regiment,  company,  post,  or  detachment,  who  is  knowing  to  a  chal- 
lenge being  given  or  accepted  by  any  officer,  non-commissioned  officer 
or  soldier,  under  his  command,  or  has  reason  to  believe  the  same  to 
be  the  case,  immediately  to  arrest  and  bring  to  trial  such  offenders.         •^■ 

Art.  27.     All  officers,  of  what  condition  soever,  have  power  to  part      jf- ' 
and  quell  all  quarrels,  frays  and  disorders,  though  the  persons  con-     ft 
cerned  should  belong  to  another  regiment,  troop  or  company;  and     m 
either  to  order  officers  into  arrest,  or  non-commissioned  officers  or     ^ 
soldiers  into  confinement,  until  their  proper  superior  officers  shall  be      ^^ 
acquainted  therewith;  and  whosoever  shall  refuse  to  obey  such  of- 
ficer (though  of  an  inferior  rank),  or  shall  draw  his  sword  upon  him, 
shall  be  punished  at  the  discretion  of  a  general  court-martial.  yrfKHi 

/ 


226  Articles  of  War. 

Art,  28.  Any  officer  or  soldier  who  shall  upbraid  another  for  re- 
fusing a  challenge,  shall  himself  be  punished  as  a  challenger;  and  all 
officers  and  soldiers  are  hereby  discharged  from  any  disgrace  or  opin- 
ion of  disadvantage  which  might  arise  from  their  having  refused  to 
accept  of  challenges,  as  they  will  cnly  have  acted  in  obedience  to  the 
laws,  and  done  their  duty  as  good  soldiers  who  subject  themselves  to 
discipline. 

Art.  29.  No  sutler  shall  be  permitted  to  sell  any  kind  of  liquors 
or  victuals,  or  to  keep  their  houses  or  shops  open  for  the  entertain- 
ment of  soldiers,  after  nine  at  night,  or  before  the  beating  of  the 
reveille,  or  upon  Sundays  during  divine  service  or  sermon,  on  the 
penalty  of  being  dismissed  from  all  future  sutling. 

Art.  30.  All  officers  commanding  in  the  held,  forts,  barracks,  or 
garrisons  of  the  United  States,  are  hereby  required  to  see  that  the 
persons  permitted  to  sutle  shall  supply  the  soldiers  with  good  and 
wholsome  provisions,  or  other  articles,  at  a  reasonable  price,  as  they 
shall  be  answerable  for  their  neglect. 

Art.  31.  No  officer  commanding  in  any  of  the  garrisons,  forts,  or 
barracks  of  the  United  States,  shall  exact  exorbitant  prices  for  houses 
or  stalls,  let  out  to  sutlers,  or  connive  at  the  like  exactions  in  others; 
nor  by  his  own  authority,  and  for  his  private  advantage,  lay  any 
duty  or  imposition  upon,  or  be  interested  in,  the  sale  of  any  victuals, 
liquors,  or  other  necessaries  of  life,  brought  into  the  garrison,  fort, 
or  barracks,  for  the  use  of  the  soldiers,  on  the  penalty  of  being  dis- 
charged from  the  service. 

Art.  32.  Every  officer  commanding  in  quarters,  garrisons,  or  on 
the  march,  shall  keep  good  order,  and,  to  the  utmost  of  his  power, 
redress  all  abuses  or  disorders  which  may  be  committed  by  any  of- 
ficer or  soldier  under  his  command;  if,  upon  complaint  made  to  him 
of  officers  or  soldiers  beating  or  otherwise  ill-treating  any  person,  or 
disturbing  fairs  or  markets,  or  of  committing  any  kind  of  riots,  to 
the  disquieting  of  the  citizens  of  theUnited  States,  he,  the  said  com- 
manr^er,  who  shall  refuse  o.  omit  to  see  justice  done  to  the  offender 
or  offenders,  and  reparation  made  the  party  or  parties  injured,  as  far 
t\s  part  of  the  offender's  pay  shall  enable  him  or  them,  shall,  upon 
proof  thereof,  be  cashiered,  or  otherwise  punished,  as  a  general 
court-martial  shall  direct. 

Art.  33.  When  any  commissioned  officer  or  soldier  shall  be. 
accused  of  a  capital  crime,  or  of  having  used  violence,  or  committed 
any  offence  against  the  person  or  property  of  any  citizen  of  any  of 
the  United  States,  such  as  is  punishable  by  the  known  laws  of  the 
land,  the  commanding  officer  and  officers  of  every  regiment,  troop, 
or  company,  to  which  the  person  or  persons  so  accused  shall  belong, 


Articles  of  War.  22 T 

.tro  hereby  require;!  upon  applicntion  duly  made  by,  or  in  i>eh:ilf  of 
the  party  or  parties  injured,  to  use  their  utmost  endeavors  to  deliver' 
over  such  accused  person  or  persons  to  the  civil  magistrate,  and  like- 
wise to  be  aiding  and  assisting  to  the  officers  of  justice  in  appre- 
hending and  securing  the  person  or  persons  so  accused,  in  order  to 
bring  him  or  them  to  trial.  If  any  commanding  officer  or  officers 
shall  ■willfully  neglect,  or  shall  refuse,  upon  the  application  afore- 
said, to  deliver  over  such  accused  person  or  persons  to  the  civil 
magistrates,  or  to  be  aiding  and  assisting  to  the  officers  of  justice  in 
apprehending  such  person  or  persons,  the  officer  or  officers  so  of- 
fending shall  be  cashiered. 

Art.  34.  If  any  officer  shall  think  himself  wronged  by  his  Colonel,  . 
or  the  commanding  officer  of  the  regiment,  and  shall,  upon  due  ap- 
plication being  made  to  him,  be  refused  redress,  he  may  complain  to 
the  General  commanding  in  the  State  or  Territory  where  such  regi- 
mei^  shall  be  stationed,  in  order  to  obtain  justice  ;  who  is  hereby 
required  to  examine  into  said  complaint,  and  take  proper  measures 
for  redre.ssing  the  wrong  complained  of,  and  transmit,  as  soon  as 
possible,  to  the  Department  of  War,  a  true  state  of  such  complaint, 
with  the  proceedings  had  theron. 

Art.  3-5.  If  any  inferior  officer  or  soldier  shall  think  himself 
wronged  by  his  captain  or  oUier  officer,  he  is  to  complain  therof  to 
the  commanding  officer  of  the  regiment,  who  is  hereby  required  to 
summon  a  regimental  court-martial,  for  the  doing  justice  to  the 
complainant,  from  which  regimental  court-martial  either  party  may. 
if  he  thinks  himself  still  aggrieved,  appeal  to  a  general  court-mar- 
tial. But  if.  upon  a  second  hearing,  the  appeal  shall  appear  vexa- 
tious and  groundless,  the  person  so  appealing  shall  be  punished  at 
the  discretion  of  the  said  court-martial. 

Art.  36.  Any  commissioned  offi.oer,  store-keeper,  or  commissary, 
who  shall  be  convicted  at  a  general  court-mai-tial  of  having  sold 
without  a  proper  order  for  that  purpose,  embezzled,  misapplied,  or 
willfully,  or  through  neglect,  suffered  any  of  the  provisions,  forage, 
arms,  clothing,  ammunition,  or  other  military  stores  belonging  to 
the  United  States  to  l>e  s{X)iled  or  damaged,  .shall  at  his  own  expense, 
make  good  the  loss  or  damage,  and  shall,  moreover,  forfeit  all  his 
pay,  and  be  dismissed  from  the  service. 

Art.  37.  Any  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier  who  shall  be 
convicted  at  a  regimental  court-martiol  of  having  sold,  or  designedly, 
or  through  neglect,  wasted  the  ammunition  delivered  out  to  him,  to 
be  employed  in  the  service  of  the  United  States,  shall  be  punished 
at  the  discretion  of  such  court. 

Art.  S8.    Every  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier  who  shall 


) 


228  Articles  of  War. 

convicted  before  a  court-martial  of  having  sold,  lost,  or  spoiled, 
Hhrougb  neglect,  his  horse,  arras,  clothes,  or  accoutrements,  shall 
undergo  such  weekly  stoppages  (not  exceeding  the  half  of  his  pay) 
as  such  court-martial  shall  judge  sufficient,  for  repairing  the  lessor 
damage;  and  shall  suffer  confinement,  or  such  other  corporeal  pun- 
ishment as  his  crime  shall  deserve. 

Art.  39,  Every  officer  who  shall  be  convitted  before  a  court- 
martial  of  having  embezzled  or  misapplied  any  money  with  which  he 
may  have  been  intrusted,  for  the  payment  of  the  men  under  his 
command,  or  for  enlisting  men  into  the  service,  or  for  other  pur- 
poses, if  a  commissioned  officer,  shall  be  cashiered,  and  compelled  to 
refund  the  money;  if  a  non-commissioned  officer,  shall  be  reduced 
to  the  ranks,  be  put  under  stoppages  until  the  money  be  made  good, 
and  such  corporeal  punishment  as  such  court-martial  shall  direct. 

Art.  40.  Every  captain  of  a  troop  or  company  is  charged  with  the 
arms,  accoutrements,  ammunition,  clothing,  or  other  warlike  »^)res 
belonging  to  the  troop  or  company  imder  his  command,  which  he  is 
to  be  accountable  ior  to  his  Colonel  in  case  of  their  being  lost, 
spoiled,  or  dau)aged,  not  by  una^■oidable  accidents,  or  on  actual 
service. 

Art.  41.  All  non-commissioned  officers  and  soldiers  who  shall  be 
found  one  mile  from  the  camp  without  leave,  in  writing,  from  their 
commanding  officer,  shall  suffer  such  punishment  as  shall  be  inflicted 
upon  them  by  the  sentence  of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  42.  No  officer  or  soldier  shall  lie  out  of  his  quarters,  garrison, 
or  camp  without  leave  from  his  superior  officer,  upon  penalty  of  be- 
ing punished  according  to  the  nature  of  his  offense,  by  the  sentence 
of  a  court-  martial 

Art.  43.  Every  non. commissioned  officer  and  soldier  shall  retire 
to  his  quarters  or  tent  at  the  beating  of  the  retreat;  in  default  of 
which  he  shall  be  punished  according  to  the  nature  of  his  offense. 

Art.  44.  No  officer,  non-commissioned  officer,  or  soldier  shall  fail 
in  repairing,  at  the  time  fi\ed,  to  the  place  of  parade,  of  exercise,  or 
other  rendezvous  appointed  by  his  commanding  ofticer,  if  not  pre- 
vented by  sickness  or  some  other  evident  necessity,  or  shall  go  from 
the  said  place  of  rendezvous  without  leave  from  his  commanding  of- 
ficer, before  he  shall  be  regularly  dismissed  or  relieved,  on  the 
penalty  of  being  punished  according  to  the  nature  of  his  offense,  by 
the  sentence  of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  45,  Any  commissioned  officer  who  shall  be  found  drunk  on 
his  guard,  party,  or  other  duty,  shall  be  cashiered.  Any  non-com- 
missioned officer  or  soldier  so  offending  shall  suffer  such  corporeal 
mnishment  as  shall  be  inflicted  by  the  sentence  of  a  court-martial. 


Articles  of  War,  229 

Art.  4f).  Any  sentinel  who  shall  be  found  sleeping  upon  liis  post, 
or  shall  leave  it  before  he  shall  be  regularly  relieved,  shall  suffer 
death,  or  such  other  punishment  as  shall  be  inflicted  by  the  sentence 
of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  47.  No  soldier  belonging  to  any  regiment,  troop  or  company 
shall  hire  another  to  do  his  duty  for  him,  or  be  excused  from  duty 
but  in  cases  of  sickness,  disability,  or  leave  of  absence;  and  every 
such  soldier  found  guilty  of  hiring  his  duty,  as  also  the  party  so 
hired  to  do  another's  duty,  shall  be  punished  at  the  discretion  of  a 
regimental  court. martial, 

Art.  48.  And  every  non-commissioned  officer  conniving  at  such 
hiring  of  duty  aforesaid,  shall  be  reduced;  and  every  commissioned 
officer  knowing  and  allowing  such  ill  practices  in  the  service,  shall 
be  punished  by  the  judgment  of  a  general  court-martial. 

Art.  49.  Any  officer  belonging  to  the  service  of  the  United  States, 
who,  by  discharging  of  firc-arras,  drawing  of  swords,  Ideating  of 
drums,  or  by  any  other  means  whatsoever,  shall  occasion  false  alarms 
in  camp,  garrison,  or  quarters,  shall  suffer  death,  or  such  other 
punishment  as  shall  be  ordered  by  the  sentence  of  a  general  court- 
martial. 

Art.  50.  Any  officer  or  soldier  who  shall,  without  m-gent  neces- 
sity, or  without  the  leave  of  his  superior  officer,  quit  his  guard, 
platoon,  or  division,  shall  be  punished,  according  to  the  nature  of 
his  offense,  by  the  sentence  of  a  court  martial. 

Art.  51.  No  officer  or  soldier  shall  do  violence  to  any  person  who 
pring.s  provisions  or  other  necessaries  to  the  camp,  garrison,  or 
quarters  of  the  forces  of  the  United  States,  emloyed  in  any  parts  out 
of  the  said  States,  upon  pain  of  death,  or  such  other  punishment  as 
a  court  martial  shall  direct. 

Art.  52.  Anv  officer  or  soldier  who  shall  misbehave  himself  be- 
fore the  enemy,  run  away,  or  shamefully  abandon  any  fort,  post,  or 
guard  v,-hich  ho  or  they  may  be  commanded  to  defend,  or  speak 
words  inducing  others  to  do  the  like,  or  shall  cast  away  his  arms 
and  ammunition,  or  who  shall  quit  his  post  or  colors  to  plunder  and 
pillage,  every  such  offender,  being  duly  convicted  thereof,  shall 
suffer  death,  or  such  other  punishment  as  shall  be  ordered  by  the 
sentence  of  a  general  court  martial. 

Art.  53.  Any  person  belonging  to  the  armies  of  the  United  States 
who  shall  make  known  the  watchword  to  any  person  who  is  not 
entitled  to  receive  it  according  to  the  rules  and  discipline  of  war,  or 
shalj  presume  to  give  a  parol  or  watchword  different  from  what  he 
received,  shall  suffer  death,  or  such  other  punishment  as  shall 
ordered  by  the  sentence  of  a  general  court  martial. 


230  Articlea  of  War. 

Avt.  54.  All  oflicevs  and  soldierB  arc  to  behave  tliemKelvcs  orderly 
in  quarters  and  on  their  march  ;  and  whoever  shall  commit  any  waste, 
or  spoil,  either  in  walks  of  trees,  parks,  warrens,  fish-jionds,  houses, 
or  gardois,  corn  fields,  inclosures  of  meadows,  or  shall  maliciously 
destroy  any  property  whatsoever  belongins^  to  the  inhabitants  of  the 
United  States,  unless  by  order  of  the  then  commander-in-chief  of  the 
armies  of  the  said  States,  shall,  besides  such  penalties  as  they  are 
liable  to  by  law,  be  punished  according  to  the  nature  and  degree  of 
the  oftense,  bv  the  judgment  of  a  regimental  or  general  court-mar- 
tial. 

Art.  55.  Whosoever,  belonging  to  the  armies  of  the  United  States 
in  foreign  j)arts,  shall  force  a  safeguard,  shall  suffer  deatli. 

Art.  66.  Whosoever  shall  relieve  the  enemy  with  money,  victuals, 
or  ammunition,  or  shall  knowingly  harbor  or  ])rotect  an  enemy,  shall 
suffer  deatli.  or  such  other  punishment  as  shall  be  ordered  by  the  sen- 
tence of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  57.  Whosoever  shall  be  convicted  of  holding  correspondence 
with,  or  giving  intelligence  to,  the  enemy,  cither  directly  or  indi- 
rectly, shall  sulier  death,  or  such  otlicr  punishment  as  shall  be  or- 
'lered  by  the  sentence  of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  [>S.  All  puldic  stores  taken  in  the  enemy's  camp,  towns,  torts, 
or  magazines,  whether  of  artillery,  auimunition,  clotliing,  forage  or 
provisions,  shall*  bo  secured  for  the  service  of  the  United  States  ; 
for  the  neglect  of  which  the  commanding  officer  is  to  he  answerable. 

Art.59.  if  any  commander  of  any  garrison,  fortress,  or  post  shall 
be  compelled  by  the  officers  and  soldiers  under  his  command,  to  givti 
np  to  the  enemy,  or  to  abandon  it,  the  commissioned  officers,  non- 
commissioned oflicers,  or  soldiers  who  shall  be  convicted  of  having 
so  offended,  shall  suffer  death,  or  other  such  punishment  as  shall  be 
inflicted  upon  them  by  the  sentence  of  acourt-ziiartial. 

Art  60.  Ail  sutlers  and  retainers  to  the  camp,  and  al!  persons  what- 
soever, serving  with  the  armies  of  the  United  States  in  the  field, 
though  not  enlisted  soldiers,  are  to  be  subje<?t  to  orders,  according  to 
the  rules  and  discipline  of  war. 

61 .  Officers  liaving  brevets  or  commissions  of  a  prior  date  to  those 
of  the  corps  in  Vvhich  they  serve  will  take  place  on  courts-martial 
or  of  inquiry,  and  on  boards  detailed  for  military  purposes,  when 
composed  of  different  corps,  aecording  to  the  ranks  given  them  in 
their  brevet  or  former  commissions,  but  in  the  regiment,  corps  or 
company  to  which  such  officers  belong,  they  shall  do  duty  and  take 
rank,  both  in  courts  and  on  boards,  as  aforesaid,  which  shall  be  com- 
posed of  their  own  corps,  according  to  the  commission  by  which 
are  there  mustered- 


Articlts  of  War.  231 

Art.  62.  If  upon  marches,  guards,  or  iu  quarters,  different  corps 
shall  happen  to  join  or  do  duty  together,  the  officer  highest  in  rank, 
according  to  the  commission  by  which  he  is  mustered  in  the  army, 
navy,  marine  corps,  or  militia,  there  on  duty  by  orders  from  compe- 
tent authorfty,  shall  command  the  whole  and  give  orders  for  what  is 
needful  for  the  servije.  unless  otherwise  directed  by  the  President 
in  orders  of  special  assignment  providing  for  the  case. 

Art.  63.  The  functions  of  the  engineers  being  generally  confined 
to  the  most  elevated  branch  of  military  science,  they  are  not  to  as- 
sume, nor  are  they  subject  to  be  ordered  on  any  duty  beyond  the  line 
of  their  immediate  profession,  except  by  the  special  order  of  the  Pre- 
sident of  the  United  States  ;  but  they  are  to  receive  every  mark  of 
respect  to  which  their  rank  in  the  army  may  entitle  them,  respect- 
ively, and  are  liable  to  be  transferred,  at  the  discretion  of  the  Presi- 
dent, from  one  corps  to  another,  regard  being  paid  to  rank. 

Art.  G4.  General  courts-martial  may  consist  of  any  number  of  com- 
missioned officers,  from  five  to  thirteen,  inclusively  ;  but  they  shall 
not  consist  of  less  than  thirteen  where  that  number  can  be  convened 
without  manifest  injury  to  the  service. 

Art.  65.-  Any  general  officer  commanding  an  army,  or  colonel 
commanding  a  separate  department,  may  appoint  general  courts- 
martial  whenever  necessary.  But  no  sentence  of  a  court-martial 
shall  be  carried  into  execution  until  after  the  whole  proceedings 
shall  have  been  laid  before  the  officer  ordering  the  same,  or  the  offi- 
cer commanding  the  troops  for  the  time  being  ;  neither. shall  any 
sentence  of  a  general  court-iflartial,  in  the  time  of  peace,  extending 
to  the  loss  of  life,  or  the  dismission  of  a  commissioned  officer,  or 
which  shall,  either  in  time  of  peace  or  war,  respect  a  general  officer, 
be  carried  into  execution,  until  after  the  whole  proceedings  shall 
have  been  transmitted  to  the  Secretary  of  War,  to  be  laid  before  the 
President  of  the  United  States  for  his  confirmation  or  disapproval, 
and  orders  in  the  case.  All  other  sentences  may  be  confirmed  and 
executed  by  the  officer  ordering  the  court  to  assemble,  or  the  com- 
manding officer  for  the  time  being,  as  the  case  may  be. 

Art.  66.  Every  officer  commanding  a  regiment  or  corps  may  ap- 
point, for  his  own  regiment  or  corpa,  courts-martial,  to  consist  of 
three  commissioned  officers,  for  the  trial  and  punishment  of  offensesi 
not  capital,  and  decide  upon  their  sentences.  For  the  same  purpose^ 
all  officers  commanding  any  of  the  garrisons,  forts,  barracks,  or 
other  places  where  the  troops  consist  of  different  corps,  may  assem- 
ble courts-martial,  to  consist  of  three  commissioned  officers,  and  de- 
cide upon  their  sentences. 

*   Modified  by  act  of  29th  May,  1830. 


232  Articles  of  War. 

Art.  67,  No  garrison  or  regimental  court-martial  shall  have  the 
power  to  try  capital  cases  or  commissioned  officers  ;  neither  shall 
they  inflict  a  fine  exceeding  one  month's  pay,  nor  imprison,  nor  put 
to  hard  labor,  any  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier  for  a  longer 
time  than  one  month. 

Art.  68.  Whenever  it^ay  he  found  convenient  and  necessary  to 
the  public  service,  the  officers  of  the  marines  shall  he  associated  with 
the  offfcersof  the  land  forces,  for  the  purpose  of  holding  courts-mar- 
tial, and  trying  offenders  belonging  to  cither  ;  and  in  such  cases  the 
orders  of  the  senior  officer  of  either  corps  wlio  may  be  present  and 
duly  authorized,  shall  be  received  and  obeyed. 

Art.  69.  The  judge  advocate,  or  some  person  deputed  by  him,  or 
by  the  general,  or  officer  commanding  the  army,  detachment  or  gar- 
rison, shall  prosecute  in  the  name  of  the  United  States,  but  shall  so 
far  consider  himself  as  counsel  for  the  prisoner,  after  the  said  pris- 
oner shall  have  made  his  plea,  as  to  object  to  any  leading  question 
to  any  of  the  witnesses,  or  any  question  to  the  prisoner,  the  answer 
to  which  might  tend  to  criminate  himself  ;  and  administer  to  each 
m-^mber  of  the  court,  before  tliey  proceed  upon  any  trial,  the  follow- 
ing oatli,  which  shall  also  be  taken  by  all  members  of  the  regimen- 
tal and  garrison  courts-martial  : 

'■  You,  A.  B.,  do  swear  that  you  will  well  and  truly  try  and  deter- 
mine, according  to  evidence,  the  matter  now  before  you,  between  the 
United  States  of  America  and  the  prisoner  to  be  tried,  and  that  you 
will  duly  administer  justice,  according  to  the  provisions  of  'An  act 
establishing  llules  and  Articles  for  the  government  of  the  armies  of 
the  United  States,'  without  partiality,  favor  or  affection  ;  and  if  any 
doubt  should  arise,  not  explained  by  said  Articles,  according  to  your 
conscience,  the  best  of  your  understanding,  and  the  custom  of  war  in 
like  cases  ;  and  you  do  furtlier  swear  that  you  will  not  divulge  the 
sentence  of  tlie  court  until  it  shall  be  published  by  the  proper  au- 
thority ;  neither  will  you  disclose  or  discover  tbe  vote  or  opinion  of 
any  particular  member  of  the  court-martial,  unless  required  to  give 
evidence  thereof,  as  a  witness,  by  a  court  of  justice,  in  a  due  course 
of  law.     So  help  you  God. ' ' 

And  as  soon  as  the  said  oath  shall  have  been  administered  to  the 
respective  members,  the  president  of  the  court  shall  administer  to  the 
judge  advocate,  or  persons  officiating  as  such,  an  oath  in  the  follow- 
ing words  : 

"You,  A.  B.,  do  swear,  that  you  will  not  disclose  or  discover  the 

vote  or  opinion  of  any  particular  member  of  the  court-martial,  unless 

required  to  give  evidence  thereof,  as  a  witness,  by  a  court  of  justice, 

g|^j,i.4ji  due  course  of  law  ;  nor  divulge  the  sentence  of  the  court  to  any  but 


Articles  of  War.  233 

the  proper  authority,  until  it  shall  be  duly  disclosed  by  the  same.  So 
hel{)  you  God. 

Art.  70.  When  a  prisoner,  arraigned  before  a  general  court-martial, 
shall,  from  obstinacy  and  deliberate  design,  stand  mute,  or  answer 
foreign  to  the  purpose,  the  court  may  proceed  to  trial  and  judgment 
as  if  the  prisoner  had  regularly  pleaded  not  guilty. 

Art.  71.  When  a  member  shall  be  challenged  by  a  prisoner,  he 
must  state  his  cause  of  challenge,  of  which  the  court  shall,  after 
due  deliberation,  determine  the  relevancy  or  validity,  and  decide 
accordingly  ;  and  no  challenge  to  more  than  one  member  at  a  time 
shall  be  received  by  the  court. 

Art.  72.  All  the  members  of  a  court-martial  are  to  behave  with 
decency  and  calmness  ;  and  in  giving  their  votes,  are  to  i)egin  with 
the  youngest  in  commission. 

Art.  73.  All  persons  who  give  evidence  before  a  court-martial,  are 
to  be  examined  on  oath  or  affirmation,  in  the  following  form  : 

"  You  swear,  or  affirm  (as  the  case  may  be),  the  evidence  you  shall 
give  in  the  cause  now  in  hearing,  shall  be  the  truth,  the  whole  truth, 
and  nothing  but  the  truth.     So  help  you  God." 

Art.  74.  On  the  trials  of  cases  not 'capital,  before  courts-martial, 
the  deposition  of  witnesses,  not  in  the  line  or  staff  of  the  army,  may 
be  taken  before  some  justice  of  the  peace,  and  read  in  evidence;  pro- 
vided the  prosecutor  and  person  accused  are  present  at  the  taking 
the  same,  or  are  duly  notified  thereof . 

Art.  75.  No  officer  shall  be  tried  but  by  a  general  court-martial, 
nor  by  officers  of  an  inferior  rank,  if  it  can  be  avoided.  Nor  shall 
any  proceedings  of  trials  be  carried  on,  excepting  between  the  hours 
of  eight  in  the  morning  and  three  in  the  afternoon,  excepting  in 
cases  which,  in  the  opinion  of  the  officer  appointing  the  court-mar- 
tial, require  immediate  example. 

Art.  76.  No  per.^on  whatsoever  shall  use  any  menacing  words, 
signs  or  gestures,  in  presence  of  a  court-martial,  or  shall  cause  any 
disorder  or  riot,  or  disturb  their  proceedings,  on  the  penalty  of  being 
punished  at  the  discretion  of  the  said  court-martial. 

Art.  77.  ^Vhenever  any  officer  shall  be  charged  with  a  crime,  he 
sliall  be  arrested  and  confined  in  his  barracks,  quarters,  or  tent,  and 
deprived  of  his  sword  by  the  comrnanding  officer.  And  any  officer 
who  shall  leave  his  confinement  before  he  shall  be  set  at  liberty  by 
his  commanding  officer,  or  by  a  superior  officer,  shall  be  cashiered. 

Art.  78.  Non-commissioned  officers  and  soldiers,  charged  with 
crimes,  shall  be  confined  until  tried  by  a  court-martial,  or  released 
by  prbper  authority. 

Art.  79.     No  officer  or  soldier  who  shall  be  put  in  arrest, 


( 

jleasea        i 
.,  BhaU|fli 


I 


234  Articles  of  War. 

continue  in  confinement  more  than  eight  days,  or  until  such  time  as 
a  court-martial  can  be  assemhled.  -^ 

Art.  80.  No  officer  commanding  a  guard,  or  provost  marshal, 
shall  refuse  to  receive  or  keep  any  prisoner  committed  to  his  charge 
hy  an  officer  belonging  to  the  forces  of  the  United  btates;  provided 
the  officer  committing  shall,  at  the  same  time,  deliver  an  account  in 
writing,  signed  by  himself,  of  the  crime  with  which  the  said  prisoner 
is  charged. 

Art.  81.  No  officer  commanding  a  guard,  or  provost  marshal 
shall  presume  to  release  any  person  committed  to  his  charge  without 
proper  authority  for  so  doing,  nor  shall  he  sufter  any  person  to  es- 
cape, on  the  penalty  of  being  punished  for  it  by  the  sentence  of  a 
court-mar^al. 

Art.  82.  Every  officer  or  provost  marshal,  to  whose  cha,rge 
prisoners  shall  be  committed,  shall,  within  twenty-four  hours  after 
such  comniitment,  or  as  soon  as  he  shall  be  relieved  irom  his  guard, 
make  report  in  writing,  to  the  commanding  officer,  of  their  names, 
their  crimes,  and  the  names  of  the  officers  who  committed  them,  on 
the  penalty  of  being  punished  for  disobedience  or  neglect,  at  the  dis- 
cretion of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  83.  Any  commissioned  officer  convicted  before  a  general 
court-maitial  of  conduct  unbecomming  an  officer  and  a  gentleman, 
shall  be  dismissed  the  service. 

Art.  84.  In  cases  where  a  court-martial  may  think  it  proper  to 
sentence  a  commissioned  officer  to  be  suspended  from  command. 
they  shall  have  power  ahso  to  suspend  his  pay  and  emoluments  for 
the  same  time,  according  to  the  nature  and  heinousness  of  his 
offense. 

Art.  85.  In  all  cases  where  a.  commissioned  officer  is  cashieriul 
for  cowardice  or  fraud,  it  shall  be  added  in  the  sentence,  that  the 
crime,  name,  and  place  of  abode,  and  punishment  of  the  delinquent, 
be  published  in  tJie  newspapers  in  and  about  the  camp,  and  of  the 
particular  State  from  which  the  offender  came,  or  where  he  usually 
resides;  after  which  it  shall  be  deemed  scandalous  for  an  officer  to 
associate  with  him.  * 

Art.  86.  The  commanding  officer  of  any  post  or  detachment,  in 
which  there  shall  not  be  a  number  of  officers  ade(iuate  to  form  a 
general  court-ma.itial,  shall  in  cases  which  require  the  cognizance  of 
such  a  court,  report  to  the  commanding  officer  of  the  department, 
who  shall  order  a  court  to  be  assembled  at  the  nearest  post  or  depart- 
ment and  the  party  accused,with  necessaiy  witnesses,to  be  transport- 
d   to  the  place  where  the  said  court  shall  be  assembled. 


^ 


Articles  of  War.  285 

Art.  87.^  No  person  shall  be  sentenced  to  suffer  death  but  by  the 
concurrence  of  two-thirds  of  the  members  of  a  general  court-mart'al, 
nor  except  in  the  eases  herein  expressly  mentioned;  Nor  shall  more  thav 
fifty  lashes  he  inflided  On  any  offender  .at  the  disnction  of  a  court  martial:  and 
no  officer,  nou-commissioned  officer,  soldier,  or  follower  of  the  army, 
shall  be  tried  a  second  time  for  the  same  offense. 

Art.  88.  No  person  shall  be  liable  to  be  tried  and  punished  by  a 
i^eneral  court-martial  for  any  offense  which  shall  appcjir  to  have 
been  committed  more  than  two  years  before  the  issuing  of  the  order 
for  such  trial,  unless  the  person,  Ity  reason  of  having  absented  him- 
self, or  some  other  manifest  impediment,  shall  not  have  been  ame- 
nable to  justice  within  than  period. 

Art.  89.  Every  officer  authorized  to  order  a  general  court-mar- 
tial shall  have  power  to  pardon  or  mitigate  any  punisbment  ordered 
by  such  court,  except  the  sentence  of  death,  or  of  cashiering  an 
officer;  which,  in  the  cases  where  he  has  authority  (by  article  651 
to  carry  them  into  execution,  he  may  suspend,  until  the  pleasure  of 
the  President  of  the  United  States  can  be  known;  which  suspension, 
together  with  copies  of  the  proceedings  of  the  court  martial,  the 
said  officer  shall  immediately  transmit  to  the  President  for  his  de- 
termination. And  the  colonel  or  commanding  officer  of  the  vegi- 
ment  or  garrison  where  any  regimental  or  garrison  court-martial 
shall  be  held  may  pardon  or  mitigate  any  punishment  ordered  by 
such  court  to  be  inflicted. 

Art.  90.  Every  judge  advocate,  or  person  officiating  as  such,  at 
any  general  court-martial,  shall  transmit,  with  as  much  expedition 
as  the  opportunity  of  time  and  distance  of  place  can  admit,  the  orig- 
inal proceedings  and  sentence  of  such  court-martial  to  the  Secretary 
of  War;  which  said  original  proceedings  and  sentence  shall  be  care- 
fully kept  and  preserved  in  the  office  of  said  Secretary,  to  the  end 
that  the  persons  entitled  thereto  may  be  enabled,  upon  application 
to  the  said  office,  to  obtain  copies  thereof. 

•  The  party  tried  by  any  general  court-martial  shall,  upon  demand 
thereof,  made  by  himself,  or  by  any  person  or  persons  in  his  behalf, 
be  entitled  to  a  copy  of  the  sentence  and  proceedings  of  such  court- 
martial. 

Art.  91.  In  cases  where  the  general,  or  commanding  officer  may 
order  a  court  of  inquiry  to  examine  into  the  nature  of  any  transac- 
tion; accusation,  or  imputation  against  any  officer  or  soldier,  the  said 

*So  much  of  thcsft  rules  and  jirticlea  a.i  authorizes  the  iulliclion  of  corporeal  r»n»shment 
by  siripes  or  la.shes,  was  specially  repealed  by  act  of  16th  May,  1812     By  act  of  2d  March, 
\V?A,  the  repealing  act  was  repealed,  so  far  as  it  applied  to  the  crime  of  desertion,  wbii 
o:' course,  revived  the  punishmeni  by  lashes  for  that  offense. 


> 


236  Articles  of  War. 

court  shall  consist  of  one  or  more  officers,  not  exceeding  three,  and  a 
judge  advocate;  or  other  suitable  person,  as  a  recorder,  to  reduce  the 
proceedings  and  evidence  to  writing;  all  of  whom  shall  be  sworn  to 
the  faithful  performance  of  their  duty.  This  court  shall  have  the 
same  power  to  summon  witnesses  as  a  court  martial,  and  to  examine 
them  on  oath.  But  they  shall  not  give  their  opinion  on  the  merits 
of  the  case,  excepting  they  shall  be  tlicreto  specially  required.  The 
parties  accused  shall  also  be  permitted  to  cross-examine  and  interro- 
gate the  witnesses,  so  as  to  investigate  fully  the  circumstances  in  the 
question. 

Art.  92.  Tiie  proceedings  of  a  court  of  inquiry  must  be  authenti- 
cated by  the  signtiture  of  the  recorder  and  the  president,  and  deliv- 
ered to  the  commanding  officer,  and  the  said  proceedings  may  be 
admitted  as  evidence  by  a  court-martial,  in  cases  not  capital,  or 
extending  to  the  dismission  of  an  officer,  provided  that  the  circum- 
stances are  such  that  oral  testimony  cannot  be  obtained.  But  as 
courts  of  inquiry  may  be  perverted  to  dishonorable  purposes,  and 
may  be  considered  as  engines  of  destruction  to  military  merit,  in  the 
hands  of  weak  and  envious  commandants,  they  are  hereby  prohib- 
ited, unless  directed  by  the  President  of  the  United  States,  or  de- 
manded by  the  accused. 

AiiT.  93.  The  judge  advocate  or  recorder  shall  administer  to  the 
members  the  following  oath: 

"  You  shall  well  and  truly  examine  and  inquire,  according  to  your 
evidence,  fhto  the  matter  now  before  you,  without  partiality,  favor, 
affection,  prejudice,  or  hope  of  reward.     So  lielp  you  God." 

After  which  the  President  shall  administer  to  the  judge  advocate 
or  recorder  the  following  oath: 

"You,  A.  B.,  do  swear  that  you  will,  according  to  your  best  abil- 
ities, accurately  and  impartially  record  the  proceedings  of  the  court, 
and  the  evidence  to  be  given  in  the  case  in  hearing.  So  help  you 
God." 

The  witnesses  shall  take  the  same  oath  as  witnesses  sworn  before 
a  court-martial . 

Art.  !)4.  When  any  commissioned  officer  shall  die  or  be  killled  in 
the  service  of  the  Unitccl  States,  the  major  of  the  regiment,  or  the 
officer  doing  the  major's  duty  in  his  absence,  or  in  any  post  or  gar- 
rison, the  second  officer  in  command,  or  the  assistant  military  agent, 
shall  immediately  secure  all  his  effects  or  equipage,  then  in  camp  or 
quarters,  and  shall  make  an  inventory  thereof,  and  forthwith  trans- 
mit the  same  to  the  office  of  the  Department  of  War,  to  the  end  that 
Ills  executors  or  administrators  may  receive  the  same. 

Art.  95.  When  any  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier  shall  die, 


Artidcs  of  War.  237 

or  be  killed  in  the  service  of  the  United  States,  the  then  command- 
ing officer  of  the  troop  or  company  shall,  in  the  presence  of  two 
other  commissioned  officers,  take  an  account  of  what  effects  he  died 
possessed  of.  above  his  arms  and  accoutrements,  and  transmit  the 
same  to  the  office  of  the  Department  of  War,  which  said  effects  arc 
to  be  accounted  for,  and  paid  to  the  representatives  of  such  deceased 
non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier.  And  in  case  an)'  of  the  officers, 
so  authorized  to  take  care  of  the  effects  of  deceased  officers  and  sol- 
diers, should,  before  they  have  accounted  to  their  representatives  for 
the  same,  have  occasion  to  leave  the  regiment  or  post,  by  prefer- 
ment or  otherwise,  they  shall,  before  they  be  permitted  to  quit  the 
same,  deposit  in  the  hands  of  the  commanding  officer,  or  of  the  as- 
sistant military  agent,  all  the  effects  of  such  deceased  non-commis- 
sioned officers  and  soldiers,  in  order  that  the  sauie  may  be  secured 
for,  and  paid  to.  their  respective  representatives. 

Act.  9G.  All  officers,  conductors,  gunners,  matrosses,  drivers,  or 
other  persons  whatsoever,  receiving  pay  or  hire  in  the  service  of  the 
artillery,  or  corps  of  engineers  of  the  United  States,  shall  be  gov- 
erned by  the  aforesaid  Rules  and  Articles,  and  shall  be  subject  to  be 
tried  by  courts-martial,  in  like  manner  with  the  officers  and  soldiers 
of  the  other  trrops  in  the  service  of  the  United  States. 

Art.  97»The  officers  aiid  soldiers  of  any  troops,  whether  militia 
or  others,  being  mustered  *nd  in  pay  of  the  United  States,  shall,  at 
all  times  and  in  all  places,  wdien  joined,  or  acting  in  conjunction 
with  the  regular  forces  of  the  United  States,  be  governed  by  these 
rules  and  articles  of  w^ar,  and  shall  be  subject  to  be  tried  by  courts- 
martial,  in  like  manner  with  the  officers  and  soldiers  in  the  regular 
forces;  save  only  that  such  courts-martial  shall  be  composed  en- 
tirely of  militia  officers. 

Art.  98.  All  officers  serving  by  commission  from  the  authority  of 
any  particular  State,  shall,  on  all  detachments,  courts-martial,  or 
other  duty,  wherein  they  may  be  employed  in  conjunction  with  the 
regular  forces  of  the  U.  States,  take  rank  next  after  all  officers  of 
the  like  grade  in  said  regular  forces,  notwithstanding  the  commis- 
sions of  such  militia  or  State  officers  may  be  elder  than  the  commis- 
sions of  the  officers  of  the  regular  forces  of  the  U.  States. 

Art.  99.  All  crimes  not  capital,  and  all  disorders  and  neglects 
which  officers  and  soldiers  may  be  guilty  of.  to  the  prejudice  of  good 
order  and  military  discipline,  though  not  mentioned  in  the  foregoing 
Articles  of  War,  are  to  he  taken  cognizance  of  by  a  general  or  regi- 
mental court-martial,  according  to  the  nature  and  degree  of  the 
offense,  and  be  punished  at  their  discretion. 

Art.  100.  The  President  of  the  U.  S.  shall  have  power  to  prescribe 
he  miiform  of  the  Army. 


238  Articles  of  War. 

Art.  101.  The  foregoing  Articles  are  to  1)C  read  and  piihlislied  once 
in  every  six  months,  to  every  garrison,  regiment,  troop,  or  company, 
mustered,  or  to  be  mustered  in  the  service  of  the  United  States,  and 
are  to  be  duly  observed  and  obeyed  by  all  officers  and  soldiers  who 
are  or  shall  be,  in  said  service. 

Sec.  2.  That  in  time  of  war,  all  persons  not  citizens  of.  or  owing 
allegiance  to,  the  U.  States  of  America,  who  shall  be  found  lurking 
as  spies  in  or  about  the  fortitications  or  encampments  of  the  armies 
of  the  U.  States,  or  any  of  them,  shall  suifcr  death,  accoi'ding  to  the 
law  and  usage  of  nations,  by  sentence  of  a  general  court-martial. 

Sec  3.  That  the  Rules  and  Regulations  by  wliicli  the  armies  of 
the  U.  States  have  heretofore  been  governed,  and  the  resolves  of 
Congress  thereunto  annexed,  and  respecting  the  same,  shall  hence- 
forth be  void  and  of  no  effect,  except  so  far  as  they  may  relate  to  any 
transactions  under  them  prior  to  the  promulgation  of  this  act  at  the 
several  posts  and  garrisons  resj>cctively,  occupied  by  any  part  of  the 
Army.     [Approved,  April  10,  1806.] 


EXTRACTS  FROiM   ACTS  OF  CONGRESS. 

(AI)OI'TKD.)  0 
P 

1.  If  any  nan-commissioned  oflflcer,  masiciiin  or  priv.tte  shall  desert  the  service  of  th^^ 
United  Stales,  lie  sliall  in  addition  to  the  penalties  ineniioned  in  the  Rules  an  1  Articles  oi' 
V/ar,  be  liable  to  serve  for  Jind  during  such  a  period  as  shall,  with  the  lime  he  may- 
have  served  previous  to  his  desenion,  amount  to  the  full  term  of  his  enlistment;  and 
such  soldier  siiall  and  may  be  tried  by  a  coiiri-marllal,  and  punislied.  although  the  term 
of  bis  enlistmfnt  may  have  elapsed  previous  to  his  being  apprehended  or.  tried.— Jd  Wh 
March,  18t)2,  S'x.  18. 

2.  No  otlicer  or  .soldier  in  the  array  of  the  United  States  shall  be  subject  to  the  punish- 
ment of  death  for  desertion  in  time  of  peace  —Art  Wth  May,  1830. 

;•;.  So  much  of  llie  "Act  for  establishing  rules  and  articles  for  the  goveniment  of  the 
armies  of  the  United  States,"  as  authorizes  the  inlliction  of  coporeal  punishment  by 
gtrines  or  lashes,  shall  be  and  the  siime  is  hereby  repeaUid,— ^lr<  16//i  -Vc//,  1812,  .SVc.  7. 

4."  The  seventh  section  of  the  act  entitled  "An  act  malting  further  provisions  for  the 
armies  of  the  United  States,"  passsed  on  the  16th  of  May,  one  thousand  eight  hundred 
and  twelve,  shall  be  and  the  same  is  hereby  repealed,  so  far  as  it  ap|)Iies  to  any  enlisted 
soldier  who  sliall  be  convicted  by  a  general  court-martial  of  the  crime  of  descrtwn. — Act 
'Z»dManh,  1S;«,  ,SVc-.  7 

5.  Wlu'iicvcr  a  general  ofllcer  commanding  au  army,  or  a  colonel  con^mandiI^g  a  sep- 
arate depariun-nt,  shall  be  ihe  accuser  or  prosecutor  of  any  otllcer  in  the  army  of  the 
Linited  States  under  his  command,  the  general  court-martial  for  the  (rial  of  such  ofllcer 
shall  be  appointed  by  the  President  of  the  United  Slates.— ylc<  29^/i  Mm/,  1830,  Sec.  1. 

(>.  The  proceedings  and  sentence  of  said  court  shall  be  sent  directly  to  the  Secretary 
of  War,  to  be  by  him  laid  before  the  President  for  hLs  conhrmation  or  approval,  or  orders 
in  the  case.— vlc<  29</i  Mai/,  1830,  Sen.  2. 

7.  So  much  of  the  sixty-filUi  article  of  the  first  section  of  "An  act  for  esrabli-shing  rules 
and  articles  for  the  government  of  the  armies  of  the  United  States,"  passed  on  the  tenth 
of  April,  eighteen  hundred  and  six  as  is  repugnant  hereto,  sliall  be  and  the  same  is  here 
by  repealed  .—Ad  29</»  Mfiy,  1830,  .V«c.  3. 

'8.  That  if  any  person  shall  sell,  exchange,  or  give,  barter  or  dispose  of,  any  spirituous 
liquor  or  wine  loan  Indian  (in  the  Indian  country^,  such  person  shall  forfeit  and  pay  the 
tenin  of  five  hundred  dollars;  and  if  any  person  shall  introduce,  or  attempt  to  introduce, 


Extracts  from  Acts  of  Congress.  239 

any  spirituons  liqxior  or  wine  into  the  Indian  coimtry,  except  such  supplies  as  shall  be 
necessary  for  the  oUicers  of  the  United  States  and  troops  of  the  service,  under  the  direc- 
tion of  the  AVar  Depar;ment,  such  person  shall  forfeit  and  pay  a  sum  not  exceeding  three 
hundred  dollars;  and  if  any  superiiitedent  of  Indian  affairs,  Indian  agent,  or  sub-agent, 
or  commanding  officer  of  a  military  post,  has  reason  to  suspect,  or  is  informed,  that  any 
while  person  or  Indian  is  about  to  introduce,  or  has  introduced,  any  spirituous  liquor  or 
wine  into  the  Indian  country,  in  violation  of  the  provisions  of  this  seciion,  it  shall  be 
lawful  for  such  superintendent,  Indian  agent,  or  sub-agent,  or  military  ofllcer,  agreea- 
bly lo  such  regulations  as  may  be  established  by  the  President  of  the  United  States,  to 
cause  the  boats,  stores,  packages,  and  places  of  deposit  of  such  person  to  be  searched, 
and  if  any  such  spirituous  liquor  or  wine  is  found,  the  goods,  boats,  packages,  and  pel- 
tries of  such  persons  sliail  be  seized  and  delivered  to  the  proper  officer,  and  shall  be 
nroceeded  against  bv  libel,  in  the  proper  court,  and  forfeited,  one  half  to  the  use  of  the 
informer,  and  tiie  other  half  to  the  use  of  the  United  States;  and  if  such  person  is  a  trader, 
his  license  shall  be  revoked  and  his  bond  put  in  suit.  And  it  shall  moreover  be  lawful 
for  any  person  in  the  s.ervice  of  the  United  States,  or  for  any  Indian,  to  take  and  de.stroy 
any  ardent  .spirits  or  wins  found  in  the  Indian  country,  excepting  military  supplies  as 
mentioned  in  this  section.— ,4rt  'SOth  June,  1834,  .See.  20. 

9.  That  if  any  person  whatever  .shall,  within  the  limits  of  the  Indian  country,  set  up  or 
continue  any  dislillerv  for  manufacturing  ardent  spirits,  he  shall  forfeit  and  pay  a  pen- 
alty of  one  thousand  d"ollars,  and  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  superintendent  of  Indian  affairs, 
Iniian  agent,  or  sub-agent,  within  the  limits  of  whose  agency  the  same  shall  be  set  up  or 
continued,  forthwith  to  destroy  and  break  up  the  same;  and  it  shall  be  lawful  to  employ 
the  military  force  of  the  United  States  in  exeoiting  that  duty.— ylrt  30//i  June,  ISM,  Sec.  21. 

10.  That  the  twenlieih  section  of  the  "Act  to  regulate  trade  and  intercoiu-se  with  the 
Indian  tribes,  and  to  preserve  peace  on  the  frontiers,"  approved  June  30;h,  eighteen 
hundred  and  thtrty-fmir,  be,  and  the  same  is  hereby  amended,  that,  in  addition  to  the  fines 
thereby  imposed,  any  person  who  shall  sell,  exchange,  or  barter,  give  or  dispose  of,  any 
spirituous  liquor  or  wine  to  an  Indian,  in  the  Indian  country,  or  who  shall  introduce,  or 
attempt  to  Introduce,  any  spirituous  liquor  or  wine  into  the  Indian  country,  except  such 
supplies  as  may  be  nece'ssarj^  for  the  officers  of  the  United  States  and  the  troops  of  the 
service,  under  the  direction  of  the  Wardepartment,  such  persons,  on  conviction  thereof, 
before  the  proper  district  court  of  the  United  States,  shall,  in  the  former  case  be  subject 
fo  imprisonment  for  a  period  of  not  exceeding  two  years,  and  in  the  latter  case  not  ex- 
ceeding one  year,  as  shall  be  prescribed  by  the  court,  according  to  the  extent  and  crimi- 
nality of  the  offence.  And  in  all  prosecutions  arising  under  this  seciion,  and  under  the 
twentieth  section  of  the  act  to  regulate  trade  and  intercourse  with  the  Indian  tribes,  and 
•  o  preserve  peace  on  the  frontiers,  approved  June  .SOth,  eighteen  hundred  and  thirty-four, 
to  which  this  is  an  amendment,  Indians  shall  be  competent  witnesses. — Act  M  March,  1847. 
Se.c.  2. 

11.  Tliatno  annuities,  or  moneys,  or  goods  shall  be  paid  or  distributed  to  the  Indians 
while  they  are  under  tlie  iullnence  of  any  description  of  intoxicating  liquor;  nor  while 
there  are  good  and  sufilcient  reasons  for  the  officers  or  agents,  whose  duty  it  may  be  to 
make  such  payments  or  distributions,  for  believing  there  is  any  species  of  intoxicating 
liquor  within  convenient  reach  of  the  Indians;  nor  until  the  chiefs  and  head  men  of  the 
I  ribe  shall  have  pledged  themselves  to  use  all  their  iuQuence,  and  to  make  all  proper 
exertions  to  prevent  the  iutroduction  and  sale  of  such  liquor  in  their  country.— .4c«  3d 
itnr'-h,\Ul,  Sec.  3. 


No.  52]— AN"  ACT,  For  the  establishment  and  organization  of  the 
Army  of  the  Confederate  States  of  America. 


Srotion  1.  The  Congress  of  the  Confederate  Stateji  of  America  do  enact,  That  from  and 
alter  the  passage  of  this  act  the  military  establishment  of  the  Confederate  States  shall 
be  composed  of  one  corps  of  ensineers,"  one  corps  of  artillery,  six  regiments  of  infantry, 
■me  regiment  of  cavairy,  and  of  the  staff  departments  already  established  by  law. 

Sec.  2.  The  corps  of  engineers  shall  consist  of  one  colonel,  four  majors,  five  captains, 
and  qpe  company  of  sappers,  miners  and  pontoniers,  which  shall  consist  of  ten  sergeants 
or  master  workmen,  ten  corporals  or  overseers,  two  musicians,  and  thirty-nine  privates 
of  the  first  class,  or  artificers,  and  thirty-nine  privates  of  the  second  class, or  laborers  mak 
u!?  in  all  one  hundred. 


I 


240  Act  Organizing  the  Army  of  the  C.  S. 

Sec.  3.  The  p.iici  company  shall  be  oflicered  by  one  captain  of  the  corps  of  engincer.t, 
and  as  ninny  HcnUeiiauLs',  to  be  selected  by  the  President  from  tlie  line  of  the  army,  as  he 
may  deena  necessary  for  the  service,  and  shall  be  instructed  in  and  perform  all  ihe  duties 
of  sappers,  miners  and  pontoniers,  and  shall  moreover,  under  the  orders  of  the  chief  en- 
gineer, be  liable  to  serve  by  detachments  in  overseeing  and  aiding  laborers  upon  fortifi- 
cations, or  Oilier  works,  under  the  engineer  department,  and  in  supervising  finished  for- 
tifications, as  fort-keepers,  preventing  injury  and  making  repairs. 

Sec.  4.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  colonel  of  the  engineer  corps,  subject  to  the  approval 
of  the  Secretary  of  War,  to  prescribe  the  number,  quantity,  form,  dimensions,  Ac,  of  the 
necessary  vehicles,  arms,  pontons,  tools,  implements,  and  other  supplies  for  the  service 
of  the  said  company  as  a  body  of  sapi^ers,  miners  and  pontoniers. 

Sec.  5  The  corps  of  ariillery,  which  shall  also  be  charged  with  ordnance  duties,  shall 
consist  of  one  colonel,  one  lieutenant  colonel,  ten  majors,  and  forty  compauies  of  ariile- 
rists  and  artificers,  and  each  company  shall  consist  of  one  captain,  two  lirst  lieutenants, 
one  second  lieutenant,  four  scrj^eants,  foiu"  corporals,  two  musicians  and  seventy  privates. 
There  shall  also  be  one  adjutant,  to  be  selected  by  the  colonel  from  the  first  lieutenants, 
and  oue  sergeant-mnjor,  to  be  selected  from  Ihe  enlisted  men  of  the  corps.  The  President 
may  equip  as  light  batteri(;s,  of  six  pieces  each,  such  of  these  companies  as  he  may  deem 
expedient,  not  exceeding  four  in  time  of  peace. 

Shc.  6.  Each  regiment  of  infantry  shall  consist  of  one  colonel,  one  lieutenant  colonel, 
one  major  and  ten  companies;  each  company  shall  consist  of  one  captain,  one  first  lieuten- 
ant, two  second  lieutenants,  four  sergeants,  four  corporals,  two  musicians  and  ninety 
privates,  and  to  each  regiment  there  shall  be  attached  one  adjutant,  to  be  selected  from 
the  lieutenants,  and  one  sergeant-major  to  be  selected  from  the  enlisted  men  of  the  reg- 
iment. 

Sec.  7.  The  regiment  of  cavalry  shall  consist  of  one  colonel,  one  lieutenant-colonel, 
one  major  and  ten  companies,  each  of  which  shall  consist  of  one  captain,  one  first  lietil- 
cuant,  two  second  lieutenants,  four  sergeants,  four  corporals,  one  farrier,  one  black- 
smith, two  musicians  and  sixty  privates.  There  shall  also  be  one  adjutant  and  one  ser- 
geant-major, to  be  selected  as  aforesaid. 

Sec  8.  There  shall  be  four  brigadier-generals,  who  shall  be  assigned  to  such  com- 
mands and  duties  as  the  President  may  specially  direct,  and  shall  be  entitled  to  one  aid- 
dc-camp  each,  to  be  seh.'Cted  from  the  subalterns  of  the  line  of  the  army,  who,  in  addition 
to  their  duties  as  aids-de-camp,  may  perform  the  duties  of  assistants  adjutaiu-general. 

Seo.  9.  All  olUcers  of  the  army  shall  be  appointed  by  the  President,  by  and  with  the 
consent  of  the  Congress,  and  the  rank  and  file  shall  be  enlisted  for  a  term  of  not  less  than 
three  nor  more  thin  five  vears,  under  such  regulations  as  may  be  established. 

Sec  10  No  ollicer  .shall  be  appointed  in  tlie  army  until  he  shall  have  passed  an  exami- 
nation satisfactory  to  the  President,  and  in  sucli  maimer  as  he  may  prescribe,  as  to  his 
character  and  fitnt'ss  for  tlie  service.  Tlie  President,  however,  shall  have  power  to  post- 
pone this  examination  for  one  year  after  appointment,  if  in  his  judgment  necessary  for 
the  public  interest. 

Sec.  11.  All  vacancies  in  establ'shed  regiments  and  corps,  to,  and  including  the  rank 
of  colonel,  shall  be  filled  by  promotion  according  to  seniority,  except  in  case  of  disability 
or  other  Incoinpelencv.  Promotions  to  and  including  the  rank  of  colonel  shall  be  made 
regimentally  in  the  infantry  and  cavalry,  in  the  staff  departments,  and  in  the  engineers 
and  artillery,  according  to  corps.  Appoiiiimenls  to  the  rank  of  lirigadier-general,  afier 
the  armv  is  organized,  shall  de  made  1)V  s(tlection  from  the  army. 

Sec.  12.  The  President  of  the  Confederate  States  is  liereby  authorized  to  appoint  to  the 
lowest  grade  of  subaltei-n  ofliccrs  such  meritorious  non-cornmissioned  officers  as  may, 
upon  the  reccouamendaiion  of  their  colonels  and  company  oflicers,  be  brought  before  an 
army  board,  speciallv  convened  for  the  purpose,  and  found  qualified  for  the  duties  of 
commissioned  olllcers,  and  to  attach  them  to  regiments  or  corps,  as  supernumerary  offi- 
cers, if  there  be  no  vacancies:  I'tocided,  There  shall  not  be  more  than  oue  so  attached 
to  any  one  companv  at  the  same  time. 

SiiO.  1.3.  The  pay  of  a  brigadier-general  shall  be  three  hundred  and  one  dollars  per 
month.  The  ai^-de-camp  of  a  brigadier-general,  in  addition  to  his  pay  as  lieutenant, 
shall  receive  thirty-live  dollars  per  mouth. 

Sec.  14,  The  monthly  pay  of  oQlcers  of  the  corps  of  engineers  .shall  be  as  follows:  of 
the  colonel,  two  hundred  and  ten  dollars;  of  a  major,  one  hundred  and  sixty-two  dollars; 
of  a  captain,  one  hundred  and  forty  dollars;  lieutenants  serving  with  the  company  (^  sap- 
pers and  miners  shall  receive  the  pay  of  cavalry  officers  of  the  same  grade. 

Sec,  15  The  monthly  pay  of  the  colonel  of  the  corps  of  artillery  shall  be  two  hundred 
lud  ten  dollars;  of  a  lieutenant  colonel,  one  hundred  and  eiglity-five  dollars;  of  a  major, 


l^l^and  ten  dc 


Act  Organizing  the  Army  of  the  C.  S.  241 

one  hundred  and  fifiy  dollars,  and  whon  serving  on  ordnance  duty,  one  huudrcd  and 
sixty-iwo  dollnrs;  of  a  captain,  one  lu.ndred  and  thirty  dollars:  of  a  first  lieutenant,  ninety 
dollars;  of  a  second  lieutenant,  eiijhty  dollars;  and  tlie  adjutant  shall  receive,  in  addition 
to  his  pay  as  lieutenant,  ten  dollars  i)!'r  month,  Olhcers  oi' artillery  serving  in  the  light 
artillery,  or  performing  ordnance  duty,  shall  receive  the  same  pay  as  officers  of  cavalry 
of  ihe  same  grade. 

>F.c.  16.  The  monthly  pay  of  the  officers  of  infantry  shall  be  as  follows:  of  a  colonel,, 
one  hundred  and  ninety-five  dollars:  of  a  lieiUcnanl  colonel,  one  hundred  and  seventy 
dollars;  of  a  major,  one  hundred  and  fifty  dollars:  of  a  captain,  one  hundred  and  thirty 
dollars;  of  a  tirsi  lieutenant,  niney  dollars;  of  a  second  lieutenant,  eighty  dollars;  the,' 
adjutant,  in  arldition  to  liis  pay  as  lieutenant,  ten  dollars.  <■ 

Sfc.  17.  Th^  monthly  pay  of  the  officers  of  the  cavalry  shall  be  as  follows:  oi  a  colonel, 
two  hundred  -^nd  ten,  dollars:  of  a  lieutenant  colonel,  one  hundred  and  eighty-five  dollars; 
a  major,  one  hundred  and  sixiy-t wo  dollars,  a  captain,  one  hundred  and  forty  dollars; 
a  Gisi  lieutenant,  one  hundred  do  lars:  a  second  lieutenant,  ninety  dollars;  the  adjutant, 
ten  dollars  por  month,  in  addition  to  his  pay  as  lieutenant. 

Sec.  is.  The  pay  of  the  officers  of  the  general  staff,  except  those  of  the  medical  depart- 
meni,  shall  be  the  same  as  that  of  officers  of  cavalr}'  of  the  same  grade.  The  surgeon- 
general  shall  receive  an  annual  salary  of  three  ihou'^and  dollars,  which  shall  be  in  fuil  of 
all  pay  and  allowances,  except  fnel  and  quarters.  The,  monthly  par  of  a  surgeon,  of  ten 
year's  service  in  thai  grade,  shall  be  two  hundred  dollars;  a  'surgeon  of  less  than  ten 
years' service  in  that  grade,  one  hundred  and  sixtvtwo  dollars;  an  a.ssistrnt  surgeon  of 
ten  years'  service  in  that  grade,  one  hundred  and  lifty  dollars;  an  assisiant  surgeon  of 
five  years'  service  in  that  grade,  one  hundred  and  thirty  dollars;  and  an  as.sistant  surgeon 
of  less  than  five  years'  service,  one  hundred  and  ten  dollars. 

Sec.  19.  There  shall  be  allowed,  in  addiiion  to  the  pay  hereinbefore  provided,  to  every 
cominis-^ioned  ofilcer,  except  the  surgcou-general,  nine  dollars  per  month  for  every  five 
years'  service:  and  to  tlie  officers  of  ihe  army  of  the  United  State.s,  who  have  resigned  or 
may  resign  to  be  received  into  the  service  of  the  Confederate  States,  this  additional  pay 
shall  be  allowed  from  the  date  of  their  entrance  into  the  former  service.  There  shall  also 
be  an  addi'.ionnl  monthly  allowance  to  every  general  officer  commanding  in  chief  a  sepa- 
rate army  actufUy  in  the  tield,  of  one  hundred  dollars. 

Siic.  2O.  The  pay  of  officers  as  l!ereinl)efore  established  shall  be  in  full  of  all  allowan- 
ces, except  forage,  fuel,  quarters,  and  travelling  expenses  while  travelling  under  orders, 
'''ho  allowance  of  foi-agc  ,  fnel  and  quarters  .shall  be  fixed  bv  regulations,  and  shall  be 
furnished  in  kind,  excei)t  when  officers  are  serving  at  sta'ions'\vitho..t  troops  where  pub- 
lic quarters  cannot  be  had.  in  which  case  they  may  be  allowed,  in  lieu  of  forage,  eight 
dollars  per  mouth  for  each  horse  to  which  they  may  be  entitled, nrovided  they  are  actually 
kept  in  .service  snd  mustered,  and  quarters  inay  be  commuted  at  a  rate  to  be  fixed  by 
the  Secretary  of  War,  and  fuel  at  the  market  price  delivered.  An  o.fficer,  when  travel- 
ing untler  orders,  .-^hall  be  allowed  mileage  at  the  rate  of  ten  ceuls  per  mile. 

Skc.  21.  In  time  of  war,  officers  of  the  armv  shall  be  entitled  to  draw  forage  for  horses, 
according  to  grade,  as  follows:  A  brigadier-generai,  fom-;  the  adjutant  .-.nd  inspector-gen- 
«ral,  quartermaster-general,  commissary -general,  and  the  colonels  of  engineers,  artillery, 
infantry  and  cavahy.  three  each;  all  liente'uant-colouels  and  majors,  and  captains  of  the 
g.'ueral  staff,  engineer  corps,  light  artillery  and  cavalry,  three  each:  lieutenants  serving 
in  the  corps  of  engineers,  lieutenants  of  lieht  artillerv  and  of  cavalry,  two  each.  In  time 
of  peace:  general  and  field  officers,  three;  officers  below  the  rank  of  fiehl  officers,  in  the 
general  staflT,  corps  of  engineers,  light  an illery  and  cavalry,  two:  Proi-i<l(id,ii,  all  cases, 
that  the  horses  are  actually  kept  in  .-jervice  and  mustered."  No  enlisted  man  in  the  ser- 
vice of  the  Confederate  States  -hall  be  employed  as  a  servant  by  any  officer  of  the  army. 

Sec.  22.  The  monthly  pay  of  enlisted  men  of  the  army  of  the  Confederate  Spates  shall 
be  as  follows:  That  of  a  sergeant  or  master  workman  of  the  engineeer  corps,  thirty-four 
dollars:  that  of  a  corporal  or  overseer,  twenty  dollars:  privates  of  the  first  class,  or  artifi- 
cers, seventeen  dollars;  and  privates  or  the  second  class,  or  laborers  and  musicians, 
thirteen  dollars.  The  sergeant-major  of  cavalry,  iwentv-one  dollars;  first  sergeants,  twenty 
dollars;  sergeants,  seventeen  dollars;  corporals,  farriers  and  blacksmiths,  thirteen  dollars; 
musicians,  thirteen  dollars,  and  privates,  twelve  dollars.  SergeHnts-m^ijor  of  artilery  and 
infantry,  twenty-one  dollars;  first  sergeants,  twenty  dollars  each;  sergeanl.s.  seventeen 
dollars;  corpm-als  and  artificers,  thirteen  dollars:  musicians,  twelve  dollars;  and  privates 
eleven  dollars  each  The  non-commissioned  officers,  artificers,  musicians  and  privates 
serving  in  light  batteries  shall  receive  the  same  pay  as  those  of  cavalry. 

Skc.  28.  The  President  shall  be  authorized  to  enlist  as  many  master  armorers,  master 
(..,,.,.1.,.,..  „„.,,-,,.,  magte,.  blacksmiths,  armorer",  Carrige -makers,  blacksmiths,  artificers 

10 


242  Act  Organizing  the  Army  of  the,  C.  S. 

nnd  laborers,  for  ordnance  service,  as  he  may  deem  necessary,  not  exceeding  in  all  one 
Imndrt-d  men,  who  sli;ill  be  attached  to  ilie  corps  of  artillery.  '1  he  pny  of  a  master  armo- 
rer, master  carriagc-muker,  master  lilacksmiih,  shall  be  thirty-four  dollars  per  month; 
armorers,^c.:irriau'e-makfrs  iintl  black>miihs,  tweny  dollars  per  month;  artificers,  seven- 
teen dollars,  ami  laborers,  thirteen  dollars  [jer  mouth. 

Sec.  24.  Rach  enlisted  man  of  the  army  of  the  Confederate  States  shall  receive  one 
r.ation  pLM- (lav,  and  a  yearly  allowance  of  clothhi:,',  the  quantity  and  kind  of  oxch  to  be 
established  h'v  regulations  from  the  War  Dcpartmen-,  to  be  approved  by  the  President. 

Skc.  2r>.  liaiioiis  shall  generally  be issueil  in  kind;  but  under  circumstances  lendermg 
a  commutation  necessary,  the  comtnulation  value  of  the  ration  shall  be  fixed  by  regu- 
lations of  the  War  l)ei»ariment,  to  he  ai'|)roved  by  the  President. 

Sec.  23.  The  ollicers  appointed  in  the  army  of  the  Conl'edera'e  States  liy  virtue  of  this 
act,  shall  perform  all  miliiarv  dutie.^  to  \vhicli"they  may  b<'.  sevm-ally  assigtied  by  authoriiy 
of  the  Pre.sidem.  and  it  .«hall  be  the  duly  of  the  Secretary  of  War  to  prepare  and  publish 
regulations,  prescribing  the  details  of  every  department  in  the  service,  for  the  gen  eral 
government  of  the  army,  which  regulations  shall  be  approved  by  the  President,  and  when 
so  approved  shall  be  binding. 

Sec.  27.  yAll  ollicers  of  ih.- fpruiernmster's  and  commissary  departments  shall,  previ- 
ious  to  entering  on  their  respeeiive  o!li<;as,  give  bonds  vviih  good  and  sulUeienl  sureties  to 
the  Oonfederat'c  States,  in  such  sum  as  the  Secretary  of  War  shall  direct,  fully  to  account 
for  all  monevs  and  public  property  which  they  may  receive. 

Sec.  28.  Neiiher  the  quartermaster-general,  the  commi.ssiry-general.  nor  any  or  either 
of  the  r  assistants  shall  be  concer  -cd  directly  or  indirectly,  in  the  purchase  or  sale  of  any 
articles  intended  for,  making  a  part  of,  or  appertaining  to  public  supplies,  except  for 
and  on  account  of  the  Confederate  rotates;  nor  shall  ihey,  or  either  of  them,  take  or  apply 
to  his  or  their  own  use  any  gain  or  emolument  for  nP','itiating  any  business  in  their  res- 
pective depariiw-nts,  other  than  what  is  or  may  l)e  allowed  by  law. 

Sec.  29.  The  Knles  and  .Ariicles  of  War  established  by  the  laws  of  the  United  States  of 
\merica  for  the  government  of  the  army  are  hereby  declared  to  be  of  force.  e.vce()'  that 
wherever  the  words  "United  Stales"  occur,  the  words  "Confederate  States,"  shall  be 
sul)stituted  therefor;  and  except  that  the  Articles  of  War  numbers  sixty-one  and  sixty-two 
are  hereby  abrogated,  and  the  following  articles  substituted  therefor.  (See  Articles  of 
War,  61  and  62.)  „    ,      ^     .  .       .     „.  , 

Sic.  80.  The  President  shall  call  into  the  service  of  the  Confederate  Stales  only  po 
many  of  the  troops  herein  provided  for  as  he  may  deem  the  safety  of  the  Confederacy  may 

Sec.  31.  All  laws  or  parts  of  laws  of  the  United  States,  which  have  been  adopted  by 
the  Congress  of  the  Confederate  States,  repugnant  to  or  incousisteat  with  this  act,  are 
hcrebv  repealed. 

Approved,  March  6,  1861. 


No.  48.]  AN  ACT,  To  provide  for  tlie  public  defense. 

Section  1.  T!ie  Confjrf^xs  nfthe  Confnlrmte  Stmen  nf  A:>ienra  d<>  enm-t.  That  In  order  to 
provide  .speedily  forc''s  to  ri-pcl  invasion,  maintain  the  ri'.;hiful  possession  of  the  (Joufede 
rale  States  of  Ainci-Lca  in  every  poriion  of  terriiory  l)clnnging  to  each  State,  and  to  secure 
the  public  tranqu  liiv  an  i  in  ii'in'ii'leinui  against  thr.;:ucned  a-isault,  the  President  be  and 
he  is  hereby  auihnri/<-d  to  emplnv  ilu-  militia,  miliiary,  and  naval  forces  of  ihe  ContVde- 
raie  Stales  of  .Vinerica,  and  lo  ask  for  and  accept  the  services  of  any  nuinbiM-  of  volun- 
teers, not  exceeding  one  hundred  thousand,  who  may  otter  their  services,  either  ns  cav- 
alry, mounted  rillemeu,  ariillerv  or  infaiury,  in  such  proportion  of  these  several  arms  aH 
he  may  deem  expcdi'-nt.  to  s(>rve  for  iw(;lve  mouths  after  they  shall  be  mustered  inlo  .ser- 
vice unle.ss  sooner   dischiirgcd.  „   J    .   ,  .       , 

Sec  2.  Aitdhr  )</"'</'«/  '■'I'lf/^'/,  That  the  mililia,  when  called  into  service  by  virtue 
of  thisactor  any  o'h'i'r  act,  if  in  the  opinion  of  the  President  the  public  inierest  requires 
nviy  be  compelled  to  serve  for  a  lerm  of  not  exceeding  si.v  months  after  they  shall  be 
mustered  into  service,  unless  sooner  discharged.  ^       .  ^     ,.   .  ,    . 

Sfc  3  ^«<f.'jfl  )(/</i</ifr  r«artef<.  Thai  said  volunteers  shall  furnish  their  own  clothes, 
and  if  mounted  men.  their  own  horses  and  horse  equipmtir.ts;  and  when  mustered  into  Ser- 
vice, .shall  be  armed  by  the  States  from  which  they  come,  or  by  the  Coulederate  States  of 

Sec  4.  And  be  H  further  enarted,  That  said  volunteers  shall,  when  called  into  actual 
Bervice,  and  while  remaining  therein,  be  subject  to  the  rules  and  articles  of  war,  and 
inetead  of  eloihing.  every  non-commissioned  officer  and  private  in  any  company  Bliall   b» 


Ad  Organizing  the  Army  of  the  G.  S.  24r> 

entitled  when  called  into  actual  service,  to  money  in  a  sum  equal  to  (lie  cost  of  clothing  of 
a  non-commissioned  oflicer  or  private  in  the  regular  army  of  the  Confederate  States  of 
America. 

Sec.  5  And  be  it  farther  enrirtcA,  Thnt  the  said  volunteers  so  ofiFer.ng  their  services  may 
be  accepted  by  the  President  in  com))iinies,  squadrons,  battalions  and  regiments,  whose 
officers  shall  be  appointed  in  the  manner  prescribed  by  law  in  the  several  States  to  which 
thev  shall  respectively  belong;  but  when  inspected,  mustered  an  I  received  into  the  ser- 
vice of  the  Confederate  States,  said  troops  shall  be  regarded  in  all  respects  as  a  part  of 
the  army  of  snid  Confederate  States,  according  to  the  terms  of  their  respective  enlistments. 
Sec.  6.  And  he  it  farther  ennrlr.d.  That  the  President  is  hereby  authorized  to  organize 
companies  so  tendering  thoir  services  into  battalions  or  squadrons,  battalUons  or  squad- 
rons into  regiments,  regiments  into  brisrades,  and  brigades  into  divisions,  whenever  in  his 
judgment  such  organizatiod  may  he  expedient;  and  whenever  brigades  or  divisions  shall 
be  organized,  the  President  shall  appoint  the  commanding  oflicers  for  such  brigades  and 
divisions,  subject  to  the  confirmation  of  Congress,  who  shall  hold  their  oflices  onlv  while 
such  brigades  and  divisions  are  in  service;  and  the  President,  shall,  if  necessarv,"  appor- 
tion the  stafl' and  general  officers  among  the  respective  States  from  which  the  volunteers 
Khali  tender  their  services,  as  he  may  deem  proper. 

Sco.  7.  And  he  it  father  eimrted,  I'hat  whenever  the  militia  or  volunteers  are  called 
and  received  into  the  .service  of  the  ('onfederate  States,  under  the  provisions  of  this  act, 
they  shall  have  the  same  organization,  and  shall  have  the  same  pav  and  allowances  as 
may  be  provided  for  the  regular  army;  and  all  mounted  non-commissioned  oiTicers,  pri- 
vates, musicians  and  artificers  shall  be  allowed  forty  cents  per  day  for  the  use  and  risk 
of  their  horses,  and  if  any  volunteer  shall  not.  keep  himself  provfded  with  a  serviceable 
horse,  such  volunteer  shall  serve  on  fool.  For  horses  killed  in  action,  volunteers  shall 
be  allowed  compensation  according  to  their  appraised  value  at  the  date  of  muster  into 
service. 

Sec.  8.  -4/trZ?<ei7/«/7/jer«iaff<^'i,  That  the  field  and  .staff  oflicers  of  a  separate  battalion 
of  volunteers  shall  be  one  lieutenant-colonel  or  major,  one  adjutant  with  the  rank  of  lieu- 
tenant, one  sergeani-major,  one  quartermaster-sergeant,  and  a  chief  bugler  or  principal 
musician,  according  to  corps;  and  that  each  company  shall  be  entitled  to  an  additional 
second  lieutenant;  and  thai  the  President  rnay  limit  the  privates  in  any  volunteer  com- 
pany, according  to  his  discretion,  at  from  sixty-four  to  one  hundred. 

Sec.  9.  And  be  it farthr.r  enacted,  That  when  volunteers  or  militia  are  called  into  the 
service  of  the  Confederate  States  in  such  numbers  that  the  oiTlcers  of  the  quartermaster, 
commissary,  and  medical  departments,  which  may  be  authorized  by  law  for  the  regular 
service,  are  not  suficient  to  provide  for  the  supplying,  quartering,  transporting,  and  fur- 
nishing them  with  the  requisite  aitendance,  it  shall  be  lawful  for  the  President  to  appoint, 
with  the  advice  and  cfJns.-nt  of  the  c^ongre.ss,  as  many  additional  oflicers  of  the  said  de- 
partments as  the  service  may  require,  not  exceeding  one  commissary  and  one  quarter- 
master for  each  brigade,  with  the  rank  of  major,  and  one  assist.ini  quartermaster  with 
the  rank  of  captain,  one  surscon  and  one  assistant  surgeon  for  each  regiment;  the  said 
()Uarterma.ster3  and  commissaries,  assi.s;ant  quartermasters  and  commissaries,  to  give 
bonds  with  good  surities  for  the  failhfurperformance  of  their  duties,  the  said  officers  to  be 
allowed  the  same  pay  and  emoluments  as  shall  be  allowed  to  officers  of  the  same  grade  in 
tlie  regular  service,  and  to  be  .s  ibjeet  to  the  rules  and  articles  of  war,  and  to  continue  in 
sei  vice  only  so  long  as  their  services  may  be  required  in  connection  with  the  militia  or 
volunteers. 

Sec.  10.    -4n(Z  6flj'</«r</(erena<;<e(i,  That  the  President  be  and  he  is  hereby  authorized    to 

purchase  or  charter,  arm,  equip  and  man  such  mercliant  vessels  and  sieam.ships  or  boats 

as  may  be  found  fit  or  easily  converted  into  armed  vessels,  and  in  such  number  as  he  may 

deem  necessary  for  the  protection  of  the  seaboard  and  the  general  defence  of  the  country. 

APi^ovED,  March  6,  1861. 

An-  Act,  To  raise  an  additional  Millitary  force  to  serve  during  the  War. 

The  Congrena  of  the.  Confederate  States  do  enact,  That  in  addition  to  the  volunteer  force 
authorized  to  be  raised  under  existing  laws,  the  President  be  and  he  is  hereby  authorized 
to  accept  the  services  of  volunteers  who  may  offer  their  services,  without  regard  to  place 
of  enlistment,  either  as  cavalry,  mounted  riflemen,  artillery  or  infantrv,  in  such  propor- 
tion of  these  several  arms  as  he  m;iy  deem  e.xpedient,  to  serve  for  and"  during  the  existing 
war,  unless  sooner  discharged. 

Sec.  2.  That  the  volunteers  so  ottering  their  services  mav  be  accepted  by  the  President 
In  companies,   to   be  organized  by  him  Into  squadrons,  "ijattalious  or  regiments.    The 


4 


244 


Act  Urginii^^tng  (he  Army  oj  Che  (J.  ^'. 


President  shall  appoint  all  field  and  staiT  officers,  but  the  company  ofTicerr,  shall  be  elected 
by  the  men  composing  the  company,  and  if  accepted  the  officers  so  elected  shall  be  com- 
missioned bv  the  President. 

Sec.  3.  lie  it  further  tnact'd,  That  any  vacancies  occurring  in  the  ranks  of  the  several 
companies  mustered  into  service  under  the  provisions  of  this  act,  raaj;  be  tilled  by  volun- 
teers accepted  under  the  rules  of  such  companies,  and  any  vacancies  occurring  in  the 
cllicers  of  such  companies,  shall  be  filled  by  elections  in  accordance  with  the  sairif  rules. 

Sec.  4.  Except  as  herein  differently  provided,  the  volunteer  forces  hereby  authorized 
to  be  raised,  shall  in  all  regards  be  subject  to,  and  organized  in  accordance  with  t!>e  pro- 
visions of  "An  Act  to  provide  for  tiie  Public  Defence,"  and  all  other  act.s  for  the  govern- 
ment of  the  armies  of  the  Confederate  States. 

I  Approved,  May,  1861.] 


AN  ACT,  To  make  further  provision  for  the  Public  Defense. 

WHEREAS,  war  exists  between  the  United  States  and  the  Confederate  States;  and 
whereas,  the  public  wi^lfare  may  require  the  reception  of  volunteer  forces  into  the  ser- 
vice of  the  Confederate  Slates,  wiiliout  the  Ibrmallity  and  delay  of  a  call  upon  the  resflec- 
tive  States: 

Sec.  I.  The  Confirens  of  the  Conj'elerate.  States  of  Amerva  do  enact.  That  the  President 
be  authorized  to  receive '  into  service  such  companies,  battalions,  or  regiments,  either 
moimted  or  on  foot,  as  may  tender  themselves,  and  he  may  requin;,  without  the  delay  of 
a  formal  call  u>)on  the  respective  States,  to  serve  for  such  a  time  as  he  may  prescribe. 

Sec.  2.  Such  volunteer  forces  as  may  be  acceptcul  under  this  act,  except  as  herein  dif- 
ferently provided,  shall  be  organized  in  accordance  witli  and  subject  to  all  the  provisions 
of  the  act  entitled  "An  Act  to  provide  lor  the  Pcblic  Oefence,"  and  be  entitled  to  all  the 
allowances  provided  therein;  and  when  mustered  into  service,  may  be  attaehcd  to  such 
divisions,  brigades,  or  regiments,  as  the  President  may  direct;  or  ordered  upon  such 
independent  or  detached  service  as  the  President  may  deem  expedient:  iVot-WetZ,  horc- 
eyer,  that  battalions  and  regiments  may  be  enlisted  from  States  not  of  this  Confederacy; 
and  the  President  may  appoint  all  or  any  of  the  field  officers  thereof. 

Sec.  3.  The  I'resideni  shall  be  authorized  to  commission  all  officers  entitled  to  commis- 
missions  of  such  volunteer  forces  as  niMV  be  received  under  provisions  of  this  act,  and 
upon  the  request  of  the  officer  commanding  such  vnlunie(u-  regiment,  battalion  or  com- 
pany, the  President  may  attach  a  supernumerary  ollieer  to  each  company,  di-iailed  from 
the  regular  armv  for  that  purpose,  and  for  such  time  as  the  President  may  direct. 

[Approved  May,  1861.] 


CONFEDERATE  ARMY  UNIFORM. 


> 


Coat.—9'hmi  tunic  of  cadet  grey  cloth,  dou- 
ble-breasted, with  two  rows  of  buttons  over 
the  breast,,  the  rows  two  inches  apart  at  the 
waist  and  widening  towards  tlie  sliolders. 
Suitable  for  cavalry  as  well  as  infant ly. 

Pa>i<a/oo)M.— -Of  sky  blue  cloth,  made  fall 
In  the  leg,  and  trimmed  accoi-ding  to  corps — 
with  blue  for  inf:iniry;  red  for  ariillery;  and 
yellow  for  cavalry.     No  other  distinction. 

For  the  General  and  the  officers  of  his  .stall" 
the  dress  will  be  of  dark  blue  cloth,  trimmed 
with  gold;  for  tlie  medical  department,  black 
cloth,  with  gold  and  velvet  trimming. 

All  badges  of  distinction  arc  to  be  marked 
upon  the  sleeves  and  collars.  Badges  of  dis- 
tinguished rank,  on  the  collar  only.  For  a 
Brigadier  General,  three  large  stars;  for  a 
(-olonel,  two  large  stars;  foi-  a  Lieutenant 
Colonel,  one  large  star;  for  a  Major,  one 
small  star,  and  horizontal  bar,  for  a  »  aptain, 
:,lhree  small  stars;  for  a  first  Lieutenant,  two 

lall  stars;  for  a  second  liieutenunt,  one 
]1  star. 


lluilons.— For  a  General  and  staff  officers 
ilu!  buttons  will  be  of  bright  gilt,  convex, 
rounded  at  the  edge — a  rai.sed  eagle  at  the 
centre,  surrounded  by  thirteen  stars.  Ex- 
terior diameter  of  large  sized  button,  1  inch; 
of  small  size,  3^  inch. 

i''or  ojficers  of  the  corps  of  engineers  the 
sami^  button  is  to  be  used,  except  ihat  in  the 
phice  of  tlie  eagle  and  stars,  there  will  be  a 
raised  "10"  in  German  text. 

For  olficers  of  artillery,  infantry,  riflemen 
and  cavalry,  the  buttons  will  be  a  plaiit 
gilt  convex',  with  a  large  raised  letter  in  Uio 
centre — A  for  artillery,  I  for  infantry,  it^. 
The  exterior  diameter  of  large  size  button, 
seven-eights  of  an  inch;  small  size,  one-half 
inch. 

For  all  enlisted  men  of  artillery,  a  large 
A,  raised  in  the  centre  of  a  three-qurter  inch 
button. 

For  all  enlisted  men,  the  same  as  for  arll- 
lery,  except  the  number  of  the  regiment  will 
be  substituted  for  the  letter  A. 


